Download Service Manual
Transcript
Service Manual Refer to inside cover for additional serial number information (from serial number 9154) Part No. 77828 Rev B July 2005 Introduction July 2005 Introduction Important Serial Number Information Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions in the Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator's Manual before attempting any maintenance or repair procedure. Genie Industries offers the following Service Manuals for these models: This manual provides detailed scheduled maintenance information for the machine owner and user. It also provides troubleshooting fault codes and repair procedures for qualified service professionals. Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electrical skills are required to perform most procedures. However, several procedures require specialized skills, tools, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. In these instances, we strongly recommend that maintenance and repair be performed at an authorized Genie dealer service center. Title Part No. S-60 and S-65 Service Manual (before serial number 2575) ................................. 34476 S-60 and S-65 Service Manual (from serial number 2575 to 6623) ....................... 48412 S-60 and S-65 Service Manual (from serial number 6624 to 9153) ....................... 65196 Technical Publications Genie Industries has endeavored to deliver the highest degree of accuracy possible. However, continuous improvement of our products is a Genie policy. Therefore, product specifications are subject to change without notice. Readers are encouraged to notify Genie of errors and send in suggestions for improvement. All communications will be carefully considered for future printings of this and all other manuals. Contact Us: http://www.genieindustries.com e-mail: [email protected] Copyright © 1995 by Genie Industries 77828 Rev B July 2005 Fourth Edition, Second Printing "Genie" and "S" are registered trademarks of Genie Industries in the USA and many other countries. Printed on recycled paper Printed in U.S.A. ii S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 INTRODUCTION Serial Number Legend Model: S-60 S6005-12345 Serial number: Model year: 2005 Manufacture date: 04/12/05 Electrical schematic number: E0186 Machine unladen weight: 20,736lbs / 9,406kg Foam Tires add 764 lbs/347 kg to weight Rated work load (including occupants): 500 lb / 227 kg Maximum number of platfrm occupants: 2 Maximum allowable side force : 150 lb / 670 N Maximum allowable inclination of the chassis: Air Tires 2 deg / Foam Tires 4.5 deg Maximum wind speed : 28 mph/ 12.5 m/s Maximum platform height : 60 ft 2 in/ 18.3 m Maximum platform reach : 50 ft 4 in/ 15.3 m Gradeability: 45% S6005 05 - 12345 Model Sequence number Model year Country of manufacture: USA This machine complies with: ANSI A92.5 CAN B.354.4 Genie Industries 18340 NE 76th Street Redmond, WA 98052 USA PN - 77055 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 iii July 2005 This page intentionally left blank. iv S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 1 • Safety Rules Safety Rules Danger Failure to obey the instructions and safety rules in this manual, and the Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator's Manual will result in death or serious injury. Many of the hazards identified in the operator's manual are also safety hazards when maintenance and repair procedures are performed. Do Not Perform Maintenance Unless: You are trained and qualified to perform maintenance on this machine. You read, understand and obey: - manufacturer’s instructions and safety rules - employer’s safety rules and worksite regulations - applicable governmental regulations You have the appropriate tools, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 v Section 1 • Safety Rules July 2005 SAFETY RULES Be sure to wear protective eye wear and other protective clothing if the situation warrants it. Personal Safety Any person working on or around a machine must be aware of all known safety hazards. Personal safety and the continued safe operation of the machine should be your top priority. Read each procedure thoroughly. This manual and the decals on the machine use signal words to identify the following: Safety alert symbol—used to alert personnel to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. Used to indicate the presence of an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. With safety alert symbol—used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. Without safety alert symbol—used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage. Be aware of potential crushing hazards such as moving parts, free swinging or unsecured components when lifting or placing loads. Always wear approved steel-toed shoes. Workplace Safety Be sure to keep sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from flammable and combustible materials like battery gases and engine fuels. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach. Be sure that all tools and working areas are properly maintained and ready for use. Keep work surfaces clean and free of debris that could get into machine components and cause damage. Be sure any forklift, overhead crane or other lifting or supporting device is fully capable of supporting and stabilizing the weight to be lifted. Use only chains or straps that are in good condition and of ample capacity. Be sure that fasteners intended for one time use (i.e., cotter pins and self-locking nuts) are not reused. These components may fail if they are used a second time. Used to indicate operation or maintenance information. vi S-60 • S-65 Be sure to properly dispose of old oil or other fluids. Use an approved container. Please be environmentally safe. Be sure that your workshop or work area is properly ventilated and well lit. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Table of Contents Introduction Important Information .................................................................................................. ii Serial Number Information ........................................................................................... ii Serial Number Legend ................................................................................................ iii Section 1 Safety Rules General Safety Rules ................................................................................................. iii Section 2 Section 3 Rev Specifications A Machine Specifications .......................................................................................... 2 - 1 A Performance Specifications ................................................................................... 2 - 1 B Hydraulic Specifications ........................................................................................ 2 - 2 B Manifold Component Specifications ...................................................................... 2 - 3 A GM 3.0L Engine Specifications .............................................................................. 2 - 4 A Ford LRG-425 EFI Engine Specifications .............................................................. 2 - 5 B Deutz F3L-2011 Engine Specifications .................................................................. 2 - 6 B Perkins 404-22 Engine Specifications ................................................................... 2 - 7 C Machine Torque Specifications .............................................................................. 2 - 8 B Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications ................................................. 2 - 9 A SAE and Metric Fasteners Torque Charts ........................................................... 2 - 10 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Introduction ........................................................................................................... 3 - 1 Pre-Delivery Preparation ....................................................................................... 3 - 3 Maintenance Inspection Report ............................................................................. 3 - 5 C Part No. 77828 Checklist A Procedures A-1 Perform Pre-operation Inspection ................................................................ 3 - 7 A-2 Perform Function Tests ............................................................................... 3 - 7 A-3 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models .............................................. 3 - 8 S-60 • S-65 vii July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued A-4 Perform Engine Maintenance - GM and Ford Models .................................. 3 - 8 A-5 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ........................................... 3 - 9 A-6 Check the High Pressure Hydraulic Filter Condition Indicator ...................... 3 - 9 A-7 Test the Oscillate Axle (if equipped) .......................................................... 3 - 10 A-8 Perform 30 Day Service ............................................................................. 3 - 10 A-9 Perform Engine Maintenance - GM, Ford and Perkins Models .................. 3 - 11 A-10 Inspect the Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Diesel Models ............................ 3 - 11 A-11 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM - Perkins Models ................................ 3 - 13 A-12 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearing and Rotate Gear .......................... 3 - 14 A-13 Perform Engine Maintenance - GM and Ford Models ................................ 3 - 15 A-14 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ......................................... 3 - 15 C Checklist B Procedures B-1 Inspect the Battery ..................................................................................... 3 - 16 B-2 Inspect the Electrical Wiring ....................................................................... 3 - 16 B-3 Check the Exhaust System ........................................................................ 3 - 17 B-4 Check the Oil Cooler and Cooling Fins - Deutz Models ............................. 3 - 18 B-5 Check the Lug Nut Torque (including the tires and wheels) ....................... 3 - 19 B-6 Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration .................................................... 3 - 19 B-7 Check the Oil Level in the Drive Hubs ....................................................... 3 - 20 B-8 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM - Deutz Models ................................... 3 - 20 B-9 Test the Ground Control Override .............................................................. 3 - 22 B-10 Check the Oscillate Directional Valve Linkage ........................................... 3 - 22 B-11 Test the Platform Self-leveling ................................................................... 3 - 23 viii S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued B-12 Test the Engine Idle Select ........................................................................ 3 - 23 B-13 Test the Fuel Select Operation - GM and Ford Models .............................. 3 - 24 B-14 Test the Drive Brakes ................................................................................ 3 - 25 B-15 Test the Drive Speed - Stowed Position .................................................... 3 - 26 B-16 Test the Drive Speed - Raised or Extended Position ................................. 3 - 26 B-17 Test the Alarm Package - Optional Equipment .......................................... 3 - 27 B-18 Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis .................................................................. 3 - 28 B-19 Replace the Fuel Filter/Water Separator Element - Perkins Models .......... 3 - 29 B-20 Replace the Fuel Filter Element - Perkins Models ..................................... 3 - 31 B-21 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models ............................................ 3 - 32 B-22 Perform Engine Maintenance - GM and Ford Models ................................ 3 - 33 B-23 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ......................................... 3 - 33 D Part No. 77828 Checklist C Procedures C-1 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models ............................................ 3 - 34 C-2 Grease the Platform Overload Mechanism (if equipped) ........................... 3 - 34 C-3 Test the Platform Overload System (if equipped) ...................................... 3 - 35 C-4 Inspect the Boom Extend/Retract Cables .................................................. 3 - 37 C-5 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models ......................................... 3 - 38 C-6 Perform Engine Maintenance - GM and Ford Models ................................ 3 - 39 S-60 • S-65 ix July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 3 Rev C D Section 4 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued Checklist D Procedures D-1 Check the Boom Wear Pads ..................................................................... 3 - 40 D-2 Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts .............................................. 3 - 40 D-3 Inspect for Turntable Bearing Wear ........................................................... 3 - 42 D-4 Replace the Drive Hub Oil ......................................................................... 3 - 43 D-5 Check the Free-wheel Configuration .......................................................... 3 - 43 D-6 Replace the Hydraulic Filters ..................................................................... 3 - 45 D-7 Check and Adjust the Air/LPG Mixture - GM Models ................................. 3 - 46 D-8 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models ............................................ 3 - 47 D-9 Calibrate the Platform Overload System (if equipped) ............................... 3 - 48 Checklist E Procedures E-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil .............................................................. 3 - 50 E-2 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models ............................................ 3 - 52 E-3 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models ............................................ 3 - 52 E-4 Remove and Inspect the Boom Extend/Retract Cables ............................. 3 - 53 Repair Procedures Introduction ........................................................................................................... 4 - 1 A B x Platform Controls 1-1 ALC-500 Circuit Board ................................................................................. 4 - 2 1-2 Joysticks ...................................................................................................... 4 - 3 Platform Components 2-1 Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder ................................................................. 4 - 7 2-2 Platform Rotator ........................................................................................... 4 - 8 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures, continued A Jib Boom Components, S-65 B C C Part No. 77828 3-1 Jib Boom .................................................................................................... 4 - 11 3-2 Jib Boom Lift Cylinder ................................................................................ 4 - 12 Boom Components 4-1 Cable Track ............................................................................................... 4 - 13 4-2 Boom ......................................................................................................... 4 - 18 4-3 Boom Lift Cylinder ..................................................................................... 4 - 19 4-4 Boom Extension Cylinder .......................................................................... 4 - 20 4-5 Boom Extend/Retract Cables ..................................................................... 4 - 22 4-6 Platform Leveling Master Cylinder ............................................................. 4 - 25 Engines 5-1 RPM Adjustment - Deutz Models ............................................................... 4 - 26 5-2 RPM Adjustment - Perkins Models ............................................................ 4 - 26 5-3 Flex Plate ................................................................................................... 4 - 26 5-4 Engine Fault Codes - GM and Ford Models ............................................... 4 - 30 Hydraulic Pumps 6-1 Function Pump .......................................................................................... 4 - 32 6-2 Drive Pump ................................................................................................ 4 - 33 S-60 • S-65 xi July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 4 Rev D Repair Procedures, continued Manifolds 7-1 Function Manifold Components ................................................................. 4 - 36 7-2 Valve Adjustments - Function Manifold ...................................................... 4 - 40 7-3 Jib Boom / Platform Rotate Manifold Components ..................................... 4 - 41 7-4 Brake/Two-speed Manifold Components ................................................... 4 - 42 7-5 Turntable Rotation Manifold Components .................................................. 4 - 43 7-6 Oscillate Directional Valve Components .................................................... 4 - 44 7-7 Valve Adjustments - Oscillate Relief Valve ................................................ 4 - 46 7-8 Traction Manifold Components, 2WD ........................................................ 4 - 48 7-9 Valve Adjustments, 2WD Traction Manifold ............................................... 4 - 50 7-10 Traction Manifold Components, 4WD ........................................................ 4 - 52 7-11 Valve Adjustments, 4WD Traction Manifold ............................................... 4 - 54 7-12 Valve Coils ................................................................................................. 4 - 55 C Turntable Rotation Components 8-1 C Axle Components 9-1 Section 5 Rev Turntable Rotation Assembly ..................................................................... 4 - 57 Oscillate Axle Cylinders ............................................................................. 4 - 59 Fault Codes Introduction ........................................................................................................... 5 - 1 xii A Fault Codes - Control System ............................................................................... 5 - 2 A Fault Codes - Ford Engine .................................................................................... 5 - 6 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 6 Rev Schematics Introduction ........................................................................................................... 6 - 1 Part No. 77828 A Electrical Symbols Legend .................................................................................... 6 - 2 A Hydraulic Symbols Legend .................................................................................... 6 - 3 A GM 3.0L Engine Harness ...................................................................................... 6 - 5 A Ford LRG-425 EFI Engine Harness....................................................................... 6 - 6 B Electrical Schematic, S-60, GM 3.0L Models ......................................................... 6 - 7 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, GM 3.0L Models ................................................................................. 6 - 9 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 10 B Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 11 B Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 12 C Electrical Schematic, S-65, GM 3.0L Models ....................................................... 6 - 13 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 15 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 16 B Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 17 B Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, GM 3.0L Models ............................................................................... 6 - 18 S-60 • S-65 xiii July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 6 xiv Rev Schematics, continued A Electrical Schematic, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 19 A Electrical Schematic, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 21 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) ................. 6 - 23 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) ................. 6 - 24 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) .................... 6 - 25 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) .................... 6 - 26 A Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models ............................................................... 6 - 27 A Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models ............................................................... 6 - 28 B Electrical Schematic, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 29 A Electrical Schematic, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 31 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) ................. 6 - 33 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) ................. 6 - 34 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) .................... 6 - 35 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) .................... 6 - 36 A Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models ............................................................... 6 - 37 A Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Ford LRG-425 EFI Models ............................................................... 6 - 38 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 6 Rev Part No. 77828 Schematics, continued C Electrical Schematic, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 39 A Electrical Schematic, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 41 C Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 43 A Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 45 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) .................... 6 - 47 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) .................... 6 - 48 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ....................... 6 - 49 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ....................... 6 - 50 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 51 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 52 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 53 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 54 B Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models ................................................................... 6 - 55 B Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Deutz F3L-2011 Models ................................................................... 6 - 56 S-60 • S-65 xv July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 6 xvi Rev Schematics, continued D Electrical Schematic, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 57 A Electrical Schematic, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 59 D Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 61 A Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 63 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) .................... 6 - 65 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) .................... 6 - 66 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ....................... 6 - 67 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ....................... 6 - 68 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 69 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 70 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 71 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models, Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 72 B Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models ................................................................... 6 - 73 B Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Deutz F3L-2011 Models ................................................................... 6 - 74 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 6 Rev Part No. 77828 Schematics, continued C Electrical Schematic, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 75 A Electrical Schematic, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 77 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) ...................... 6 - 79 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) ...................... 6 - 80 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) ......................... 6 - 81 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) ......................... 6 - 82 B Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models ..................................................................... 6 - 83 B Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, Perkins 404-22 Models ..................................................................... 6 - 84 D Electrical Schematic, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) ..................................................................... 6 - 85 A Electrical Schematic, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) ........................................................................ 6 - 87 B Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) ...................... 6 - 89 B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) ...................... 6 - 90 A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) ......................... 6 - 91 A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) ......................... 6 - 92 B Platform Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models ..................................................................... 6 - 93 B Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, Perkins 404-22 Models ..................................................................... 6 - 94 D Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models ..................................................................... 6 - 95 D Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models ..................................................................... 6 - 96 S-60 • S-65 xvii July 2005 This page intentionally left blank. xviii S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 2 • Specifications Specifications REV A Machine Specifications Performance Specifications Tires and wheels Boom function speeds, maximum from platform controls Wheel lugs Lug nut torque, dry Lug nut torque, lubricated 9 @ 5/8 -18 170 ft-lbs 225 Nm 130 ft-lbs 176 Nm Tire ply rating 14 Jib boom up, S-65 60 to 70 seconds Jib boom down, S-65 40 to 50 seconds Boom up 60 to 70 seconds Boom down 60 to 70 seconds Boom extend 58 to 66 seconds Boom retract 53 to 62 seconds Turntable rotate, 360° boom stowed 78 to 86 seconds Overall tire diameter (Rough terrain tires) 36.9 in 93.7 cm Overall tire diameter (Hi-flotation tires) 40.3 in 102.4 cm Tire pressure (Rough terrain tires) 70 psi 4.92 bar Turntable rotate, 360° boom raised or extended Tire pressure (Hi-flotation tires) 60 psi 4.13 bar Platform rotate, 180° S-60 8 to 12 seconds Platform rotate, 160° S-65 8 to 12 seconds Fluid capacities LPG tank 33.5 pounds 15.2 kg Braking distance, maximum Hydraulic tank 45 gallons 170 liters High range on paved surface Hydraulic system (including tank) 65 gallons 246 liters Drive speed, maximum stowed position Drive hubs 20 fl oz 0.6 liters Drive hub oil type: SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oil API service classification GL5 For operational specifications, refer to the Operator's Manual. 125 to 165 seconds 3 to 6 ft 0.9 to 1.8 m 2WD models 40 ft / 6.2 sec 12.2 m / 6.2 sec 4WD models 40 ft / 7.8 sec 12.2 m / 7.8 sec Drive speed, maximum raised or extended position All models 40 ft/40 sec 12.2 m/40 sec Continuous improvement of our products is a Genie policy. Product specifications are subject to change without notice. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 2-1 Section 2 • Specifications July 2005 SPECIFICATIONS REV B Hydraulic Specifications Drive pump Hydraulic Oil Specifications Type: Hydraulic oil type Chevron Rykon MV equivalent Approximate SAE grade 5W-20 Viscosity index rating 200 Flow rate @ 2500 rpm Cleanliness level, minimum Drive pressure, maximum Water content, maximum 15/13 200 ppm Chevron Rykon MV oil is fully compatible and mixable with Shell Donax TG (Dexron III) oils. Genie specifications require hydraulic oils which are designed to give maximum protection to hydraulic systems, have the ability to perform over a wide temperature range, and have a minimum viscosity index rating of 150. They should provide excellent antiwear, oxidation, corrosion inhibition, seal conditioning, and foam and aeration suppression properties. bi-directional, variable displacement piston pump 32.4 gpm 122.6 L/min 3750 psi 259 bar Charge pump Type: gerotor Displacement 0.85 cu in 13.9 cc Flow rate @ 2500 rpm 9.2 gpm 34.8 L/min Charge pressure @ 2500 rpm 310 psi 21.4 bar Optional fluids Function pump Biodegradable Fire resistant Mineral based Petro Canada Premium ECO 46 Statoil Hydra Way Bio Pa 32 BP Biohyd SE-S UCON Hydrolube HP-5046 Quintolubric 822 Shell Tellus T32 Shell Tellus T46 Chevron Aviation A Use Chevron Aviation A hydraulic oil when in ambient temperatures consistently below 0°F / -18°C. Use Shell Tellus T46 hydraulic oil when oil temperatures consistently exceed 205°F / 96°C. Type: 2 section tandem gear pump Displacement - Pump 1 (inner) 1.4 cu in 23 cc Flow rate @ 2500 rpm 15.3 gpm 58 L/min Displacement - Pump 2 (outer) 0.24 cu in 4 cc Flow rate @ 2500 rpm 2 gpm 7.6 L/min Auxiliary pump Type: Displacement gear, fixed displacement 1.75 gpm 2.8 L/min Genie specifications require additional equipment and special installation instructions for the approved optional fluids. Consult the Genie Industries Service Department before use. 2-2 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 2 • Specifications REV B SPECIFICATIONS Function manifold System relief valve pressure 3000 psi 207 bar Manifold Component Specifications Plug torque Steer flow regulator Jib boom / platform rotate flow regulator Oscillate relief valve pressure 3.5 gpm 13.2 L/min 0.6 gpm 2.27 L/min 800 psi 55 bar Drive manifold Hot oil relief valve pressure 280 psi 19.3 bar Drive motors, 4WD models SAE No. 2 36 in-lbs / 4 Nm SAE No. 4 10 ft-lbs / 13 Nm SAE No. 6 14 ft-lbs / 19 Nm SAE No. 8 38 ft-lbs / 51 Nm SAE No. 10 41 ft-lbs / 55 Nm SAE No. 12 56 ft-lbs / 76 Nm Valve coil resistance specifications Displacement per revolution, high speed 0.79 cu in 13 cc Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way, 10V DC (schematic items D, V and Y) 5 to 7Ω Displacement per revolution, low speed 1.83 cu in 30 cc Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way, 10V DC (schematic item BB) 4 to 6Ω Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way, 10V DC (schematic items B, C, E, F and FF) 5 to 7Ω Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way, 10V DC (schematic items KK and LL) 5.5 to 7.5Ω Drive motors, 2WD models Displacement per revolution, high speed 1.28 cu in 20.9 cc Displacement per revolution, low speed 2.14 cu in 35 cc Hydraulic filters High pressure filter Beta 3 ³ 200 High pressure filter bypass pressure 51 psi 3.5 bar Medium pressure filter Beta 3 ³ 200 Medium pressure filter bypass pressure 51 psi 3.5 bar Hydraulic return filter Part No. 77828 Proportional solenoid valve, 12V DC (schematic items M and T) 4 to 6Ω Proportional solenoid valve, 12V DC (schematic item Q) 3.7 to 5.7Ω 10 micron with 25 psi / 1.7 bar bypass S-60 • S-65 2-3 Section 2 • Specifications July 2005 SPECIFICATIONS REV A GM 3.0L EFI Engine Starter motor Displacement 181 cu in 3 liters Number of cylinders Bore & stroke 4 4 x 3.6 inches 101.6 x 91.44 mm Normal engine cranking speed Current draw, normal load 400A Current draw, maximum load 600A Current draw, minimum 100A Battery Horsepower Intermittent Continuous 67 @ 2300 rpm 60 @ 2300 rpm Firing order 1-3-4-2 Type 12V DC Size 13 x 613/16 x 93/8 inches 33 x 17.3 x 23.8 cm Low idle 1650 rpm Quantity High idle 2500 rpm Cold cranking ampere Compression ratio 9.25:1 Compression pressure - minimum Pressure (psi or bar) of lowest cylinder must be at least 75% of highest cylinder Valve clearances 350 rpm 100 psi 6.9 bar Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 1 1000A 200 minutes Electronic fuel pump Fuel pressure, static 9 to 11 psi 0.6 to 0.76 bar Zero lash + 1 full turn Fuel flow rate Lubrication system Oil pressure, minimum (operating temp. @ 2000 rpm) 18 psi 1.24 bar Oil capacity (including filter) 5 quarts 4.7 liters 0.3 gpm 1.14 L/min Ignition system Spark plug type AC ACMR-43-LTS Spark plug gap 0.040 inches 1.01 mm Oil viscosity requirements Engine coolant Below 0° F / -17.8° C 5W-30 Above 0° F / -17.8° C 10W-30 Capacity Only use engine oils labeled "For Gasoline Engines" by the American Petroleum Institute (API). Alternator output Fan belt deflection 2-4 S-60 • S-65 12 quarts 11.4 liters 66A @ 12V DC 1/2 inch 12 mm Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 2 • Specifications REV A SPECIFICATIONS Ford LRG-425 EFI Engine Displacement Engine coolant 153 cu in 2.5 liters Number of cylinders 4 Bore & stroke 3.78 x 3.4 inches 96.01 x 86.36 mm Horsepower 70 @ 2500 rpm 52 kw @ 2500 rpm Firing order 1-3-4-2 Capacity Starter motor Normal engine cranking speed Current draw, normal load Current draw, maximum load 1600 rpm 320 Hz Brush length, minimum High idle (computer controlled) 2500 rpm 500 Hz Commutator run-out, maximum 9.4:1 Compression pressure (approx.) Pressure (psi or bar) of lowest cylinder must be at least 75% of highest cylinder Valve clearances collapsed tappet 140-200A 800A 0.25 in 6.35 mm 0.005 inches 0.127 mm Electronic fuel pump Fuel pressure, static 0.035 to 0.055 inches 0.889 to 1.397 mm 200 to 250 rpm Circuit voltage drop 0.5V DC while starting, maximum (normal temperature) Low idle (computer controlled) Compression ratio 11.5 quarts 10.9 liters Fuel flow rate 63 psi 4.3 bar 0.58 gpm 2.2 L/min Alternator Lubrication system Oil pressure (operating temperature @ 2500 rpm) 40 to 60 psi 2.75 to 4.1 bar Oil capacity (including filter) 4.5 quarts 4.3 liters Output Battery Type 12V DC Size 13 x 613/16 x 93/8 inches 33 x 17.3 x 23.8 cm Oil viscosity requirements Above -15°F / -26°C 10W-40 Above -22°F / -30°C 5W-30 Use oils meeting API classification SJ or SH. Units ship with 15W-40 SJ. 95A, 14.5V DC Quantity Cold cranking ampere Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 1 1000A 200 minutes Ignition system Spark plug type Motorcraft AGSF-32-FM Spark plug gap 0.042 to 0.046 inches 1.07 to 1.17 mm Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 2-5 Section 2 • Specifications July 2005 SPECIFICATIONS REV B Deutz F3L 2011 Engine Displacement Oil temperature switch 142 cu in 2.33 liters Number of cylinders Bore and stroke 3 3.7 x 4.409 inches 94 x 112 mm Horsepower 48 @ 2800 rpm Firing order 1-2-3 Low idle 1500 rpm High idle 2500 rpm Compression ratio Compression pressure Governor 18.5:1 362 to 435 psi 25 to 30 bar centrifugal mechanical Torque 8-18 ft-lbs 11-24 Nm Temperature switch point 220° F 104° C Oil pressure switch Torque 8-18 ft-lbs 11-24 Nm Oil pressure switch point 15 psi 1 bar Fuel injection system Injection pump make Bosch Injection pump pressure, maximum 15000 psi 1034 bar Injector opening pressure 3046 psi 210 bar Valve clearance, cold Fuel requirement Intake Exhaust 0.012 in 0.3 mm 0.020 in 0.5 mm #2 Diesel Starter motor Current draw, no load 90A Brush length, new 0.72 in 18.5 mm Lubrication system Oil pressure Oil capacity (including filter) 20 to 44 psi 1.4 to 3 bar 7.6 quarts 8 liters Oil viscosity requirements -22° F to 86° F/ -30° C to 30° C 5W-30 (synthetic) -4° F to 90° F / -20° C to 32° C 10W-40 Above 23° F / -5° C 20W-50 Engine oil should have minimum properties of API classification CC/SG or CD/SG grades. Units ship with 10W-40 CH-4 2-6 Brush length, minimum 0.27 in 7 mm Battery Type 12V DC Size 13 x 613/16 x 93/8 inches 33 x 17.3 x 23.8 cm Quantity 1 Cold cranking ampere Reserve capacity @ 25A rate Alternator output Fan belt deflection S-60 • S-65 1000A 200 minutes 60A @ 14V DC 3 /8 to 1/2 inch 9 to 12 mm Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 2 • Specifications REV B SPECIFICATIONS Perkins 404-22 Engine Lubrication system Displacement 134 cu in 2.2 liters Number of cylinders Bore and stroke 4 3.31 x 3.94 inches 84 x 100 mm Oil pressure, cold (at 2500 rpm) Oil capacity (including filter) gross intermittent horsepower @ 3000 rpm 51 47.6 Firing order 1-3-4-2 9.3 quarts 8.8 liters Oil viscosity requirements Below 86°F / 30°C Horsepower 60 psi 4.1 bar 5W-20 -4°F to 104°F / -20°C to 40°C 10W-30 Above 14°F / -10°C 15W-40 Low idle 1300 rpm Engine oil should have minimum properties of API classification CH-4. Units ship with CH-4 High idle 2500 rpm Oil pressure sending unit Compression ratio 23.3:1 Compression pressure 426 psi 29.4 bar Torque Oil pressure switch point Pressure (psi) of lowest cylinder must be within 50 psi / 3.45 bar of highest cylinder Fuel injection system Governor Injection pump make centrifugal mechanical Valve clearance, cold Intake Exhaust 0.008 in 0.2 mm 0.008 in 0.2 mm 8-18 ft-lbs 11-24 Nm 14.2 psi 1 bar Zexel Injection pressure 2133 psi 147 bar Fuel requirement #2 Diesel Alternator output Fan belt deflection 55A @ 12V DC 3/8 in 10 mm Starter motor Current draw, no load Part No. 77828 90A Brush length, new 0.7480 in 19 mm Brush length, minimum 0.5 in 12.7 mm S-60 • S-65 2-7 Section 2 • Specifications July 2005 SPECIFICATIONS REV C Machine Torque Specifications Battery Type 12V DC Size 13 x 613/16 x 93/8 inches 33 x 17.3 x 23.8 cm Quantity Cold cranking ampere Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 1 200 minutes Temperature switch point 3 /8 -16 bolts, GR 8 44 ft-lbs 60 Nm Drive motor and hubs 7.7 quarts 7.3 liters 180 ft-lbs 244 Nm Drive motor mounting bolts, lubricated 55 ft-lbs 75 Nm Turntable bearing 8-18 ft-lbs 11-24 Nm 221° F 105° C Rotate bearing mounting bolts, lubricated 180 ft-lbs 244 Nm Turntable rotation assembly Backlash pivot plate 2-8 480 ft-lbs 651 Nm Drive hub mounting bolts, lubricated Coolant temperature sending unit Torque 1 -8 center bolt, GR 8 1000A Engine coolant Capacity Platform rotator S-60 • S-65 260 ft-lbs 352.5 Nm Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 2 • Specifications REV B SPECIFICATIONS Seal-Lok® fittings Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications Your machine is equipped with Parker Seal-Lok® fittings and hose ends. Genie specifications require that fittings and hose ends be torqued to specification when they are removed and installed or when new hoses or fittings are installed. 1 Replace the O-ring. The O-ring must be replaced anytime the seal has been broken. The O-ring cannot be re-used if the fitting or hose end has been tightened beyond finger tight. The O-rings used in the Parker Seal Lok® fittings and hose ends are custom-size O-rings. They are not standard SAE size O-rings. They are available in the O-ring field service kit (Genie part number 49612). SAE O-ring Boss Port (tube fitting - installed into Aluminum) SAE Dash size Torque -4 11 ft-lbs / 14.9 Nm 2 Lubricate the O-ring before installation. -6 23 ft-lbs / 31.2 Nm -8 40 ft-lbs / 54.2 Nm 3 Be sure that the face seal O-ring is seated and retained properly. -10 69 ft-lbs / 93.6 Nm -12 93 ft-lbs / 126.1 Nm -16 139 ft-lbs / 188.5 Nm -20 172 ft-lbs / 233.2 Nm -24 208 ft-lbs / 282 Nm 4 Position the tube and nut squarely on the face seal end of the fitting and tighten the nut finger tight. 5 Tighten the nut or fitting to the appropriate torque per given size as shown in the table. 6 Operate all machine functions and inspect the hoses and fittings and related components to confirm that there are no leaks. SAE O-ring Boss Port Seal-Lok Fittings (tube fitting - installed into Steel) (hose end) ® SAE Dash size Torque SAE Dash size Torque -4 16 ft-lbs / 21.7 Nm -4 18 ft-lbs / 24.4 Nm -6 35 ft-lbs / 47.5 Nm -6 27 ft-lbs / 36.6 Nm -8 60 ft-lbs / 81.3 Nm -8 40 ft-lbs / 54.2 Nm -10 105 ft-lbs / 142.4 Nm -10 63 ft-lbs / 85.4 Nm -12 140 ft-lbs / 190 Nm -12 90 ft-lbs / 122 Nm -16 210 ft-lbs / 284.7 Nm -16 120 ft-lbs / 162.7 Nm -20 260 ft-lbs / 352.5 Nm -20 140 ft-lbs / 190 Nm -24 315 ft-lbs / 427.1 Nm -24 165 ft-lbs / 223.7 Nm Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 2-9 Section 2 • Specifications July 2005 SPECIFICATIONS REV A SAE FASTENER TORQUE CHART • This chart is to be used as a guide only unless noted elsewhere in this manual • SIZE Grade 5 THREAD LUBED 20 28 1/4 18 24 16 24 14 20 13 20 12 18 11 18 10 16 9 14 8 12 7 12 7 12 6 12 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/2 LUBED DRY DRY in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm 100 90 11.3 10.1 80 120 9 13.5 140 120 15.8 13.5 110 160 12.4 18 130 140 14.7 15.8 LUBED 5/16 A574 High Strength Black Oxide Bolts LUBED Grade 8 DRY LUBED DRY LUBED f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm 13 14 23 26 37 41 57 64 80 90 110 130 200 220 320 350 480 530 590 670 840 930 1460 1640 17.6 19 31.2 35.2 50.1 55.5 77.3 86.7 108.4 122 149 176 271 298 433 474 650 718 800 908 1138 1260 1979 2223 17 19 31 35 49 55 75 85 110 120 150 170 270 300 430 470 640 710 790 890 1120 1240 1950 2190 23 25.7 42 47.4 66.4 74.5 101.6 115 149 162 203 230 366 406 583 637 867 962 1071 1206 1518 1681 2643 2969 18 20 33 37 50 60 80 90 120 130 160 180 280 310 450 500 680 750 970 1080 1360 1510 2370 2670 24 27.1 44.7 50.1 67.8 81.3 108.4 122 162 176 217 244 379 420 610 678 922 1016 1315 1464 1844 2047 3213 3620 25 27 44 49 70 80 110 120 150 170 210 240 380 420 610 670 910 990 1290 1440 1820 2010 3160 3560 33.9 36.6 59.6 66.4 94.7 108.4 149 162 203 230 284 325 515 569 827 908 1233 1342 1749 1952 2467 2725 4284 4826 21 24 38 43 61 68 93 105 130 140 180 200 320 350 510 560 770 840 1090 1220 1530 1700 2670 3000 28.4 32.5 51.5 58.3 82.7 92.1 126 142 176 189 244 271 433 474 691 759 1044 1139 1477 1654 2074 2304 3620 4067 METRIC FASTENER TORQUE CHART • This chart is to be used as a guide only unless noted elsewhere in this manual • Class 4.6 Size (m m ) 5 6 7 LUBED 2 - 10 DRY LUBED Class 10.9 8.8 DRY LUBED Class 12.9 10.9 DRY LUBED 12.9 DRY in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm 16 19 45 1.8 3.05 5.12 21 36 60 2.4 4.07 6.83 41 69 116 4.63 7.87 13.2 54 93 155 6.18 10.5 17.6 58 100 167 6.63 11.3 18.9 78 132 223 8.84 15 25.2 68 116 1.95 7.75 13.2 22.1 91 155 260 10.3 17.6 29.4 LUBED 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Class 8.8 4.6 DRY LUBED DRY LUBED DRY LUBED DRY f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm f t -lbs Nm 5.4 10.8 18.9 30.1 46.9 64.5 91 124 157 7.41 14.7 25.6 40.8 63.6 87.5 124 169 214 7.2 14.4 25.1 40 62.5 86.2 121 166 210 9.88 19.6 34.1 54.3 84.8 117 165 225 285 14 27.9 48.6 77.4 125 171 243 331 420 19.1 37.8 66 105 170 233 330 450 570 18.8 37.2 64.9 103 166 229 325 442 562 25.5 50.5 88 140 226 311 441 600 762 20.1 39.9 69.7 110 173 238 337 458 583 27.3 54.1 94.5 150 235 323 458 622 791 26.9 53.2 92.2 147 230 317 450 612 778 36.5 72.2 125 200 313 430 610 830 1055 23.6 46.7 81 129 202 278 394 536 682 32 63.3 110 175 274 377 535 727 925 31.4 62.3 108 172 269 371 525 715 909 42.6 84.4 147 234 365 503 713 970 1233 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Scheduled Maintenance Procedures About This Section This section contains detailed procedures for each scheduled maintenance inspection. Each procedure includes a description, safety information and step-by-step instructions. Observe and Obey: Symbols Legend Safety alert symbol—used to alert personnel to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. Maintenance inspections shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the maintenance of this machine. Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be completed daily, quarterly, six months, annually and every 2 years as specified on the Maintenance Inspection Report. Used to indicate the presence of an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Failure to perform each procedure as presented and scheduled may cause death, serious injury or substantial damage. Used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine. With safety alert symbol—used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may cause minor or moderate injury. Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating machine. Keep records on all inspections for three years. Unless otherwise specified, perform each maintenance procedure with the machine in the following configuration: Without safety alert symbol—used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage. · Machine parked on a firm, level surface · Boom in stowed position Used to indicate operation or maintenance information. · Turntable rotated with the boom between the non-steer wheels · Turntable secured with the turntable rotation lock Indicates that a specific result is expected after performing a series of steps. · Key switch in the off position with the key removed Indicates that an incorrect result has occurred after performing a series of steps. · Wheels chocked · All external AC power disconnected from the machine Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3-1 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Pre-delivery Preparation Report Maintenance Symbols Legend The following symbols have been used in this manual to help communicate the intent of the instructions. When one or more of the symbols appear at the beginning of a maintenance procedure, it conveys the meaning below. Indicates that tools will be required to perform this procedure. Indicates that new parts will be required to perform this procedure. The pre-delivery preparation report contains checklists for each type of scheduled inspection. Make copies of the Pre-delivery Preparation Report to use for each inspection. Store completed forms as required. Maintenance Schedule There are five types of maintenance inspections that must be performed according to a schedule— daily, quarterly, every six months, annual and two years. The Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Section and the Maintenance Inspection Report have been divided into five subsections—A, B, C, D and E. Use the following chart to determine which group(s) of procedures are required to perform a scheduled inspection. Inspection Indicates that a cold engine will be required to perform this procedure. Checklist Daily or every 8 hours Quarterly or every 250 hours Indicates that a warm engine will be required to perform this procedure. Six months or every 500 hours Annual or every 1000 hours Indicates that dealer service is required to perform this procedure. Two years or every 2000 hours A A+B A+B+C A+B+C+D A+B+C+D+E Maintenance Inspection Report The maintenance inspection report contains checklists for each type of scheduled inspection. Make copies of the Maintenance Inspection Report to use for each inspection. Store completed forms for three years. 3-2 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 Pre-Delivery Preparation July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Fundamentals Instructions It is the responsibility of the dealer to perform the Pre-delivery Preparation. Use the operator’s manual on your machine. The Pre-delivery Preparation is performed prior to each delivery. The inspection is designed to discover if anything is apparently wrong with a machine before it is put into service. A damaged or modified machine must never be used. If damage or any variation from factory delivered condition is discovered, the machine must be tagged and removed from service. Repairs to the machine may only be made by a qualified service technician, according to the manufacturer's specifications. Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be performed by qualified service technicians, according to the manufacturer's specifications and the requirements listed in the responsibilities manual. The Pre-delivery Preparation consists of completing the Pre-operation Inspection, the Maintenance items and the Function Tests. Use this form to record the results. Place a check in the appropriate box after each part is completed. Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual. If any inspection receives an N, remove the machine from service, repair and re-inspect it. After repair, place a check in the R box. Legend Y = yes, completed N = no, unable to complete R = repaired Comments Pre-Delivery Preparation Y N Pre-operation inspection completed Maintenance items completed Function tests completed Model Serial number Date Machine owner Inspected by (print) Inspector signature Inspector title Inspector company Genie Industries USA 18340 NE 76th Street PO Box 97030 Redmond, WA 98073-9730 (425) 881-1800 Genie UK The Maltings, Wharf Road Grantham, Lincolnshire NG31- 6BH England (44) 1476-584333 Copyright © 2002 by Genie Industries. Genie® is a registered trademark of Genie Industries. Rev B Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3-3 R Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 This page intentionally left blank. 3-4 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Maintenance Inspection Report Model Checklist A - Rev C Serial number A-1 Pre-operation inspection Date A-2 Functions tests Hour meter A-3 Engine maintenance Deutz models Machine owner A-4 Engine maintenance GM and Ford models Inspected by (print) A-5 Engine maintenance Perkins models Inspector signature A-6 Filter condition indicator Y N R Checklist B - Rev C B-2 Inspect electrical wiring B-3 Exhaust system B-4 Oil cooler and finsDeutz models B-5 Lug nut torque B-6 Brake configuration B-7 Drive hub oil level A-7 Oscillate axle B-8 Engine RPM Deutz models Perform after 50 hours: B-9 Ground control override A-8 30 day service B-10 Directional valve Perform every 100 hours: B-11 Platform leveling Instructions · Make copies of this report to use for each inspection. A-9 Engine maintenance GM, Ford and Perkins models B-12 Engine idle select · Select the appropriate checklist(s) for the type of inspection to be performed. A-10 Fuel filter/separator Diesel models Inspector title Inspector company Daily or 8 hour Inspection: Quarterly or 250 hour Inspection: A A+B Six Month or 500 hour Inspection: A+B+C A-11 Check engine RPMPerkins models A-12 Rotation bearing Perform every 200 hours: A-13 Engine maintenance GM and Ford models A-14 Engine maintenance Perkins models Y N R B-1 Inspect battery B-13 Fuel select GM and Ford models B-14 Drive brakes B-15 Drive speed stowed position B-16 Drive speed raised position B-17 Alarm package B-18 Hydraulic oil analysis B-19 Fuel filter/separator Perkins models Annual or 1000 hours Inspection: A+B+C+D B-20 Fuel filter element Perkins models 2 Year or 2000 hour Inspection: A+B+C+D+E Perform every 400 hours: B-21 Engine maintenance Deutz models · Place a check in the appropriate box after each inspection procedure is completed. · If any inspection receives an “N”, tag and remove the machine from service, repair and re-inspect it. After repair, place a check in the “R” box. B-22 Engine maintenance GM and Ford models B-23 Engine maintenance Perkins models Legend Y = yes, acceptable N = no, remove from service R = repaired Comments Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3-5 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION REPORT Model Checklist C - Rev D Serial number C-1 Engine maintenance Deutz models E-1 Hydraulic oil Date C-2 Grease platform overload (if equipped) E-2 Engine maintenance Deutz models Hour meter C-3 Test platform overload (if equipped) Perform every 12,000 hours: Machine owner C-4 Boom extend/retract cables Inspected by (print) Perform every 600 hours: Inspector signature C-5 Engine maintenance Perkins models Inspector title Perform every 800 hours: Inspector company C-6 Engine maintenance GM and Ford models Instructions · Make copies of this report to use for each inspection. · Select the appropriate checklist(s) for the type of inspection to be performed. Daily or 8 hour Inspection: Quarterly or 250 hour Inspection: Checklist D - Rev C Y N R Checklist E - Rev D Y N R Perform every 3000 hours: E-3 Engine maintenance Deutz models Perform every 5 years: E-4 Remove and inspect boom extend/ retract cables Y N R D-1 Boom wear pads D-2 Turntable bearing bolts D-3 Turntable bearing wear D-4 Drive hub oil A A+B Six Month or 500 hour Inspection: A+B+C Annual or 1000 hours Inspection: A+B+C+D 2 Year or 2000 hour Inspection: A+B+C+D+E D-5 Free-wheel configuration D-6 Hydraulic filters D-7 Air/LPG mixture GM models D-8 Engine maintenance Deutz models D-9 Calibrate platform overload system (if equipped) · Place a check in the appropriate box after each inspection procedure is completed. · If any inspection receives an “N”, tag and remove the machine from service, repair and re-inspect it. After repair, place a check in the “R” box. Legend Y = yes, acceptable N = no, remove from service R = repaired Comments 3-6 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 REV C Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Checklist A Procedures A-1 Perform Pre-operation Inspection A-2 Perform Function Tests Completing a Pre-operation Inspection is essential to safe machine operation. The Pre-operation Inspection is a visual inspection performed by the operator prior to each work shift. The inspection is designed to discover if anything is apparently wrong with a machine before the operator performs the function tests. The Pre-operation Inspection also serves to determine if routine maintenance procedures are required. Completing the function tests is essential to safe machine operation. Function tests are designed to discover any malfunctions before the machine is put into service. A malfunctioning machine must never be used. If malfunctions are discovered, the machine must be tagged and removed from service. Complete information to perform this procedure is available in the Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator's Manual on your machine. Complete information to perform this procedure is available in the Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator's Manual on your machine. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3-7 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES REV C A-3 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models A-4 Perform Engine Maintenance GM and Ford Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed daily or every 10 hours, whichever comes first. Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed daily or every 8 hours, whichever comes first. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual (Deutz part number 0297-9929). Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the GM 3.0L Operator Handbook (GM part number 36100007) or the Ford LRG-425 EFI Operator Handbook (Ford part number FPP 194-302). Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual Genie part number 84794 GM 3.0L Operator Handbook Genie part number 101095 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Ford LRG 425 EFI Operator Handbook Genie part number 84792 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 3-8 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures REV C CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES A-5 Perform Engine Maintenance Perkins Models A-6 Check the High Pressure Hydraulic Filter Condition Indicator Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed daily or every 8 hours, whichever comes first. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual (Perkins part number TPD 1443S). Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual Genie part number Maintaining the hydraulic return filter in good condition is essential to good system performance and safe machine operation. The filter condition indicator will show when the hydraulic flow is bypassing a clogged filter. If the filter is not frequently checked and replaced, impurities will remain in the hydraulic system and cause component damage. 1 Open the engine side turntable cover. 2 Start the engine from the ground controls. 3 Change the engine idle to high rpm (rabbit symbol). 4 Visually inspect the filter condition indicator. Result: The filter condition indicator should be operating with the plunger in the green area. 94890 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. Result: If the indicator displays the plunger in the red area, this indicates that the hydraulic filter is being bypassed and the filter should be replaced. See D-6, Replace the Hydraulic Filters. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3-9 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES REV C A-7 Test the Oscillate Axle (if equipped) A-8 Perform 30 Day Service Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machine operation. If the axle oscillation system is not operating correctly, the stability of the machine is compromised and it may tip over. 1 Start the engine from the platform controls. The 30 day maintenance procedure is a one time sequence of procedures to be performed after the first 30 days or 50 hours of usage, whichever comes first. After this interval, refer to the maintenance tables for continued scheduled maintenance. 1 Perform the following maintenance procedures: 2 Drive the right steer tire up onto a 6 inch / 15 cm block or curb. Result: The three remaining tires should stay in firm contact with the ground and the chassis should remain level at all times. 3 Drive the left steer tire up onto a 6 inch / 15 cm block or curb. Result: The three remaining tires should stay in firm contact with the ground and the chassis should remain level at all times. 4 Drive both steer tires up onto a 6 inch / 15 cm block or curb. Result: The non-steer tires should stay in firm contact with the ground. • A-9 Perform Engine Maintenance GM, Ford and Perkins Models • A-12 Grease the Turntable Bearing and Rotate Gear • B-5 Check the Lug Nut Torque (including tires and wheels) • B-7 Check the Oil Level in the Drive Hubs • C-1 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models • D-2 Check the Turnable Rotation Bearing Bolts • D-6 Replace the Hydraulic Filters If the chassis does not remain level during test, see Repair Procedure 7-6, How to Set Up the Oscillate Directional Valve. 3 - 10 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures REV C CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES A-9 Perform Engine Maintenance GM, Ford and Perkins Models A-10 Inspect the Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Diesel Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 100 hours. Perform this procedure more often if dusty conditions exist or the machine is subjected to extended low idle operation. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the GM 3.0L Operator Handbook (GM part number 36100007) or the Ford LRG-425 EFI Operator Handbook (Ford part number FPP 194-302) or the Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual (Perkins part number TPD 1443S) . GM 3.0L Operator Handbook Genie part number Ford LRG 425 EFI Operator Handbook Genie part number Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual Genie part number Part No. 77828 101095 84792 94890 Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 100 hours. Proper maintenance of the fuel filter/water separator is essential for good engine performance. Failure to perform this procedure can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach. Perform this procedure with the engine off. Perkins Models: 1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear. 2 Open the engine side turntable cover and locate the fuel filter/water separator next to the hydraulic return filter on the bulkhead. 3 Inspect the filter bowl for water buildup. Result: If water is present in the filter bowl continue with steps 4 through 8. S-60 • S-65 3 - 11 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES REV C 8 Start the engine from the ground controls and check the fuel filter/water separator and vent plug for leaks. 4 Loosen the vent plug located on the fuel filter/ water separator head. Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuel leak is discovered, keep any additional personnel from entering the area and do not operate the machine. Repair the leak immediately. a d c Deutz Models: b 1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear. a b c d 2 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray.Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. vent plug drain plug filter bowl separator head 3 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. 5 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom of the bowl. Allow the water to drain into a suitable container until fuel starts to come out. Immediately tighten the drain plug. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 6 Tighten the vent plug. If the fuel filter/water separator is completely drained, you must prime the fuel filter/water separator before starting the engine. See B-20, Replace The Fuel Filter Element - Perkins Models, for instructions on how to prime the fuel filter/water separator. 7 4 Locate the fuel filter/water separator next to the oil filter. Clean up any fuel that may have spilled. 3 - 12 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures REV C CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES 5 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom of the filter. Allow the water to drain into a suitable container until fuel starts to come out. Immediately tighten the drain plug. A-11 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM - Perkins Models Do not completely drain the filter. Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 100 hours. a b Maintaining the engine rpm at the proper setting for both low and high idle is essential to good engine performance and service life. The machine will not operate properly if the rpm is incorrect and continued use may cause component damage. This procedure will require two people. a b fuel filter/water separator drain valve 1 Connect a tachometer to the engine. Start the engine from the ground controls. 6 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled. 7 Start the engine from the ground controls and check the fuel filter/water separator for leaks. Result: Low idle should be 1300 rpm. Skip to step 3 if the low idle rpm is correct. Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuel leak is discovered, keep any additional personnel from entering the area and do not operate the machine. Repair the leak immediately. 8 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 13 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES REV C 2 Loosen the low idle lock nut and turn the low idle adjustment screw clockwise to increase the rpm, or counterclockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the low idle lock nut and confirm the rpm. A-12 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearing and Rotate Gear Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 100 hours of operation. Perform this procedure more often if dusty conditions exist. Frequent application of lubrication to the turntable bearing and rotate gear is essential to good machine performance and service life. Continued use of an improperly greased bearing and gear will result in component damage. 1 Locate the grease fitting on the front turntable cover. a b c a b c d 2 Pump grease into the turntable rotation bearing. Rotate the turntable in increments of 4 to 5 inches / 10 to 13 cm at a time and repeat this step until the entire bearing has been greased. d solenoid boot high idle adjustment nut yoke low idle lock nut and adjustment screw 3 Apply grease to each tooth of the drive gear, located under the turntable. 3 Move the function enable toggle switch to the high idle (rabbit symbol) position. Grease Specification Chevron Ultra-duty grease, EP NLGI 2 (lithium based) or equivalent Result: High idle should be 2500 rpm. If high idle rpm is correct, dis regard adjustment step 4. 4 Loosen the yoke lock nut, then turn the high idle adjustment nut and solenoid boot counterclockwise to increase the rpm or clockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the yoke lock nut and recheck the rpm. Be sure the solenoid fully retracts when activating high idle. 3 - 14 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES REV C A-13 Perform Engine Maintenance GM and Ford Models A-14 Perform Engine Maintenance Perkins Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 200 hours. Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 200 hours. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the GM 3.0L Operator Handbook (GM part number 36100007) or the Ford LRG-425 EFI Operator Handbook (Ford part number FPP 194-302). Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual (Perkins part number TPD 1443S). GM 3.0L Operator Handbook Genie part number Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual Genie part number 94890 101095 To access the engine: Ford LRG 425 EFI Operator Handbook Genie part number 84792 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 15 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 Checklist B Procedures REV C B-1 Inspect the Battery B-2 Inspect the Electrical Wiring Proper battery condition is essential to good engine performance and operational safety. Improper fluid levels or damaged cables and connections can result in engine component damage and hazardous conditions. Maintaining electrical wiring in good condition is essential to safe operation and good machine performance. Failure to find and replace burnt, chafed, corroded or pinched wires could result in unsafe operating conditions and may cause component damage. Electrocution hazard. Contact with hot or live circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. Bodily injury hazard. Batteries contain acid. Avoid spilling or contacting battery acid. Neutralize battery acid spills with baking soda and water. 1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear. 2 Be sure that the battery cable connections are free of corrosion. Electrocution hazard. Contact with hot or live circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. 1 Open the engine side turntable cover. 2 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 3 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. 3 Be sure that the battery hold-down bracket and cable connections are tight. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. The battery is a maintenance free battery and does not require the replenishing of electrolyte. Adding terminal protectors and a corrosion preventative sealant will help eliminate corrosion on the battery terminals and cables. 4 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, corroded and loose wires: · Engine wiring harness · Hydraulic manifold wiring 5 Open the ground controls side turntable cover. 3 - 16 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 6 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, corroded and loose wires: B-3 Check the Exhaust System · Inside of the ground control box · Hydraulic manifold wiring 7 Inspect for a liberal coating of dielectric grease at the following location: · All wire harnesses connectors to the ground control box Maintaining the exhaust system is essential to good engine performance and service life. Running the engine with a damaged or leaking exhaust system can cause component damage and unsafe operating conditions. Bodily injury hazard. Do not inspect while the engine is running. Remove the key to secure from operation. 8 Start the engine from the ground controls and raise the boom above the turntable covers. 9 Inspect the turntable area for burnt, chafed and pinched cables. Burn hazard. Beware of hot engine components. Contact with hot engine components may result in severe burns. 10 Lower the boom to the stowed position and turn the engine off. 11 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed, corroded, pinched and loose wires: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray.Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. · Cable track on the primary boom · Cables on the primary, and jib booms 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. · Jib boom/Platform rotate manifold · Inside of the platform control box Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 12 Inspect for a liberal coating of dielectric grease at the following location: · All wire harnesses connectors to the platform control box 13 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. 3 Be sure that all nuts and bolts are tight. 4 Inspect all welds for cracks. 5 Inspect for exhaust leaks; i.e., carbon buildup around seams and joints. 6 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 17 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 3 Remove the fasteners from the engine side cover, then remove the cover. B-4 Check the Oil Cooler and Cooling Fins - Deutz Models 4 Inspect the oil cooler for leaks and physical damage. a b c Maintaining the oil cooler in good condition is essential for good engine performance. Operating a machine with a damaged oil cooler may result in engine damage. Also, restricting air flow through the oil cooler will affect the performance of the cooling system. Bodily injury hazard. Do not inspect while the engine is running. Remove the key to secure from operation. Burn hazard. Beware of hot engine components. Contact with hot engine components may result in severe burns. a b c oil cooler cylinder head cooling fins fan blower fins 5 Clean the oil cooler of debris and foreign material. Oil cooler Cooling and fan blower fins 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 6 Inspect the fan blower fins for physical damage. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 7 Clean the fan blower fins of debris and foreign material. 8 Inspect the head cooling passages and fins for physical damage or foreign material, using a flashlight. 9 Clean the cylinder head cooling passages of debris and foreign material. 10 Install the engine side cover. 11 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. 3 - 18 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-5 Check the Lug Nut Torque (including the tires and wheels) B-6 Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration Maintaining the tires and wheels in good condition is essential to safe operation and good performance. Tire and/or wheel failure could result in a machine tip-over. Component damage may also result if problems are not discovered and repaired in a timely fashion. Proper brake configuration is essential to safe operation and good machine performance. Hydrostatic brakes and hydraulically-released, spring-applied individual wheel brakes can appear to operate normally when they are actually not fully operational. Bodily injury hazard. An overinflated tire can explode and could cause death or serious injury. 1 Check each drive hub disconnect cap to be sure it is in the engaged position. brake disengaged position Tip-over hazard. Do not use temporary flat tire repair products. The tires on some machines are foam-filled and do not need air added to them. 1 Check all tire treads and sidewalls for cuts, cracks, punctures and unusual wear. brake engaged position 2 Be sure the free-wheel valve on the drive pump is closed (clockwise). 2 Check each wheel for damage, bends and cracked welds. 3 Check each lug nut for proper torque. d 4 Check the pressure in each air-filled tire. c a b a b c d drive pump free-wheel valve lift pump screwdriver The free-wheel valve is located on the side of the drive pump. The free-wheel valve should always remain closed. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 19 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-7 Check the Oil Level in the Drive Hubs B-8 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM - Deutz Models Failure to maintain proper drive hub oil levels may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Maintaining the engine rpm at the proper setting for both low and high idle is essential to good engine performance and service life. The machine will not operate properly if the rpm is incorrect and continued use may cause component damage. 1 Drive the machine to rotate the hub until the plugs are located one on top and the other at 90 degrees. This procedure will require two people. a 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. a Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. drive hub plugs 2 Remove the plug located at 90 degrees and check the oil level. 3 Connect an rpm gauge to the engine, and then start the engine from the ground controls. Result: The oil level should be even with the bottom of the side plug hole. Result: Low idle should be 1500 rpm. 3 If necessary, remove the top plug and add oil until the oil level is even with the bottom of the side plug hole. Skip to step 5 if the low idle rpm is correct. 4 Install the plug(s) into the drive hub. 5 Check the torque of the drive hub mounting bolts. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 6 Repeat this procedure for each drive hub. 3 - 20 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 4 Loosen the low idle lock nut, then turn the low idle adjustment screw clockwise to increase the rpm or counterclockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the low idle lock nut and recheck the rpm. 6 Loosen the yoke lock nut, then turn the high idle adjustment nut and solenoid boot counterclockwise to increase the rpm or clockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten the yoke lock nut and recheck the rpm. Be sure the solenoid fully retracts when activating high idle. f 7 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. e a b a b c d e f c d solenoid boot high idle adjustment nut yoke lock nut yoke low idle adjustment screw low idle lock nut 5 Move the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high idle (rabbit symbol) position at the ground controls. Result: High idle should be 2500 rpm. If high idle rpm is correct, disregard adjustment step 6. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 21 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-9 Test the Ground Control Override B-10 Check the Oscillate Directional Valve Linkage A properly functioning ground control override is essential to safe machine operation. The ground control override function is intended to allow ground personnel to operate the machine from the ground controls whether or not the Emergency Stop button on the platform controls is in the on or off position. This function is particularly useful if the operator at the platform controls cannot return the boom to the stowed position. Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machine operation. If the oscillate directional valve linkage is not operating correctly, the stability of the machine is compromised and it may tip over. 1 Push in the platform red Emergency Stop button to the off position. 1 Remove the drive chassis cover from the non-steer end of the machine. 2 Start the engine from the ground controls. 2 Locate the oscillate directional valve inside of the non-steer axle and inspect the linkage for the following: 3 At the ground controls, operate each boom function through a partial cycle. Result: All boom functions should operate. Perform this test only on models equipped with a oscillating axle. · Lock nut is tight against yoke · Yoke clevis pins are installed · Cotter pins are installed through clevis pins · Linkage is properly attached to directional valve 3 - 22 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-11 Test the Platform Self-leveling B-12 Test the Engine Idle Select Automatic platform self-leveling throughout the full cycle of boom raising and lowering is essential for safe machine operation. The platform is maintained at level by the platform leveling slave cylinder which operates in a closed loop hydraulic circuit with the master cylinder located at the base of the boom. A platform selfleveling failure creates an unsafe working condition for platform and ground personnel. A properly operating engine idle select switch is essential to good engine performance and safe machine operation. There are two settings. Foot switch activated low idle (turtle symbol) allows the operator to control individual boom functions. Foot switch activated high idle (rabbit symbol) should be used for normal machine operation. This selection activates high idle only when the foot switch is pressed down. 1 Start the engine from the ground controls and lower the boom into the stowed position. 1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 2 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to either side and adjust the platform to a level position using the platform level toggle switch. 2 Start the engine from the ground controls then move and hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high idle (rabbit symbol). 3 Raise and lower the primary boom through a full cycle. Result: The platform should remain level at all times to within ±5 degrees. Result: The engine should change to high idle. 3 Release the function enable/rpm select toggle switch. Result: The engine should return to low idle. 4 Turn the key switch to platform controls. 5 Move the engine idle control switch to foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol). Result: The engine should not change to high idle. 6 Press down the foot switch. Result: The engine should change to high idle. 6 Move the engine idle control switch to foot switch activated low idle (turtle symbol). Result: The engine should change to low idle. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 23 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-13 Test the Fuel Select Operation GM and Ford Models The ability to select and switch between gasoline and LPG fuels as needed is essential to safe machine operation. A fuel selection can be made when the engine is running or not. Switching malfunctions and/or the failure of the engine to start and run properly in both fuel modes and through all idle speeds can indicate fuel system problems that could develop into a hazardous situation. 6 Restart the engine and allow it to run at low idle. 7 Press down the foot switch to allow the engine to run at high idle. Result: The engine should start promptly and operate smoothly in low and high idle. The engine may hesitate momentarily and then continue to run on the selected fuel if the fuel source is switched while the engine is running. Perform this test after checking the gasoline and LPG fuel levels, and warming the engine to normal operating temperature. 1 Move the fuel select switch to gasoline and then move the engine idle control switch to foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol). 2 Start the engine from the platform controls and allow it to run at low idle. 3 Press down the foot switch to allow the engine to run at high idle. Result: The engine should start promptly and operate smoothly in low and high idle. 4 Release the foot switch and shut the engine off by pushing in the red Emergency Stop button in to the off position. 5 Move the fuel select switch to LPG. 3 - 24 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 5 Bring the machine to top drive speed before reaching the test line. Release the drive joystick when your reference point on the machine crosses the test line. B-14 Test the Drive Brakes Proper brake action is essential to safe machine operation. The drive brake function should operate smoothly, free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise. Hydrostatic brakes and hydraulicallyreleased individual wheel brakes can appear to operate normally when they are actually not fully operational. 6 Measure the distance between the test line and your machine reference point. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. The brakes must be able to hold the machine on any slope it is able to climb. Collision hazard. Be sure that the machine is not in free-wheel or partial free-wheel configuration. Refer to B-6, Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration. Select a test area that is firm, level and free of obstructions. 1 Mark a test line on the ground for reference. 2 Start the engine from the platform controls. 3 Move the engine idle control switch to foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol), then lower the boom into the stowed position. 4 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the test line. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 25 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-15 Test the Drive Speed Stowed Position B-16 Test the Drive Speed Raised or Extended Position Proper drive function movement is essential to safe machine operation. The drive function should respond quickly and smoothly to operator control. Drive performance should also be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise over the entire proportionally controlled speed range. Proper drive function movement is essential to safe machine operation. The drive function should respond quickly and smoothly to operator control. Drive performance should also be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise over the entire proportionally controlled speed range. Select a test area that is firm, level and free of obstructions. Select a test area that is firm, level and free of obstructions. 1 Create start and finish lines by marking two lines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart. 1 Create start and finish lines by marking two lines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart. 2 Start the engine from the platform controls. 2 Start the engine from the platform controls. 3 Move the engine idle control switch to foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol), then lower the boom into the stowed position. 3 Move the engine idle select switch to foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switch symbol). 4 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the start and finish lines. 5 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the start and finish lines. 5 Bring the machine to top drive speed before reaching the start line. Begin timing when your reference point on the machine crosses the start line. 6 Continue at full speed and note the time when the machine reference point crosses the finish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 3 - 26 4 Raise the boom above horizontal. 6 Bring the machine to top drive speed before reaching the start line. Begin timing when your reference point on the machine crosses the start line. 7 Continue at full speed and note the time when the machine reference point crosses the finish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 8 Lower the boom to the stowed position and extend the boom 1 foot / 30 cm. B-17 Test the Alarm Package Optional Equipment 9 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contact patch of a tire, as a visual reference for use when crossing the start and finish lines. The alarm package includes: 10 Bring the machine to top drive speed before reaching the start line. Begin timing when your reference point on the machine crosses the start line. 11 Continue at top speed and note the time when the machine reference point crosses the finish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. · Travel alarm · Descent alarm · Flashing beacon Alarms and a beacon are installed to alert operators and ground personnel of machine proximity and motion. The alarm package is installed on the turntable covers. The alarms and beacon will operate with the engine running or not running. 1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. Result: The flashing beacon should be on and flashing. 2 Move the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to either side and activate the boom toggle switch in the down position, hold for a moment and then release it. Result: The descent alarm should sound when the switch is held down. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 27 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 3 S-65: Move the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to either side and activate the jib boom toggle switch in the down position, hold for a moment and then release it. Result: The descent alarm should sound when the switch is held down. 4 Turn the key switch to platform control. Result: The flashing beacon should be on and flashing. 5 Press down the foot switch. Move the boom control handle to the down position, hold for a moment and then release it. B-18 Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Dirty oil and a clogged suction strainer may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changes to be performed more often. Result: The descent alarm should sound when the control handle is held down. 6 S-65: Press down the foot switch. Move the jib boom toggle switch to the down position, hold for a moment and then release it. Result: The descent alarm should sound when the control handle is held down. 7 Press down the foot switch. Move the drive control handle off center, hold for a moment and then release it. Move the drive control handle off center in the opposite direction, hold for a moment and then release it. Before replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil may be tested by an oil distributor for specific levels of contamination to verify that changing the oil is necessary. If the hydraulic oil is not replaced at the two year inspection, test the oil quarterly. Replace the oil when it fails the test. See E-1, Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil. Result: The travel alarm should sound when the drive control handle is moved off center in either direction. 3 - 28 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 3 Loosen the vent plug located on the fuel filter/ water separator head. B-19 Replace the Fuel Filter/ Water Separator Element Perkins Models a f e Replacing the diesel fuel filter/water separator element is essential for good engine performance and service life. A dirty or clogged filter may cause the engine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require that the filter be replaced more often. Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach. Perform this procedure with the engine off. 1 Open the engine side turntable cover and locate the fuel filter/water separator on the bulkhead. 2 Disconnect and plug the fuel supply hose from the fuel tank to the fuel filter/water separator. b d c a b c d e f vent plug main fuel line drain plug filter bowl filter element separator head 4 Place a suitable container under the filter bowl. Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom of the bowl. Completely drain the fuel. 5 Rotate the filter bowl counterclockwise and remove it from the element. 6 Rotate the filter element counterclockwise and remove it from the filter head. 7 Install the bowl onto the new filter element. 8 Apply a thin layer of oil onto the element gasket. Install the filter/bowl assembly onto the filter head. Tighten the drain plug and vent plug. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 29 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C 9 Clean up any diesel fuel that may have spilled during the installation procedure. 10 Install the fuel supply hose from the fuel tank to the fuel filter/water separator. Tighten the clamp. 11 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date and number of hours from the hour meter on the oil filter housing. 15 Operate the priming lever or priming bulb (if equipped) of the fuel lift pump until fuel, free from air, comes from the vent plug. Tighten the vent plug. 16 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled during this procedure. 17 Operate the starter motor for intervals of 15 seconds until the engine starts. Bleed the system: It is important to allow the starter motor to cool for 30 seconds between each 15 second interval of operation. 12 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. If the engine runs correctly for a short time and then stops or runs roughly, check for air in the fuel system. If there is air in the fuel system, there is probably a leak in the low pressure side of the system. 13 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 14 Loosen the vent plug on top of the fuel injection pump. 17 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. a b c a b c 3 - 30 vent plug fuel injection pump fuel lift pump S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures REV C CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES B-20 Replace the Fuel Filter Element Perkins Models 3 Thoroughly clean the outside surfaces of the fuel filter assembly. 4 Place a suitable container under the fuel filter element. 5 Disconnect and plug the fuel line from the fuel pump to the fuel filter element. Replacing the diesel fuel filter element is essential for good engine performance and service life. A dirty or clogged filter may cause the engine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may required that the filter be replaced more often. a b c Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach. Perform this procedure with the engine off. 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 a b c fuel line filter head fuel filter element 6 Remove the fuel filter element with a filter wrench. 7 Apply a thin layer of fuel to the new fuel filter element o-ring. 8 Install the new fuel filter element and tighten it securely by hand. Clean up any fuel that may have spilled during the installation procedure. 9 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date and number of hours from the hour meter on the oil filter housing. S-60 • S-65 3 - 31 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C Bleed the fuel system: 9 Loosen the vent plug on top of the fuel injection pump. B-21 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models a Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 400 hours. b c Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. a b c Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual (Deutz part number 0297-9929). vent plug fuel injection pump fuel lift pump 10 Operate the priming lever or priming bulb (if equipped) of the fuel lift pump until fuel, free from air, comes from the vent plug. Tighten the vent plug. 11 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled during this procedure. 12 Operate the starter motor for intervals of 15 seconds until the engine starts. Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual Genie part number To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 13 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. It is important to allow the starter motor to cool for 30 seconds between each 15 second interval of operation. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. If the engine runs correctly for a short time and then stops or runs roughly, check for air in the fuel system. If there is air in the fuel system, there is probably a leak in the low pressure side of the system. 3 - 32 84794 S-60 • S-65 Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES REV C B-22 Perform Engine Maintenance GM and Ford Models B-23 Perform Engine Maintenance Perkins Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 400 hours. Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 400 hours. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the GM 3.0L Operator Handbook (GM part number 36100007) or the Ford LRG-425 EFI Operator Handbook (Ford part number FPP 194-302). Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual (Perkins part number TPD 1443S). GM 3.0L Operator Handbook Genie part number Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual Genie part number 94890 101095 To access the engine: Ford LRG 425 EFI Operator Handbook Genie part number 84792 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 33 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 Checklist C Procedures C-1 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models C-2 Grease the Platform Overload Mechanism (if equipped) Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 500 hours. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual (Deutz part number 0297-9929). Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual Genie part number REV D Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 500 hours or 6 months, whichever comes first. Perform this procedure more often if dusty conditions exist. Application of lubrication to the platform overload mechanism is essential to safe machine operation. Continued use of an improperly greased platform overload mechanism could result in the system not sensing an overloaded platform condition and will result in component damage. 1 Locate the grease fittings on each pivot pin of the platform overload assembly. 84794 2 Thoroughly pump grease into each grease fitting using a mulit-purpose grease. To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 3 - 34 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES REV D 4 Using a suitable lifting device, place an appropriate test weight equal to the maximum platform capacity in one of the locations shown. C-3 Test the Platform Overload System (if equipped) Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 500 hours or six months. Testing the platform overload system regularly is essential to safe machine operation. Continued use of an improperly operating platform overload system could result in the system not sensing an overloaded platform condition. Machine stablity could be compromised resulting in the machine tipping over. Perform this procedure with the machine on a firm, level surface. 1 Turn the key switch to platform control. Start the engine from the platform controls. 2 Level the platform. 3 Determine the maximum platform capacity. Refer to the machine serial plate. Result: The platform overload indicator light should be off at both the ground and platform controls. 5 Carefully move the test weight to each remaining location. Result: The platform overload indicator light should be off at both the ground and platform controls. 6 Add an additional 66 lbs / 30 kg of weight to overload the platform. Result: The alarm should be sounding. The platform overload indicator light should be flashing at both the ground and platform controls. Result: If the alarm does not sound and the platform overload indicator light does not come on with the test weights in any of the platform locations, the platform overload system needs to be calibrated. See D-9, Calibrate the Platform Overload System (if equipped). There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light turns on and the alarm sounds. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 35 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES REV D 11 Lift the test weights off the platform floor using a suitable lifting device. 7 Carefully move the test weights to each remaining location in the platform. Result: The alarm should be sounding. The platform overload indicator light should be flashing at both the ground and platform controls. Result: If the alarm does not sound and the platform overload indicator light does not come on with the test weights in any of the platform locations, the platform overload system needs to be calibrated. See D-9, Calibrate the Platform Overload System (if equipped). There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light turns on and the alarm sounds. 8 Test all machine functions from the platform controls. Result: The platform overload indicator light and alarm should turn off at both the ground and platform controls. There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light and alarm turn off. 12 Test all machine functions from the ground controls. Result: All ground control functions should operate normally. 13 Turn the key switch to platform control. 14 Test all machine functions from the platform controls. Result: All platform control functions should operate. Result: All platform control functions should not operate. 9 Turn the key switch to ground control. 10 Test all machine functions from the ground controls. If the platform overload system is not operating properly, see D-9, Calibrate the Platform Overload System (if equipped). Result: All ground control functions should not operate. Machine functions should still operate with auxiliary power at the ground controls. 3 - 36 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES REV D 5 Visually inspect the cables and components through both inspection holes for the following: C-4 Inspect the Boom Extend/ Retract Cables · Frayed or broken wire strands · Kinks in the cables · Corrosion · Paint or foreign materials on the cable The boom extend/retract cables are responsible for the extension and retraction of the number 3 boom tube. Inspecting for foreign objects, damage and/or improper adjustment of the boom extend/retract cables and related components on a regular basis is essential to good machine performance and safe machine operation. The boom extend and retract functions should operate smoothly and be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise. · Split or cracked cable ends 1 Raise the boom to horizontal and fully extend the boom. · No unusual or excessive pulley wear · Cables are on all pulleys · Cable break limit switch arm is centered in the pivot plate · Cables have equal tension · Cables at end of adjustment range · No broken or damaged pulleys · All fasteners in place and secure 2 After the boom is fully extended, lower the boom until the platform is at chest height. Turn the machine off. A flashlight and inspection mirror may be necessary to thoroughly inspect the above items. 3 Remove the boom end cover from the pivot end of the boom. A pulley groove gauge should be used to check the condition of the pulleys. 4 Remove the retaining fasteners from the access covers located on the side of the boom at the platform end of the machine. Remove the covers. 6 Install the cover at the pivot end of the boom and the access panels on the sides of the boom. 7 Start the engine from the ground controls and fully retract and lower the boom to the stowed position. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 37 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES REV D 8 Turn the key switch to the platform controls. 9 Extend the boom approximately 2 feet / 0.6 m. 10 Retract the boom. While retracting the boom, visually inspect the number 2 and number 3 boom tubes. C-5 Perform Engine Maintenance Perkins Models Result: The number 2 boom tube should not move more than 1/2 inch / 13 mm before the number 3 boom tube begins to retract. If the number 2 boom tube moves more than 1/2 inch / 13 mm before the number 3 boom tube begins to retract, the boom extend/retract cables need to be adjusted. See Repair Procedure 4-5, How to Adjust the Boom Extend/Retract Cables. Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 600 hours. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual (Perkins part number TPD 1443S). Perkins 400 Series Operation Manual Genie part number 94890 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 3 - 38 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES REV D C-6 Perform Engine Maintenance GM and Ford Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 800 hours. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the GM 3.0L Operator Handbook (GM part number 36100007) or the Ford LRG-425 EFI Operator Handbook (Ford part number FPP 194-302). GM 3.0L Operator Handbook Genie part number Ford LRG 425 EFI Operator Handbook Genie part number 101095 84792 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 39 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 Checklist D Procedures D-1 Check the Boom Wear Pads REV B D-2 Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts Maintaining the boom wear pads in good condition is essential to safe machine operation. Wear pads are placed on boom tube surfaces to provide a low friction, replaceable wear pad between moving parts. Improperly shimmed wear pads or continued use of worn out wear pads may result in component damage and unsafe operating conditions. 1 Start the engine from the ground controls. Maintaining proper torque on the turntable bearing bolts is essential to safe machine operation. Improper bolt torque could result in an unsafe operating condition and component damage. 1 Raise the secondary boom and place safety chocks on the lift cylinders rods. Carefully lower the boom onto the lift cylinders safety chocks. 2 Raise the end of the primary boom to a comfortable working height (chest high), then extend the boom 1 foot / 30 cm. Crushing hazard. Keep hands away from cylinders and all moving parts when lowering the boom. 3 Measure each wear pad. Replace the wear pad once it reaches the minimum allowable thickness. If the wear pad is still within specification, shim as necessary to obtain minimum clearance with zero binding. The lift cylinder safety chock is available through Genie (Genie part number 75097). 2 Turn the engine off. 4 Extend and retract the primary boom through the entire range of motion to check for tight spots that may cause binding or scraping of the boom. 3 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 4 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Always maintain squareness between the outer and inner boom tubes. Wear pad specifications New Minimum 5/8 inch 12.7 mm Bottom wear pads (platform end of boom) 3/4 5/8 inch 15.9 mm Top and side wear pads (pivot end of boom) 5/8 inch 12.7 mm 3/4 5/8 inch 15.9 mm Top and side wear pads (platform end of boom) Bottom wear pads (pivot end of boom) 3 - 40 inch 15.9 mm inch 19 mm inch 15.9 mm inch 19 mm 1 /2 Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 1 /2 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV B 5 Be sure that each turntable mounting bolt is torqued in sequence to specifications. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 13 1 19 10 Check to ensure that each lower bearing mounting bolt under the drive chassis is torqued in sequence to specifications. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 15 7 10 22 12 6 24 18 4 3 17 23 5 11 21 8 16 20 2 14 9 Bolt torque sequence Bolt torque sequence 6 Start the engine form the ground controls. 11 Swing the engine back to its original position and install the engine pivot plate retaining fastener. 7 Raise the secondary boom and remove the safety chock. 8 Lower the boom to the stowed position. 9 Remove drive chassis covers from both the steer end and the non-steer end of the machine. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 41 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D D-3 Inspect for Turntable Bearing Wear a b Periodic inspection of turntable bearing wear is essential to safe machine operation, good machine performance and service life. Continued use of a worn turntable bearing could create an unsafe operating condition, resulting in death or serious injury and component damage. Perform this procedure with the machine on a firm, level surface and the boom in the stowed position. 1 Grease the turntable bearing. See A-12, Grease the Turntable Bearing and Rotate Gear. 2 Torque the turntable bearing bolts to specification. See D-2, Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts. c d a b c d turntable dial indicator drive chassis turntable rotation bearing 5 At the dial indicator, adjust it to "zero" the indicator. 6 Fully extend the boom and lower to a horizontal position. 7 Note the reading on the dial indicator. 3 Start the machine from the ground controls and raise the boom to full height. Do not extend the boom. 4 Place a dial indicator between the drive chassis and the turntable at a point that is directly under, or inline with, the boom and no more than 1 inch / 2.5 cm from the bearing. To obtain an accurate measurement, place the dial indicator no more than 1 inch / 2.5 cm from the turntable rotation bearing. Result: The measurement is less than 0.063 inch / 1.6 mm. The bearing is good. Result: The measurement is more than 0.063 inch / 1.6 mm. The bearing is worn and needs to be replaced. 8 Fully retract the boom and raise the boom to full height. Visually inspect the the dial indicator to be sure the needle returns to the "zero" position. 9 Remove the dial indicator and rotate the turntable 90°. 10 Repeat steps 4 through 9 until the rotation bearing has been checked in at least four equally spaced areas 90° apart. 11 Lower the boom to the stowed position and turn the machine off. 12 Remove the dial indicator from the machine. 3 - 42 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D D-4 Replace the Drive Hub Oil D-5 Check the Free-wheel Configuration Replacing the drive hub oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Failure to replace the drive hub oil at yearly intervals may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. 1 Select the drive hub to be serviced. Then drive the machine until one of the two plugs is at the lowest point. Proper use of the free-wheel configuration is essential to safe machine operation. The free-wheel configuration is used primarily for towing. A machine configured to free-wheel without operator knowledge may cause death or serious injury and property damage. Collision hazard. Select a work site that is firm and level. 2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil. Component damage hazard. If the machine must be towed, do not exceed 2 mph / 3.2 km/h. 3 Drive the machine until one plug is at the top and the other is at 90 degrees. Non-steer Wheels: All Models a 1 Chock the steer wheels to prevent the machine from rolling. 2 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity (20,000 lbs / 10,000 kg) under the drive chassis between the non-steer tires. 3 Lift the wheels off the ground and then place jack stands under the drive chassis for support. a drive hub plugs 4 Fill the hub with oil from the top hole until the oil level is even with the bottom of the side hole. Install the plugs into the drive hub. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 4 Disengage the drive hubs by turning over the drive hub disconnect caps on each non-steer wheel hub. disengaged position 5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for all the other drive hubs. engaged position Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 43 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D 5 Manually rotate each non-steer wheel. Result: Each non-steer wheel should rotate with minimum effort. 12 Re-engage the drive hubs by turning over the hub disconnect caps. Rotate each wheel to check for engagement. Raise the machine and remove the jack stands. 6 Re-engage the drive hubs by turning over the hub disconnect caps. Rotate each wheel to check for engagement. Lift the machine and remove the jack stands. Collision hazard. Failure to re-engage the drive hubs may cause death or serious injury and property damage. Collision hazard. Failure to re-engage the drive hubs may cause death or serious injury and property damage. All Models: 13 Be sure the free-wheel valve on the drive pump is closed (clockwise). Steer Wheels: 4WD Models 7 Chock the non-steer wheels to prevent the machine from rolling. d 8 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity (20,000 lbs / 10,000 kg) under the drive chassis between the steer tires. c b a 9 Lift the wheels off the ground and then place jack stands under the drive chassis for support. a b c d 10 Disengage the drive hubs by turning over the drive hub disconnect caps on each steer wheel hub. disengaged position drive pump free-wheel valve lift pump screwdriver The free-wheel valve is located on the side of the drive pump. The free-wheel valve should always remain closed. engaged position 11 Manually rotate each steer wheel. Result: Each steer wheel should rotate with minimum effort. 3 - 44 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D 5 Install the new filter element into the filter housing. D-6 Replace the Hydraulic Filters 6 Push the filter element down to be sure the o-ring on the element is fully seated into the housing. Genie requires that this procedure be performed yearly or every 1000 hours, whichever comes first. Perform this procedure more often if dusty conditions exist. Replacement of the hydraulic filters is essential for good machine performance and service life. A dirty or clogged filter may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require that the filters be replaced more often. Bodily injury hazard. Beware of hot oil. Contact with hot oil may cause severe burns. Perform this procedure with the engine off. 7 Rotate the filter element clockwise to lock it in place. 8 Install the filter housing cap. 9 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date and number of hours from the hour meter on the oil filter housing. Medium and high pressure filters The medium pressure filter is for the charge pump and the high pressure filter is for all machine functions except the drive circuit and oscillating axle circuit. 10 Open the engine side turntable cover and locate the medium and high pressure filters near the pump. Hydraulic return filter The medium pressure filter is located on the right. The high pressure filter, with filter condition indicator, is located on the left. 1 Open the ground controls side turntable cover and locate the hydraulic return filter housing on top of the hydraulic tank. 11 Place a suitable container under each filter. 2 Remove the cap from the filter housing. 3 Lift the handle on the filter element and rotate the element counterclockwise to release the element from the housing. 4 Remove the filter element from the filter housing. Part No. 77828 12 Remove the filter housings by using a wrench on the nut provided on the bottom of the housings. 13 Remove the filter elements from the housings. 14 Inspect the housing seals and replace them if necessary. S-60 • S-65 3 - 45 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D 15 Install the new filter elements into the housings and tighten them securely. The medium and high pressure filters use the same elements. D-7 Check and Adjust the Air/LPG Mixture - GM Models 16 Clean up any oil that may have spilled during the installation procedure. 17 Use a permanent ink marker to write the date and number of hours from the hour meter on the oil filter housings. Maintaining the proper air-to-fuel mixture during LPG operation is essential to good engine performance. 18 Start the engine from the ground controls. Explosion and fire hazard. Engine fuels are combustible. Perform this procedure in an open, wellventilated area away from heaters, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco. Always have an approved fire extinguisher within easy reach. 19 Inspect the filter housings and related components to be sure that there are no leaks. The engine should be warmed to normal operating temperature before performing this procedure. 1 Move the fuel select toggle switch to LPG fuel and start the engine from the ground controls. 2 Locate the high idle mixture adjustment screw on the LPG venturi that attaches to the air cleaner air cleaner hose. 3 Loosen the lock nut on the high idle mixture adjustment screw. 4 Load the system by activating the primary boom retract function, then move the function enable toggle switch to the high idle (rabbit symbol) position. 3 - 46 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D 5 Adjust the high idle adjustment screw to obtain an air-to-fuel mixture ratio of 13.0:1 to 13.2:1, using an exhaust gas analyzer. Preliminary setting is 1/4 inch / 6.4 mm of threads showing. Measure from top of lock nut to top of adjustment screw. D-8 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours. If an exhaust gas analyzer is not available, adjust to obtain peak or optimum rpm. 6 Hold the adjustment screw and tighten the lock nut. 7 Return the function enable toggle switch to the center position. 8 Locate the low idle mixture adjustment screw on the LPG regulator. 9 Adjust the low idle mixture adjustment screw to obtain an air-to-fuel mixture ratio of 13.0:1 to 13.2:1. Preliminary setting: turn low idle adjustment screw clockwise all the way in. Turn low idle adjustment screw counterclockwise 2 3/4 turns. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual (Deutz part number 0297-9929). Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual Genie part number 84794 To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 47 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D D-9 Calibrate the Platform Overload System (if equipped) Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed every 1000 hours of operation or yearly. Determine the limit switch trigger point: 4 Gently move the platform up and down by hand, so it bounces approximately 2.5 to 5 cm. Allow the platform to settle. Result: The overload indicator light and the alarm is on. Slowly tighten the load spring adjustment nut by turning it clockwise just until the overload indicator light and alarm turns off. The platform will need to be moved up and down and allowed to settle in between adjustments. Yearly calibration of the platform overload system is essential to safe machine operation. Continued use of an improperly calibrated platform overload system could result in the system failing to sense an overloaded platform. The stability of the machine is compromised and it could tip over. Perform this procedure with the machine on a firm, level surface. 1 Level the platform. 2 Determine the maximum platform capacity. Refer to the machine serial plate. There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light turns on and the alarm sounds. Result: The overload indicator light and alarm is off. Slowly loosen the load spring adjustment nut by turning it counterclockwise just until the overload indicator light and alarm turn on. 3 Using a suitable lifting device, place an appropriate test weight equal to that of the maximum platform capacity at the center of the platform floor. 3 - 48 S-60 • S-65 There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light turns on and the alarm sounds. The platform will need to be moved up and down and allowed to settle in between adjustments. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES REV D Confirm the setting: 5 Turn the key switch to platform control. Start the engine from the platform controls. 6 Lift the test weight off the platform floor using a suitable lifting device. 7 Place the test weight back onto the center of the platform floor using a suitable lifting device. Result: The alarm should be off. The platform overload indicator light should be off at both the ground and platform controls. There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light and alarm turn off. 8 Add an additional 10 lb / 4.5 kg test weight to the original test weight to overload the platform. Result: The alarm should be sounding. The platform overload indicator light should be flashing at both the ground and platform controls. There may be an approximate 2 second delay before the overload indicator light turns on and the alarm sounds. 9 Test all machine functions from the platform controls. Result: All platform control functions should not operate. 10 Turn the key switch to ground control. 11 Test all machine functions from the ground controls. Result: All ground control functions should not operate. If the platform overload system is not operating properly, repeat steps 1 through 4. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 49 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 Checklist E Procedures E-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil REV D 3 Models with hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Locate the two hydraulic tank valves at the hydraulic tank through the access hole underneath the turntable. Close the valves. Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil is essential for good machine performance and service life. Dirty oil and suction strainers may cause the machine to perform poorly and continued use may cause component damage. Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changes to be performed more often. open closed Component damage hazard. The engine must not be started with the hydraulic tank shut-off valves in the closed position or component damage will occur. If the tank valves are closed, remove the key from the key switch and tag the machine to inform personnel of the condition. Before replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil may be tested by an oil distributor for specific levels of contamination to verify that changing the oil is necessary. If the hydraulic oil is not replaced at the two year inspection, test the oil quarterly. Replace the oil when it fails the test. 3 Place a suitable container underneath the hydraulic tank. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. 1 GM and Ford models: Turn the valve on the LPG tank clockwise to the off position (if equipped). Then slowly disconnect the hose from the LPG tank. 2 GM and Ford models: Open the clamps from the LPG tank straps and remove the LPG tank from the machine (if equipped). 4 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank. 5 Completely drain the tank into a suitable container. See capacity specifications. 6 Tag, disconnect and plug the two suction hoses and supply hose for the auxiliary pump from the hydraulic tank. Cap the fittings on the tank. The hoses can be accessed through the access hole under the turntable. 7 Disconnect and plug the return filter hydraulic hose at the return filter. Cap the fitting on the filter housing. 3 - 50 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES REV D 8 Remove the ground controls side turntable cover. 9 Support the hydraulic tank with an appropriate lifting device. 10 Remove the hydraulic tank mounting fasteners. 11 Remove the hydraulic tank from the machine. Crushing hazard. The hydraulic tank could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine. 21 Models with hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Open the two hydraulic tank valves at the hydraulic tank. 22 Fill the tank with hydraulic oil until the level is within the top 2 inches / 5 cm of the sight gauge. Do not overfill. 23 Clean up any oil that may have spilled. 24 Prime the pump. See Repair Procedure 6-2, How to Prime the Pump. 12 Remove the hydraulic return filter housing mounting fasteners. Remove the hydraulic return filter housing from the hydraulic tank. Always use pipe thread sealant when installing the suction hose fittings and the drain plug. 13 Remove the suction strainers from the tank and clean them using a mild solvent. 14 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mild solvent. 15 Install the suction strainers using a thread sealant on the threads. 16 Install the drain plug using a thread sealant on the threads. 17 Install the hydraulic return filter housing onto the hydraulic tank. 18 Install the hydraulic tank onto the machine. 19 Install the two suction hoses to the suction strainers. 20 Install the supply hose for the auxiliary power unit and the return filter hose. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 3 - 51 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES REV D E-2 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models E-3 Perform Engine Maintenance Deutz Models Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 3000 hours. Engine specifications require that this procedure be performed every 12,000 hours. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Proper engine maintenance, following the engine manufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essential to good engine performance and service life. Failure to perform the maintenance procedures can lead to poor engine performance and component damage. Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual (Deutz part number 0297-9929). Required maintenance procedures and additional engine information are available in the Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual (Deutz part number 0297-9929). Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual Genie part number Deutz FL 2011 Operation Manual Genie part number 84794 84794 To access the engine: To access the engine: 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener located under the engine tray. Swing the engine tray out and away from the machine. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. 2 Install the fastener that was just removed through the engine tray and into the engine tray anchor hole in the turntable. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. Crushing hazard. Failure to install the fastener into the engine tray anchor hole to secure the engine tray from moving could result in death or serious injury. 3 - 52 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES REV D 4 Replace the boom extend cables if there is any damage to the cables. E-4 Remove and Inspect the Boom Extend/Retract Cables The extend cables must be replaced in pairs. Genie specifications require that this procedure be performed at 5 years or 5000 hours, whichever comes first and every 2 years thereafter until the cables are replaced. The boom extend/retract cables are responsible for the extension and retraction of the number 3 boom tube. Removal and inspection of the boom extend/ retract cables on a regular basis is essential to good machine performance and safe machine operation. The boom extend/retract functions should operate smoothlyand be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise. 1 Remove the boom extend cylinder from the machine. See Repair Procedure 4-4, How to Remove the Boom Extension Cylinder. 2 Remove the extend cables from the boom extension cylinder assembly and lay them flat on the ground. 3 Visually inspect the boom extend cables and components for the following: · Frayed or broken wire strands If the cables are replaced, the cable sheaves or pulleys should also be replaced. 5 Remove the cotter pins and clevis pins from the boom retract cables at the platform end of the boom. Always use a new cotter pin when installing a clevis pin. 6 Remove the wear pad fasteners from the upper wear pads on the number 1 boom tube. Remove the wear pads. Pay attention to the location of each wear pad and the quantity of shims for each one. 7 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the platform end of the boom. 8 Raise the boom using the overhead crane and place a wood block under the number 2 boom tube between the number 1 and number 2 boom tubes for support. This will create clearance between the boom tubes to remove the retract cables. 9 Attach the cable pulling tool or a rope to one of the boom retract cables at the pivot end of the boom. · Kinks in the cables A cable pulling tool is available through Genie Service Parts Department, part no. 94510. · Corrosion · Paint or foreign materials on the cable · Split or cracked cable ends · Cables at end of adjustment range Part No. 77828 10 At the platform end of the boom, pull on the boom retract cable that has the rope attached to it. S-60 • S-65 3 - 53 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures July 2005 CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES REV D 11 Pull the boom retract cable completely out of the boom tube and lay it flat on the ground. 12 Repeat steps 9 and 10 for the other boom retract cable. 13 Visually inspect the boom retract cables and components for the following: · Frayed or broken wire strands · Kinks in the cables · Corrosion · Paint or foreign materials on the cable · Split or cracked cable ends · Cables at end of adjustment range 14 Replace the cables if there is any damage to the cables. The retract cables must be replaced in pairs. If the cables are replaced, the cable sheaves or pulleys should also be replaced. 15 At the pivot end of the boom, pull the boom retract cables into the boom assembly using the rope. 16 Install the boom extension cylinder assembly into the boom. 17 Adjust the boom extend/retract cables. See Repair Procedure 4-5, How to Adjust the Boom Extend/Retract Cables. 3 - 54 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures Repair Procedures About This Section Most of the procedures in this section should only be performed by a trained service professional in a suitably equipped workshop. Select the appropriate repair procedure after troubleshooting the problem. Observe and Obey: Repair procedures shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the repair of this machine. Perform disassembly procedures to the point where repairs can be completed. To re-assemble, perform the disassembly steps in reverse order. Symbols Legend Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine. Safety alert symbol—used to alert personnel to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine. Before Repairs Start: Used to indicate the presence of an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions in the Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator’s Manual. Used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Be sure that all necessary tools and parts are available and ready for use. Read each procedure completely and adhere to the instructions. Attempting shortcuts may produce hazardous conditions. With safety alert symbol—used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may cause minor or moderate injury. Unless otherwise specified, perform each repair procedure with the machine in the following configuration: · Turntable rotated with the boom between the non-steer wheels Without safety alert symbol—used to indicate the presence of a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage. · Turntable secured with the turntable rotation lock Used to indicate operation or maintenance information. · Machine parked on a firm, level surface · Boom in stowed position · Key switch in the off position with the key removed · Wheels chocked · All external AC power disconnected from the machine Part No. 77828 Indicates that a specific result is expected after performing a series of steps. Indicates that an incorrect result has occurred after performing a series of steps. S-60 • S-65 4-1 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 Platform Controls REV A The platform control box contains one printed circuit board. The ALC-500 circuit board inside the platform control box controls all proportional machine functions from the platform. The joystick controllers at the platform controls utilize Hall Effect technology and require no adjustment. The operating parameters of the joysticks are stored in memory at the ECM circuit board at the platform controls. If a joystick error occurs or if a joystick is replaced, it will need to be calibrated before that particular machine function will operate. See 1-2, How to Calibrate a Joystick. Each joystick controller should operate smoothly and provide proportional speed control over its entire range of motion. a 1-1 ALC-500 Circuit Board Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. When the ALC-500 circuit board is replaced, the joystick controllers will need to be calibrated. See 1-2, How to Calibrate a Joystick. How to Remove the ALC-500 Circuit Board 1 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to the off position at both the ground and platform controls. 2 Remove the platform control box lid retaining fasteners. Open the control box lid. 3 Locate the ALC-500 circuit board mounted to the inside of the platform control box. Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. c d a b c d 4-2 b ALC-500 circuit board drive/steer joystick controller secondary boom up/down joystick controller primary boom up/down and turntable rotate left/right joystick controller S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures PLATFORM CONTROLS REV A 4 Attach a grounded wrist strap to the ground screw inside the platform control box. 1-2 Joysticks Component damage hazard. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage printed circuit board components. Maintain firm contact with a metal part of the machine that is grounded at all times when handling printed circuit boards OR use a grounded wrist strap. How to Calibrate a Joystick The joysticks on this machine utilize digital Hall Effect technology for proportional control. If a joystick is disconnected or replaced, it must be calibrated before that particular machine function will operate. 5 Carefully disconnect the wire connectors from the circuit board. The joystick must be calibrated before the threshold, max-out or ramping can be set. 6 Remove the ALC-500 circuit board mounting fasteners. 7 Carefully remove the ALC-500 circuit board from the platform control box. Perform this procedure with the engine off. 1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do not start the engine. 3 Select a joystick to calibrate. 4 Move the joystick full stroke in either direction and hold for 5 seconds. 5 Return the joystick to the neutral position, pause for a moment, then move the joystick full stroke in the opposite direction. Hold for 5 seconds and return the joystick to the neutral position. Result: The alarm should sound indicating successful joystick calibration. 6 Repeat this procedure for each joystick controlled machine function including the thumb rocker steer switch. No machine fuction should operate while performing the joystick calibration procedure. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4-3 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 PLATFORM CONTROLS REV A 8 Start the engine from the platform controls and press down the foot switch. How to Adjust the Joystick Max-out Setting The max-out setting of a joystick controls the maximum speed of a joystick-controlled machine function. Whenever a hydraulic cylinder, drive motor or hydraulic pump is replaced, the max-out setting should be adjusted to maintain optimum performance. The max-out settings on the joystick can be changed to compensate for hydraulic pump wear to maintain peak performance from the machine. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. 1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 9 Start a timer and activate the machine function that needs to be adjusted. Record the time it takes for that function to complete a full cycle (ie; boom up). 10 Compare the machine function time with the function times listed in Section 2, Specifications. Determine whether the function time needs to increase or decrease. 11 While the joystick is activated, adjust the maxout setting to achieve the proper function cycle time. Momentarily move the drive enable toggle switch in the right direction to increase the time or momentarily move the drive enable toggle switch in the left direction to decrease the time. Each time the drive enable toggle switch is momentarily moved, the time will change in 2% increments. 2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do not start the engine. 3 Push in the platform controls red Emergency Stop button to the off position. 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each joystick controlled machine function. 4 Do not press down the foot switch. 13 Return the joystick to the neutral position and wait for approximately 10 seconds to allow the settings to be saved. 5 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch in the right position and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position. 6 When the alarm sounds, release the drive enable toggle switch. Result: The alarm should sound indicating that the settings have been saved in memory. Do not operate any machine function during the 10 second waiting time. 7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggle switch in the right direction 4 times. Result: There should be a pause and the alarm should sound 4 times indicating that the machine is in max-out calibration mode. 4-4 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV A PLATFORM CONTROLS How to Adjust the Joystick Ramp Rate Setting 10 Compare the function ramp rate time with the table below and determine whether the ramp rate time needs to increase or decrease. The ramp rate setting of a joystick controls the time at which it takes for the joystick to reach maximum output, when moved out of the neutral position. The ramp rate settings of a joystick can be changed to compensate for hydraulic pump wear to maintain peak performance from the machine. 11 While the joystick is activated, set the ramp rate. Momentarily move the drive enable toggle switch in the right direction to increase the time or momentarily move the drive enable toggle switch in the left direction to decrease the time. Each time the drive enable toggle switch is momentarily moved, the time will change in 10% increments. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. 1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do not start the engine. 3 Push in the platform controls red Emergency Stop button to the off position. 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each joystick controlled machine function. 13 Return the joystick to the neutral position and wait for approximately 10 seconds to allow the settings to be saved. Result: The alarm should sound indicating that the settings have been saved in memory. 4 Do not press down the foot switch. Do not operate any machine function during the 10 second waiting time. 5 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch in the right position and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position. 6 When the alarm sounds, release the drive enable toggle switch. Ramp rate (factory settings) 7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggle switch in the right direction 6 times. Result: There should be a pause and the alarm should sound 6 times indicating that the machine is in ramp rate calibration mode. 8 Start the engine from the platform controls and press down the foot switch. 9 Start a timer and simultaneously move the joystick in either direction full stroke. Note how long it takes the function to reach maximum speed. This is the ramp rate. Part No. 77828 Boom up/down transition accelerate transition decelerate S ramp accelerate S ramp decelerate 1 second 10 seconds 3 seconds 1 second Boom extend/retract accelerate decelerate 2 seconds 0.5 second Turntable rotate accelerate decelerate 2 seconds 0.5 second Drive accelerate decelerate to neutral decelerate, change of direction decelerate, coasting decelerate, braking decelerate, shift from low to high speed decelerate, shift from high to low speed S-60 • S-65 2 seconds 0.5 second 0.5 second 0.75 second 1 second 1 second 4 seconds 4-5 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 PLATFORM CONTROLS REV A How to Adjust the Joystick Threshold Setting 10 Slowly move the joystick off center in either direction just until the function begins to move. The threshold setting of a joystick is the minimum output at which a function proportional valve can open and allow the function to operate. 11 Slowly move the joystick back to the neutral position. Just before the function stops moving, move the drive enable toggle switch to either side to set the threshold. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. Result: The alarm should sound indicating a successful calibration. 1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each boom joystick controlled machine function (boom up/ down, boom extend/retract and turntable rotate). 2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do not start the engine. 13 Return the joystick to the neutral position and wait for approximately 10 seconds. 3 Push in the platform controls red Emergency Stop button to the off position. Result: The alarm should sound indicating that the settings have been saved in memory. 4 Do not press down the foot switch. 5 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch in the right position and pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position. Do not operate any machine function during the 10 second waiting time. 6 When the alarm sounds, release the drive enable toggle switch. 7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggle switch in the right direction 8 times. Result: There should be a pause and the alarm should sound 8 times indicating that the machine is in threshold calibration mode. 8 Start the engine from the platform controls and press down the foot switch. 9 Select a boom function joystick to set the threshold. 4-6 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures Platform Components REV B 2-1 Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder 4 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to drive the rod-end pivot pin out. Crushing hazard. The jib boom could fall when the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin is removed if not properly supported. The slave cylinder and the rotator pivot are the two primary supports for the platform. The slave cylinder keeps the platform level through the entire range of boom motion. It operates in a closed-circuit hydraulic loop with the master cylinder. The slave cylinder is equipped with counterbalance valves to prevent movement in the event of a hydraulic line failure. 5 Remove the external snap rings from the barrelend pivot pin. 6 Use a soft metal drift to drive the barrel-end pivot pin out. How to Remove the Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder 7 Carefully pull the cylinder out of the primary boom to access the hydraulic hoses. 8 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the slave cylinder. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. Before cylinder removal is considered, bleed the slave cylinder to be sure there is no air in the closed loop. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Extend the primary boom until the slave cylinder barrel-end pivot pin is accessible. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. How to Bleed the Slave Cylinder Do not start the engine. Use auxiliary power for this procedure. 2 Raise the primary boom slightly and place blocks under the platform for support. 1 Raise the primary boom to a horizontal position. 3 Lower the primary boom until the platform is resting on the blocks just enough to support the platform. 2 Move the platform level toggle switch up and down through two platform leveling cycles to remove any air that might be in the system. Do not rest the entire weight of the boom on the blocks. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4-7 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 PLATFORM COMPONENTS REV B 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the platform rotator manifold. Cap the fittings on the rotator. 2-2 Platform Rotator Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. The platform rotator is a hydraulically activated helical gear assembly used to rotate the platform 160 degrees (S-65) or 180 degrees (S-60). How to Remove the Platform Rotator Component damage hazard. Mark the platform mounting weldment and the rotator flange before removing the platform mounting weldment. The platform mounting weldment must be replaced in the exact same position on the rotator flange as it was before removal. If a new rotator is installed or the rotator is disassembled, proper alignment can be achieved by rotating the rotator all the way to the left and then installing the platform mounting weldment all the way in the left position. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Remove the platform and platform support. 4-8 3 S-65: Support the jib boom leveling arms and the platform mounting weldment with an appropriate lifting device. Do not apply any lifting pressure. 4 Remove the mounting bolts from the platform mounting weldment. Remove the center bolt and slide the platform mounting weldment off of the platform rotator. Crushing hazard. The platform mounting weldment could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported when removed from the machine. 5 Support the platform rotator with an appropriate lifting device. Do not apply any lifting pressure. S-60: 6 Support the rod end of the platform leveling slave cylinder. Protect the cylinder rod from damage. 7 Remove the pivot pin retaining fasteners from both the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin and the rotator pivot pin. S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV B PLATFORM COMPONENTS 8 Use a soft metal drift to remove both pivot pins. Remove the platform rotator from the machine. How to Bleed the Platform Rotator Crushing hazard. The platform rotator may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported. When installing the platform rotator fasteners, torque the fasteners to specifications. This procedure will require two people. Do not start the engine. Use auxiliary power for this procedure. 6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jib boom and jib boom leveling arms to platform rotator pivot pins. Do not remove the pins. 1 Move the function enable toggle switch to either side and activate the platform rotate toggle switch to the right then the left through two platform rotation cycles, then hold the switch to the right position until the platform is fully rotated to the right. 7 Support the jib boom leveling arms. Before serial number 9154: 8 Use a soft metal drift to drive both pins out, then remove the platform rotator from the machine. 2 Connect a clear hose to the top bleed valve. Place the other end of the hose in a container to collect any drainage. Secure the container to the boom. S-65: Bodily injury hazard. The jib boom leveling arms may fall if not properly supported. 3 Open the top bleed valve on the rotator, but do not remove it. 9 Lower the jib boom leveling arms. a Crushing hazard. The platform rotator may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported. When installing the platform rotator fasteners, torque the fasteners to specifications. d c a b c d Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 b top bleed valve bottom bleed valve container clear hose 4-9 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 PLATFORM COMPONENTS REV B 4 Move the function enable toggle switch to either side and hold the platform rotate toggle switch to the left position until the platform is fully rotated to the left. Continue holding the toggle switch until air stops coming out of the bleed valve. Close the bleed valve. 4 Move the function enable toggle switch to either side and hold the platform rotate toggle switch to the left position until the platform is fully rotated to the left. Continue holding the toggle switch until air stops coming out of the bleed screw. Close the bleed screw. Crushing hazard. Keep clear of the platform during rotation. Crushing hazard. Keep clear of the platform during rotation. 5 Connect the clear hose to the bottom bleed valve and open the valve. Do not remove the bleed valve. 5 Open the bottom bleed screw on the rotator, but do not remove it. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 6 Move the function enable toggle switch to either side and hold the platform rotate toggle switch to the right position until the platform is fully rotated to the right. Continue holding the toggle switch until air stops coming out of the bleed valve. Close the bleed valve. Crushing hazard. Keep clear of the platform during rotation. 7 Remove the hose from the bleed valve and clean up any hydraulic oil that may have spilled. 8 Rotate the platform fully in both directions and inspect the bleed valves for leaks. 6 Move the function enable toggle switch to either side and hold the platform rotate toggle switch to the right position until the platform is fully rotated to the right. Continue holding the toggle switch until air stops coming out of the bleed screw. Close the bleed screw. Crushing hazard. Keep clear of the platform during rotation. After serial number 9153: 7 Clean up any hydraulic oil that may have spilled. 2 Place a suitable container underneath the platform rotator. 3 Open the top bleed screw on the rotator, but do not remove it. 8 Rotate the platform fully in both directions and inspect the bleed screws for leaks. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 4 - 10 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures Jib Boom Components, S-65 REV A 3-1 Jib Boom 6 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the jib boom assembly. How to Remove the Jib Boom 7 Place blocks under the platform leveling cylinder for support. Protect the cylinder rod from damage. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 8 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin. Crushing hazard. The jib boom could fall when the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin is removed if not properly attached to the overhead crane. 9 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jib boom bellcrank to primary boom pivot pin. 1 Remove the platform. 2 Remove the platform mounting weldment. 3 Remove the hose and cable cover from the side of the jib boom. 10 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin and carefully remove the jib boom assembly from the primary boom. 4 Remove the hose and cable clamp from the jib boom pivot pin. Lay all hoses and cables to the side. Component damage hazard. Hoses and cables can become damaged if they are kinked or pinched. Crushing hazard. The jib boom could become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine if not properly attached to the overhead crane. 5 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom lift cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 11 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 JIB BOOM COMPONENTS, S-65 REV A 3-2 Jib Boom Lift Cylinder 3 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jib boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do not remove the pin. How to Remove the Jib Boom Lift Cylinder 4 Use a soft metal drift to tap the jib boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin half way out. Then lower one of the leveling arms to the ground. Tap the pin the other direction and lower the opposite leveling arm. Do not remove the pin. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Raise the jib boom slightly and place blocks under the platform mounting weldment. Then lower the jib boom until the platform is resting on the blocks just enough to support the platform. 5 Support the jib boom lift cylinder with a lifting device. 6 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jib boom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the barrel-end pin and let the cylinder hang down. Crushing hazard. The platform and jib boom could become unbalanced and fall when the jib boom barrelend pivot pin is removed if not properly supported. Do not rest the entire weight of the boom on the blocks. 7 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the lug on the rod end of the jib boom lift cylinder. 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom lift cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. 8 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boom lift cylinder rod-end pin. Remove the cylinder from the machine. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 4 - 12 S-60 • S-65 Crushing hazard. The jib boom lift cylinder could become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine if not properly attached to the overhead crane. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures Boom Components REV B 5 Remove the hose and cable clamp from the platform support. 4-1 Cable Track The primary boom cable track guides the cables and hoses running up the boom. It can be repaired link by link without removing the cables and hoses that run through it. Removing the entire primary boom cable track is only necessary when performing major repairs that involve removing the primary boom. 6 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the counterbalance valve manifold located on the platform rotator. Cap the fittings on the manifold. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. How to Remove the Cable Track, S-60 When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 7 Tag, disconnect and plug the platform leveling slave cylinder hydraulic hoses from the bulkhead fittings on the side of the primary boom. Cap the bulkhead fittings. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 1 Raise the primary boom to a horizontal position. 2 Locate the cables from the primary boom cable track to the platform control box. Number each cable and its entry location at the platform control box. 3 Disconnect the cables from the platform control box. 4 Remove the electrical outlet box bracket mounting fasteners. Remove the outlet box and lay it to the side. Part No. 77828 8 Locate all electrical cables under the boom at the pivot end that enter the cable track. 9 Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors for all cables that enter the cable track. 10 Remove the retaining fasteners from the electrical connector receptacles for the cables that enter the cable track. S-60 • S-65 4 - 13 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 BOOM COMPONENTS REV B 17 Remove the cable track pull tube guide fasteners from the cable track guide at the platform end of the boom. Remove the cable track guide from the boom. 11 Carefully pull the cables and connector receptacles out of the primary boom. 12 Tag, disconnect and plug all hydraulic hoses that enter the cable track from the bulkhead fittings at the pivot end of the boom. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 18 Remove the cable track mounting fasteners that attach the lower cable track to the primary boom. 19 Carefully remove the cable track from the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it. 13 Pull the hydraulic hoses out of the primary boom. Crushing hazard. The cable track could become unbalanced and fall if not properly attached to the overhead crane. 14 Place blocks in between the upper and lower cable tracks and secure the upper and lower tracks together. Component damage hazard. Cables and hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. Crushing hazard. If the upper and lower cable tracks are not properly secured together, the cable track could become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine. Component damage hazard. The cable track can be damaged if it is twisted. 15 Attach a strap from an overhead crane to the cable track. 16 Remove the cotter pin from the cable track pull tube at the platform end of the boom. Always replace the cotter pin with a new one. 4 - 14 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures BOOM COMPONENTS REV B How to Remove the Cable Track, S-65 When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 7 Tag, disconnect and plug the platform leveling slave cylinder hydraulic hoses from the bulkhead fittings on the side of the primary boom. Cap the bulkhead fittings. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 1 Open the platform control box. 2 Tag and disconnect the foot switch wiring from the terminal strip inside the platform control box. Pull the wiring out of the platform control box. 8 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the "V1" and "V2" ports of the jib boom/ platform rotate manifold. Cap the fittings on the manifold. 3 Raise the boom to a horizontal position. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 4 Disconnect the wire connectors from the bottom of the platform control box. When installing the wire connectors to the bottom of the platform control box, match the color of the connectors to those on the control box to be sure they are installed in the correct location. 5 Remove the mounting fasteners from the power to platform outlet box bracket. Lay the outlet box and bracket assembly off to the side. 6 Remove the hose and cable clamps from the platform support and jib boom. Part No. 77828 9 Remove the hose and cable cover from the side of the jib boom. 10 Locate all electrical cables under the boom at the pivot end that enter the cable track. 11 Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors for all cables that enter the cable track. 12 Remove the retaining fasteners from the electrical connector receptacles for the cables that enter the cable track. S-60 • S-65 4 - 15 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 BOOM COMPONENTS REV B 13 Carefully pull the cables and connector receptacles out of the primary boom. 19 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the cable track. 14 Tag, disconnect and plug all hydraulic hoses that enter the cable track from the bulkhead fittings at the pivot end of the boom. 20 Remove the mounting fasteners that attach the lower cable track to the boom. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 21 Carefully remove the cable track from the machine and place it on a structure capable of supporting it. Crushing hazard. The cable track could become unbalanced and fall if not properly attached to the overhead crane. Component damage hazard. Cables and hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. 15 Pull the hydraulic hoses out of the primary boom. 16 Remove the cotter pin from the upper cable track at the platform end of the boom. Always replace the cotter pin with a new one. Component damage hazard. The cable track can be damaged if it is twisted. 17 Remove the cable track pull tube guide fasteners from the cable track guide at the platform end of the boom. Remove the cable track guide from the boom. 18 Place blocks in between the upper and lower cable tracks and secure the upper and lower tracks together. Crushing hazard. If the upper and lower cable tracks are not properly secured together, the cable track could become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine. 4 - 16 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV B BOOM COMPONENTS 7 Connect the ends of the replacement cable track section to the existing cable track using the snap rings. How to Repair the Cable Track Component damage hazard. The boom cable track can be damaged if it is twisted. 8 Install the rollers onto the new section of cable track. A cable track repair kit is available through the Genie Industries Service Parts Department, part no. 77896. The kit includes a 4 link section of cable track. 9 Operate the boom extend/retract function through a full cycle to ensure smooth operation of the new section of cable track. 1 Visually inspect the cable track and determine which 4 link section needs to be replaced. 2 Carefully remove the snap rings from each end of the damaged section of cable track. 3 Remove the retaining fasteners from the upper black rollers from the 4 link section of cable track to be replaced. Remove the rollers. 4 Lift up the hoses and cables and carefully remove the damaged 4 link section of cable track. Component damage hazard. Hoses and cables can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. 5 Remove the upper rollers from the replacement section of cable track. 6 Lift up the hoses and cables and carefully insert the new 4 link section of cable track. Component damage hazard. Hoses and cables can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 17 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 BOOM COMPONENTS REV B Component damage hazard. When lowering the master cylinder down, be sure not to damage the master cylinder hoses or fittings. 4-2 Boom How to Remove the Boom Consult the Genie Industries Service Department for instructions on how to safely remove the boom assembly from the machine. Failure to read and follow the warnings listed below could result in death or serious injury. Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is strongly recommended. Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. Crushing hazard. The boom lift cylinder and primary boom will fall if not properly supported. Crushing hazard. The primary boom could become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine if not properly attached to the overhead crane. 4 - 18 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV B BOOM COMPONENTS 4 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the primary boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin. 4-3 Boom Lift Cylinder The primary boom will fall if not properly supported when the primary boom rod-end pivot pin is removed. The boom lift cylinder raises and lowers the boom. The boom lift cylinder is equipped with counterbalance valves to prevent movement in the event of a hydraulic line failure. How to Remove the Boom Lift Cylinder Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is strongly recommended. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Raise the boom to a horizontal position. 5 Using auxiliary power, activate the boom down function so the cylinder will retract. Retract the cylinder just enough until the rod end of the cylinder will clear the mounting bracket on the boom. Turn the machine off. 6 Tag, disconnect and plug the boom lift cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 7 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the boom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pins. Do not remove the pins. 8 Use a slide hammer to remove the barrel-end pivot pins. Crushing hazard. The boom lift cylinder could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported and secured to the lifting device. 2 Attach a 5 ton / 5000 kg overhead crane to the boom at the platform end for support. Do not lift the boom. 3 Support and secure both ends of the boom lift cylinder to a second overhead crane or similar lifting device. 9 Move the boom lift cylinder towards the counterweight end of the machine. Rotate the boom lift cylinder until the barrel-end pivot pin bores will clear the boom linkage. 10 Carefully remove the boom lift cylinder from the machine. Crushing hazard. The boom lift cylinder could become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported and secured to the lifting device. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 19 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 BOOM COMPONENTS REV B 3 Remove the boom end cover from the pivot end of the boom. 4-4 Boom Extension Cylinder The primary boom extension cylinder is located inside the boom assembly and incorporates cables and pulleys that are responsible for extending the number 3 boom tube. The primary boom extension cylinder is equipped with counterbalance valves to prevent movement in the event of a hydraulic line failure. 4 Fully loosen the lock nuts on the extend cables. Do not remove the nuts. 5 Loosen the retract cable nut at the platform end of the boom. Pull the cable rod from the support and let it hang down. 6 Remove the cable guard fasteners and remove the cable guard. How to Remove the Boom Extension Cylinder Bodily injury hazard. This procedure requires specific repair skills, lifting equipment and a suitable workshop. Attempting this procedure without these skills and tools could result in death or serious injury and significant component damage. Dealer service is strongly recommended. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. Perform this procedure with the boom fully retracted. a a b 1 Raise the boom to a horizontal position. b cable guard retaining block 2 Remove the access covers from both sides of the boom at the pivot end. 4 - 20 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV B BOOM COMPONENTS 7 Locate the retaining plates that secure the retract cables to the inside of the number 3 boom tube. 12 Pull back on the extend cable mounting plate until it clears the blocks welded to the inside of the number 1 boom tube. 8 Remove the cable retaining plates and pull the retract cables off of the pulleys. Lay the cables flat and out of the way. 13 Lift up the extend cable mounting plate and push the extend cables towards the platform to create slack in the cables. Rest the cable and bracket assembly on top of the extend cylinder. 9 Remove the fasteners from the retaining blocks from the extension cylinder saddle. Remove the blocks. Access the fasteners through the access hole in the outer boom tube at the pivot end. 10 Disconnect the wire connector to the cable break limit switch. 11 Remove the retaining fasteners that secure the extend cable mounting plates to the inside of the number 1 boom tube. 14 Locate the lower extend cable bracket on the bottom of the number 3 boom tube. 15 Remove the lower extend cable bracket mounting fasteners and pull back on the bracket to release it from the number 3 boom tube. 16 While pushing the lower extend cable bracket towards the platform, pull the extend cable mounting plate towards the pivot end of the boom. 17 Secure the extend cable bracket and cables to the cylinder to prevent them from falling off when removing the cylinder. 18 Remove the external snap rings from the extension cylinder pin at the pivot end of the boom. 19 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin. 20 Tag, disconnect and plug the boom extension cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. a b a b c d Part No. 77828 c extend extend extend extend d cable lock nuts cable mounting plate cable mounting plate fastener cable bracket S-60 • S-65 4 - 21 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 BOOM COMPONENTS REV B 21 Attach a lifting strap from a 5 ton / 5000 kg overhead crane to lug at the rod end of the boom extension cylinder. 4-5 Boom Extend/Retract Cables 22 Lift the boom extension cylinder with the crane until it clears the cylinder saddle inside the number 2 boom tube. How to Adjust the Boom Extend/ Retract Cables 23 Carefully support and slide the extension cylinder out of the boom. The boom extend/retract cables are responsible for the extension and retraction of the number 3 boom tube. Proper adjustment of the boom extend/retract cables and related components on a regular basis is essential to good machine performance and safe machine operation. The boom extend and retract functions should operate smoothly and be free of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise. Crushing hazard. The extension cylinder could fall when removed from the boom if not properly supported. Component damage hazard. Be careful not to damage the cable break limit switch. Component damage hazard. Be careful not to damage the counterbalance valves on the primary boom extension cylinder when removing the cylinder from the boom. During removal of the extension cylinder, the overhead crane strap will need to be carefully adjusted for proper balancing. 4 - 22 Perform this procedure with the boom in a horizontal position. This procedure will require two people. 1 Fully extend the boom. 2 Retract the boom approximately 12 inches / 30 cm. 3 Remove the boom cover at the pivot end of the boom. S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV B BOOM COMPONENTS 4 Locate the extend cable adjustment nuts. 5 Tighten each cable adjustment nut evenly until the number 3 boom tube just begins to move. Do not loosen the nuts. If an extend cable adjustment nut is loosened, remove the nut and replace it with a new one. 8 Fully retract the boom then extend the boom approximately 1 foot / 30 cm. 9 Locate the retract cable adjustment nut at the platform end of the boom. 10 Tighten the retract cable adjustment nut just until the number 3 boom tube begins to move. Do not loosen the nut. 6 Visually inspect the cable break limit switch arm to be sure the wheel of the limit switch arm is centered in the notch of the pivot plate. Result: If the wheel of the limit switch arm is not centered in the notch of the pivot plate, tighten the appropriate extend cable adjustment nut to center the limit switch arm. 7 Install the boom end cover at the pivot end of the boom. If the retract cable adjustment nut is loosened, remove the nut and replace it with a new one. 11 Full retract and lower the boom to the stowed position. How to Replace the Boom Extend/Retract Cables The cable pulleys must also be replaced when replacing the cables. a 1 Remove the boom extension cylinder. See 4-4, How to Remove the Boom Extension Cylinder. Boom extend cables: 2 Remove the cables from the lower boom extend cable bracket that attaches to the number 3 boom tube. 3 Remove the rue rings and clevis pins from the boom extend cables located near the cable break limit switch. b c a b c Part No. 77828 cable break limit switch extend cable adjustment nut extend cable pivot plate S-60 • S-65 4 - 23 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 BOOM COMPONENTS REV B 4 Remove the external snap rings from the boom extend cable pulley pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin. When driving the pivot pin out, be sure to drive it from the shaped end of the pin. 5 Remove the pulley and boom extend cables from the extension cylinder assembly. Discard the old cables and pulleys. 6 Route the new boom extend cables through the boom extend pulley bracket. 12 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the platform end of the boom. 13 Raise the boom using the overhead crane and place a wood block under the number 2 boom tube between the number 1 and number 2 boom tubes for support. This will create clearance between the boom tubes to remove the retract cables. 14 Attach the cable pulling tool or a rope to one of the boom retract cables at the pivot end of the boom. A cable pulling tool is available through Genie Service Parts Department, part no. 94510. 7 Install the new boom extend cable pulley, pivot pin and snap rings. Be sure the boom extend cables are routed through the grooves of the pulley and the upper wear pad on the extension cylinder. 8 Install the boom extend cable clevis pins and rue rings to the pivot plate near the cable break limit switch. 9 Install the boom extend cables to the lower extend cable bracket that mounts to the number 3 boom tube. Boom retract cables: 10 Remove the cotter pins and clevis pins from the boom retract cables at the platform end of the boom. Always use a new cotter pin when installing a clevis pin. 11 Remove the wear pad fasteners from the upper wear pads on the number 1 boom tube. Remove the wear pads. Pay attention to the location of each wear pad and the quantity of shims for each one. 4 - 24 15 At the platform end of the boom, pull on the boom retract cable that has the rope attached to it. 16 Pull the old cable completely out of the boom tube. Discard the old boom retract cable. 17 Remove the rope from the old cable and securely attach the rope to the same end of the new boom retract cable. 18 At the pivot end of the boom, carefully pull the rope with the new retract cable attached. 19 Pull the new cable towards the pivot end of the boom until the end of the cable is at the end of the boom tube. Remove the rope. 20 Repeat steps 14 through 19 for the other boom retract cable. 21 At the platform end of the boom, install the retract cables, clevis pins and new cotter pins to the adjustment plate. 22 Remove and discard the old boom retract pulleys from the pivot end of the boom extension cylinder. S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV B BOOM COMPONENTS 23 Install the new boom retract pulleys to the pivot end of the boom extension cylinder. 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the master cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 24 Install the boom extension cylinder assembly into the boom. Before lowering the extension cylinder into the saddles of the number 1 boom tube, wrap the boom retract cables around the pulleys. 25 Adjust the boom extend/retract cables. See, How to Adjust the Boom Extend/Retract Cables. 3 Place a 2 x 4 x 48 inches / 5 x 10 x 120 cm block of wood across the turntable covers. Position the block under the master cylinder. 4 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the master cylinder rod-end pivot pin. 5 Place a rod through the rod-end pivot pin and twist to remove the pin. Lower the rod end of the master cylinder onto the block. 4-6 Platform Leveling Master Cylinder The master cylinder acts as a pump for the slave cylinder. It’s part of the closed circuit hydraulic loop that keeps the platform level through the entire range of boom motion. The master cylinder is located at the pivot end of the boom. 6 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the barrel-end pivot pin. 7 Place a rod through the barrel-end pivot pin and twist to remove the pin. 8 Remove the master cylinder from the machine. How to Remove the Platform Leveling Master Cylinder When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Raise the boom until the master cylinder is above the turntable covers. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 25 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 Engines REV C 5-1 RPM Adjustment - Deutz Models How to Remove the Flex Plate Refer to Maintenance Procedure B-8, Check and Adjust the Engine RPM - Deutz Models. 1 Remove the tailpipe bracket mounting fasteners from the engine bell housing. Deutz models: 2 Support the drive pump assembly with an appropriate lifting device. 5-2 RPM Adjustment - Perkins Models 3 Remove all of the engine bell housing fasteners. 4 Carefully pull the pump and bell housing assembly away from the engine and secure it from moving. Refer to Maintenance Procedure A-12, Check and Adjust the Engine RPM - Perkins Models. 5 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners. Remove the flex plate from the flywheel. 5-3 Flex Plate GM models: The flex plate acts as a coupler between the engine and the pump. It is bolted to the engine flywheel and has a splined center to drive the pump. a Component damage hazard. Hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. b c d e 1 Remove the muffler clamp at the exhaust pipe. 2 Remove the muffler bracket to bell housing fasteners. Remove the muffler and bracket assembly. 3 Disconnect the electrical connector for the crankshaft position sensor located at the bottom of the bell housing. 4 Support the engine with a suitable lifting device. Do not lift it. 5 Remove the engine plate to vibration isolator fasteners. f a b c d e f 4 - 26 pump pump shaft pump coupler flex plate with raised spline engine flywheel 0.18 inch / 11 mm gap - Diesel Models 0.15 inch / 3.8 mm gap - GM Models 1/16 inch / 1.5 mm gap - Ford Models 6 Remove the engine mounting plate to bell housing fasteners. S-60 • S-65 Component damage hazard. The engine could fall and the crankshaft position sensor can become damaged if the engine is not properly supported when the fasteners are removed. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV C ENGINES 7 Slide the engine mounting plate towards the pump as far as it will go. 8 Remove the engine mounting plate to bell housing fasteners. 8 Support the drive pump assembly with an appropriate lifting device. 9 Raise the engine slightly to take the weight off of the engine mounting plate. 9 Remove all of the engine bell housing fasteners. 10 Slide the engine mounting plate towards the pump as far as it will go. 10 Carefully pull the pump and bell housing assembly away from the engine and secure it from moving. Component damage hazard. Hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. 11 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners. Remove the flex plate from the flywheel. 11 Support the drive pump assembly with an appropriate lifting device. 12 Remove all of the engine bell housing fasteners. 13 Carefully pull the pump and bell housing assembly away from the engine and secure it from moving. Component damage hazard. Hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. Ford models: 1 Disconnect the electrical connector for the oxygen sensor at the tailpipe. Do not remove the oxygen sensor. 2 Remove the engine oil dipstick fasteners from the muffler bracket. Remove the dipstick from the engine. 3 Remove the muffler retaining fasteners from the exhaust pipe. 4 Support the muffler and bracket assembly with an overhead crane or other suitable lifting device. 5 Remove the muffler bracket mounting fasteners. Carefully remove the muffler and bracket assembly from the engine. 6 Support the engine with a suitable lifting device. Do not lift it. 14 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners. Remove the flex plate from the flywheel. Perkins models: 1 Remove the fuel filter/water separator mounting fasteners. 2 Remove the fuel filter/water separator and lay it to the side. Do not disconnect the hoses. 3 Support the drive pump assembly with an appropriate lifting device. 4 Remove all of the engine bell housing fasteners. 5 Carefully pull the pump and bell housing assembly away from the engine and secure it from moving. Component damage hazard. Hoses can be damaged if they are kinked or pinched. 7 Remove the engine plate to vibration isolator fasteners. 6 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners. Remove the flex plate from the flywheel. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 27 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 ENGINES REV C 1 How to Install the Flex Plate 1 Install the flex plate onto the engine flywheel with the raised spline towards the pump. 2 Ford models: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in sequence to 14 ft-lbs / 19 Nm. Deutz models: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in sequence to 28 ft-lbs / 38 Nm. 2 3 Perkins models: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in sequence to 49 ft-lbs / 66 Nm. 3 Ford models: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in sequence to 20 ft-lbs / 27 Nm. Deutz models: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in sequence to 40 ft-lbs / 54 Nm. Perkins models 4 Install the pump coupler onto the pump shaft with the set screw toward the pump. Leave the appropriate gap between coupler and pump end plate for your engine. Perkins models: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in sequence to 70 ft-lbs / 95 Nm. a b c d e 1 3 6 f a b c d e f 5 4 2 pump pump shaft pump coupler flex plate with raised spline engine flywheel 3/16 inch / 4.8 mm gap - Diesel Models 1/16 inch / 1.5 mm gap - Ford Models 5/32 inch / 3.8 mm gap - GM Models 5 Apply Loctite® removable thread sealant to the pump coupler set screw. Torque the set screw to 61 ft-lbs / 83 Nm. Ford and Deutz models 4 - 28 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV C ENGINES 1 6 Install the pump and bell housing assembly. Ford and Deutz models: Torque the bell housing mounting bolts labeled "C" in sequence to 28 ft-lbs / 38 Nm. 7 Perkins models: Torque the bell housing mounting bolts labeled "B" in sequence to 28 ft-lbs / 38 Nm and the mounting bolts labeled "A" to 49 ft-lbs / 66 Nm. 8 C 4 C C 3 C 9 C C 5 2 Ford models Component damage hazard. Do not force the drive pump during installation or the flex plate teeth may become damaged. Perkins models: Torque the bell housing mounting bolts labeled "B" in sequence to 40 ft-lbs / 54 Nm and the mounting bolts labeled "A" to 70 ft-lbs / 95 Nm. 6 C C Component damage hazard. When installing the pump, do not force the pump coupler into the flexplate or damage to the pump shaft seal may occur. 7 Ford and Deutz models: Torque the bell housing mounting bolts labeled "C" in sequence to 40 ft-lbs / 54 Nm. C 6 1 C C 10 8 C 4 11 C C C C C 3 12 C C C 7 C 5 9 2 Deutz models 6 1 A A B B 4 B 5 B B 8 9 B B 7 3 2 Perkins models Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 29 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 ENGINES REV C 3 Quickly activate and release the start toggle switch/button. Do not start the engine. 5-4 Engine Fault Codes GM and Ford Models 4 Move and hold the run/test toggle switch to the test position. Result: The check engine light should turn on. The check engine light should begin to blink. How to Retrieve Engine Fault Codes When an engine malfunction is detected by the Electronic Control Module (ECM), a fault code is recorded and the check engine light will turn on at the ground controls. Special equipment is required to retrieve fault codes stored within the ECM. Contact Genie Industries Service Department for assistance in retrieving fault codes. 5 Continue to hold the run/test toggle switch in the test position and count the blinks. If any fault codes are present, the ECM will use the check engine light to blink a three digit code. It will blink the first digit of a three digit code, pause, blink the second digit, pause, and then blink the third digit. For example: the check engine light blinks 5 consecutive times, blinks 3 times and then 1 time. That would indicate code 531. There will be a longer pause between codes. GM models: If the check engine light is on and the engine is stopped, tag the machine and remove from service. Contact service personnel immediately. If the check engine light is on and the engine is still running, contact service personnel within 24 hours. 6 Refer to Section 5, Fault Codes, for definition of engine fault codes. Ford models: Perform this procedure with the key switch in the off position. Once a fault code has been retrieved and the repair has been completed, the ECM memory must be reset to clear the fault code from the ECM. See How to Clear Engine Fault Codes from the ECM. 1 Open the ground controls side cover and locate the run/test toggle switch on the side of the ground control box. 2 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 4 - 30 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV C ENGINES How to Clear Engine Fault Codes from the ECM Perform this procedure with the engine off and the key switch in the off position. 1 Open the engine side turntable cover and locate the battery. 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery for a minimum of 5 minutes. Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. 3 Connect the negative battery cable to the battery. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 31 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 Hydraulic Pumps REV C Models without hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank and completely drain the tank into a suitable container. See capacity specifications. 6-1 Function Pump How to Remove the Function Pump When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Models with hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Locate the two hydraulic tank valves at the hydraulic tank through the access hole underneath the turntable. Close the valves. 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the function pump hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the pump. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 3 Remove the pump mounting bolts. Carefully remove the pump. Models with hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Component damage hazard. Be sure to open the two hydraulic tank valves and prime the pump after installing the pump. Models without hydraulic tank shut-off valves: open closed Component damage hazard. The engine must not be started with the hydraulic tank shut-off valves in the closed position or component damage will occur. If the tank valves are closed, remove the key from the key switch and tag the machine to inform personnel of the condition. 4 - 32 S-60 • S-65 Component damage hazard. Be sure to fill the hydraulic tank to specification and prime the pump after installing the pump. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV C HYDRAULIC PUMPS 6-2 Drive Pump The drive pump is a bi-directional variable displacement piston pump. The pump output is controlled by the electro-proportional controller, located on the pump. The only adjustment that can be made to the pump is the neutral or null adjustment. Any internal service to the pump should only be performed at an authorized Eaton Hydraulics center. Call Genie Industries Service Department to locate your local authorized service center. 2 Models with hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Locate the two hydraulic tank valves at the hydraulic tank through the access hole underneath the turntable. Close the valves. open Component damage hazard. The engine must not be started with the hydraulic tank shut-off valves in the closed position or component damage will occur. If the tank valves are closed, remove the key from the key switch and tag the machine to inform personnel of the condition. How to Remove the Drive Pump Component damage hazard. The work area and surfaces where this procedure will be performed must be clean and free of debris that could get into the hydraulic system and cause severe component damage. Dealer service is recommended. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. Models without hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank and completely drain the tank into a suitable container. See capacity specifications. 3 Tag and disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the drive and function pumps. Cap the fittings on the pumps. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. 1 Disconnect the electrical connection at the electro-proportional controller located on the drive pump. Part No. 77828 closed S-60 • S-65 4 - 33 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 HYDRAULIC PUMPS REV C 4 Support the pump with a lifting device and remove the two drive pump mounting fasteners. 5 Carefully pull the drive pump out until the pump coupler separates from the flex plate. How to Prime the Pump 1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi / 0 to 50 bar pressure gauge to the test port on the drive pump. 2 Remove the safety pin (if equipped) from the engine pivot plate latch. 6 Remove the drive pump from the machine. Component damage hazard. The hydraulic pump may become unbalanced and fall if not properly supported. Component damage hazard. When installing the pump, do not force the pump coupler into the flexplate or damage to the pump shaft seal may occur. Models with hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Component damage hazard. Be sure to open the two hydraulic tank valves and prime the pump after installing the pump. Models without hydraulic tank shut-off valves: Component damage hazard. Be sure to fill the hydraulic tank to specification and prime the pump after installing the pump. The engine pivot plate latch is located under the engine turntable pivot plate at the counterweight end of the machine. 3 Open the engine pivot plate latch and swing the engine pivot plate out and away from the machine. 4 GM and Ford models: Close the valve on the LPG tank then disconnect the hose from the tank. Move the fuel select switch to the LPG position. Perkins models: Disconnect the engine wiring harness from the fuel solenoid at the injector pump. Deutz models: Hold the manual fuel shutoff valve clockwise to the closed position. a a 4 - 34 S-60 • S-65 manual fuel shutoff valve Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV C HYDRAULIC PUMPS 5 Have another person crank the engine with the starter motor for 15 seconds, wait 15 seconds, then crank the engine an additional 15 seconds or until the pressure reaches 320 psi / 22 bar. 6 GM and Ford models: Connect the LPG hose to the LPG tank and open the valve on the tank. Move the fuel select switch to the gasoline position. Perkins models: Connect the engine wiring harness to the fuel solenoid. Deutz models: Release the manual fuel shutoff valve. 7 Start the engine from the ground controls and check for hydraulic leaks. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 35 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 Manifolds REV D 7-1 Function Manifold Components The function manifold is located underneath the ground controls side turntable cover. Index No. Description Schematic Item 1 Counterbalance valve ....................... H ........... Platform level down .......................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 2 Counterbalance valve ....................... G ........... Platform level up ............................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 3 Proportional solenoid valve .............. M .......... Boom extend/retract ......................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 4 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... C ........... Boom retract ..................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 5 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... B ........... Boom extend .................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 6 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... D ........... Turntable rotate ................................ 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 7 Proportional solenoid valve .............. T ........... Boom up/down circuit ....................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 8 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... BB ......... Steer left/right .................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 9 Check valve, 30 psi / 2 bar ................ I ............ Differential sensing circuit, platform rotate left and jib boom up (S-65) ............................ 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 10 Check valve, 30 psi / 2 bar ................ J ............ Differential sensing circuit, platform rotate right and jib boom down (S-65) ....................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 11 Check valve ....................................... N ........... Differential sensing circuit, boom extend/retract .......................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 12 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... F ........... Boom down ....................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 13 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... E ........... Boom up ........................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 14 Check valve ....................................... O ........... Differential sensing circuit, turntable rotate ................................. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 15 Check valve ....................................... R ........... Differential sensing circuit, boom up/down .................................. 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 16 Priority flow regulator valve, 3.5 gpm / 13.2 L/min .......................... AA ......... Steer left/right circuit ......................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 17 Differential sensing valve, 110 psi / 7.6 bar ................................. S ........... Boom up/down circuit ....................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 18 Differential sensing valve, 150 psi / 10.3 bar .............................. P ........... Turntable rotate circuit ...................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm Function Torque This list continues. Please turn the page 4 - 36 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 31 11 30 12 13 14 29 15 28 27 16 26 25 17 24 18 23 22 Part No. 77828 21 S-60 • S-65 20 19 4 - 37 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D Function Manifold Components, continued Index No. Description Schematic Item Function Torque 19 Check valve, 5 psi / 0.3 bar ............... A ........... Blocks flow from auxiliary pump to function pump ............................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 20 Relief valve, 3000 psi / 206.8 bar ..... K ........... System relief ..................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 21 Flow control valve, 0.1 gpm / 0.38 L/min .......................... DD ........ Bleeds off differential sensing valves to tank .................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 22 Differential sensing valve, 150 psi / 10.3 bar .............................. CC ........ Differential sensing circuit, meters flow to functions .................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 23 Check valve ....................................... W .......... Differential sensing circuit, platform level up ............................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 24 Check valve ....................................... X ........... Differential sensing circuit, platform level down .......................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 25 Proportional solenoid valve .............. Q ........... Turntable rotate left/right .................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 26 Flow control valve, 0.6 gpm / 2.27 L/min .......................... Z ........... Platform rotate and jib boom (S-65) ................................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 27 Check valve, 30 psi / 2 bar ................ EE ......... Platform rotate and jib boom circuit (S-65) (prevents hydraulic hoses from draining back to tank) ............... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 28 Differential sensing valve, 110 psi / 7.6 bar ................................. L ........... Boom extend/retract circuit ............... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 29 Needle valve ..................................... U ........... Platform level circuit ......................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 30 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... V ........... Platform level up/down ..................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 31 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... Y ........... Platform rotate and jib boom up/down (S-65) ................................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 4 - 38 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 31 11 30 12 13 14 29 15 28 27 16 26 25 17 24 18 23 22 Part No. 77828 21 S-60 • S-65 20 19 4 - 39 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-2 Valve Adjustments Function Manifold How to Adjust the System Relief Valve Perform this procedure with the boom in the stowed position. 1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressure gauge to the PTEST port on the function manifold. 2 Start the engine from the ground controls. 3 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high idle position. Activate and hold the boom retract toggle switch with the boom fully retracted. 4 Observe the pressure reading on the pressure gauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 5 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold the relief valve and remove the cap (item K). 6 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the relief valve cap. Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the relief valve higher than specified. 7 Repeat steps 2 through 5 and recheck relief valve pressure. 8 Remove the pressure gauge. 4 - 40 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 7-3 Jib Boom / Platform Rotate Manifold Components Index No. Description Schematic Item 1 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ..... FF ......... Platform rotate/jib boom select ......... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm Function Torque 1 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 41 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-4 Brake/Two-Speed Manifold Components The brake/two-speed manifold is mounted near the turntable rotator. Index No. Description Schematic Item 1 Orifice, 0.025 inch / 0.64 mm .......... JJ ............ Turntable rotation brake release 2 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ... KK ........... Brake release ................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 3 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way .... LL ........... Two-speed motor shift ..................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm 4 Check valve ...................................... II ............ Brake release circuit ......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm Function 1 Torque 2 3 4 4 - 42 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 7-5 Turntable Rotation Manifold Components The turntable rotation manifold is mounted to the turntable rotation motor. Index No. Description Schematic Item 1 Shuttle valve, 2 position 3 way ...... OO ........... Turntable rotation brake release ..... 10-13 ft-lbs / 14-18 Nm 2 Counterbalance valve .................... MM .......... Turntable rotate right ....................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm 3 Counterbalance valve .................... NN ........... Turntable rotate left .......................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm 4 Orifice, 0.030 inch / 0.76 mm ......... PP ........... Brake release circuit (located inside port) Function 1 Torque 2 4 3 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 43 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-6 Oscillate Directional Valve Components The oscillate directional valve is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end. Index No. Description 1 Cap ................................................................... Breather ............................................ 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-33 Nm 2 Spool valve ...................................................... Directional control Function Torque 1 2 4 - 44 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures MANIFOLDS REV D 7 To level the drive chassis, start the engine and push up or pull down on the threaded rod until the machine is completely level. How to Set Up the Oscillate Directional Valve Adjustment of the oscillate directional valve linkage is only necessary when the linkage or valve has been replaced. 8 Verify that the ground and drive chassis are completely level. 9 Adjust the heim joint until the hole lines up with the retaining fastener hole in the axle. 1 Lower the boom to the stowed position. 2 Use a "bubble type" level to be sure the floor is completely level. Tip-over hazard. Failure to perform this procedure on a level floor could compromise the stability of the machine resulting in the machine tipping over. 10 Install the heim joint to the axle and tighten the jam nut. 11 Check to be sure the drive chassis is completely level. 12 Measure the distance between the drive chassis and the non-steer axle on both sides (from the inside of the drive chassis). 3 Check the tire pressure in all four tires and add air if needed to meet specification. The tires on some machines are foam-filled and do not need air added to them. If the distance is not equal and the adjustment to the linkage was completed with the ground and drive chassis level, repeat steps 6 through 11 OR consult Genie Industries Service Department. 4 Remove the drive chassis cover and the nonsteer axle covers. 5 Place a "bubble type" level across the drive chassis non-steer end. Check to be sure the drive chassis is completely level. 6 Remove the heim joint retaining fastener from the axle. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 45 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-7 Valve Adjustments - Oscillate Relief Valve How to Adjust the Oscillate Relief Valve Pressure 1 Remove the drive chassis cover from the nonsteer end of the machine. 2 Connect a 0 to 2000 psi / 0 to 150 bar pressure gauge to the diagnostic nipple located near the oscillate directional valve. 3 Disconnect the directional valve linkage, by removing the heim joint and retaining fastener from the axle. 4 Start the engine from the platform controls. 5 With the engine running, manually activate the valve and observe the pressure reading on the pressure gauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications. 6 Turn the engine off. 7 Locate the relief valve on the directional valve and remove the cap. 8 Adjust the internal screw. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the valve cap. Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust the relief valve higher than specified. 9 Repeat steps 4 through 7 and manually activate the valve to confirm the valve pressure. 10 Turn the engine off, remove the pressure gauge and assemble the directional valve linkage. 11 Install the cover on the non-steer end of the drive chassis. 4 - 46 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS This page intentionally left blank. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 47 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-8 Traction Manifold Components, 2WD The traction manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end. Index No. Description 1 Relief valve, 280 psi / 19.3 bar ......... TT ......... Charge pressure circuit .................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 2 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. WW ....... Controls flow to drive motors in forward and reverse ............... 90-100 ft-lbs / 122-136 Nm 3 Check valve ....................................... SS ......... Drive circuit ....................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 4 Check valve ....................................... XX ......... Drive circuit ....................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm 5 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way ......... UU ........ Charge pressure circuit that directs hot oil out of low pressure side of drive pump ............................ 50-55 ft-lbs / 68-75 Nm 6 Orifice, 0.070 inch / 1.78 mm ............ VV ......... Drive motor circuit 4 - 48 Schematic Item Function S-60 • S-65 Torque Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 1 6 Part No. 77828 2 5 4 S-60 • S-65 3 4 - 49 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-9 Valve Adjustments, 2WD Traction Manifold How to Adjust the Charge Pressure Relief Valve 1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi / 0 to 50 bar pressure gauge to the test port on the drive pump. 2 Hold the charge pressure relief valve and remove the cap (item TT). 3 Turn the internal hex socket clockwise fully until it stops. Install the cap. 4 Start the engine and move and hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high rpm (rabbit symbol) position. Note the reading on the pressure gauge. 5 Turn the engine off. 6 Remove the pressure gauge from the drive pump. Connect the gauge to the test port located on the traction manifold. 7 Hold the charge pressure relief valve and remove the cap (item TT). 8 Start the engine and move and hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high rpm (rabbit symbol) position. 9 Adjust the internal hex socket until the pressure reading on the gauge is 40 psi / 2.8 bar less than the pressure reading on the pump. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the valve cap. 10 Turn the engine off and remove the pressure gauge. 4 - 50 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS This page intentionally left blank. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 51 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-10 Traction Manifold Components, 4WD The traction manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end. Index No. Description 1 Check valve ....................................... TT ......... Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 35-40 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 2 Check valve ....................................... SS ......... Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 35-40 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 3 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. AB ......... Controls flow to flow divider/combiner valves 11 and 13 ...................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm 4 Check valve ....................................... AF ......... Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 60-70 ft-lbs / 81-95 Nm 5 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm .................. AC ........ Equalizes pressure on both sides of flow divider/combiner valve 3 6 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm .................. AE ......... Equalizes pressure on both sides of flow divider/combiner valve 11 7 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm .................. WW ....... Equalizes pressure on both sides of flow divider/combiner valve 13 8 Check valve ....................................... AG ........ Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 60-70 ft-lbs / 81-95 Nm 9 Check valve ....................................... ZZ ......... Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 35-40 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 10 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way ......... VV ......... Charge pressure circuit that directs hot oil out of low pressure side of drive pump ........................ 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm 11 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. AD ........ Controls flow to steer end drive motors in forward and reverse ................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm 12 Check valve ....................................... YY ......... Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 35-40 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 13 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. XX ......... Controls flow to non-steer end drive motors in forward and reverse ................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm 7 Relief valve, 280 psi / 19.3 bar ......... UU ........ Charge pressure circuit .................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm 4 - 52 Schematic Item Function S-60 • S-65 Torque Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 1 2 14 13 12 11 3 4 10 9 8 7 6 5 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 53 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 7-11 Valve Adjustments, 4WD Traction Manifold How to Adjust the Charge Pressure Relief Valve 1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi / 0 to 50 bar pressure gauge to the test port on the drive pump. 2 Hold the charge pressure relief valve and remove the cap (item UU). 3 Turn the internal hex socket clockwise fully until it stops. Install the cap. 4 Start the engine and move and hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high rpm (rabbit symbol) position. Note the reading on the pressure gauge. 5 Turn the engine off. 6 Remove the pressure gauge from the drive pump. Connect the gauge to the test port located on the traction manifold. 7 Hold the charge pressure relief valve and remove the cap (item UU). 8 Start the engine and move and hold the function enable/rpm select toggle switch to the high rpm (rabbit symbol) position. 9 Adjust the internal hex socket until the pressure reading on the gauge is 40 psi / 2.8 bar less than the pressure reading on the pump. Turn it clockwise to increase the pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the pressure. Install the valve cap. 10 Turn the engine off and remove the pressure gauge. 4 - 54 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures REV D MANIFOLDS 7-12 Valve Coils How to Test a Coil Diode How to Test a Coil A properly functioning coil provides an electromotive force which operates the solenoid valve. Critical to normal operation is continuity within the coil that provides this force field. Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. Genie incorporates spike suppressing diodes in all of its directional valve coils except proportional valves and those coils with a metal case. Properly functioning coil diodes protect the electrical circuit by suppressing voltage spikes. Voltage spikes naturally occur within a function circuit following the interruption of electrical current to a coil. Faulty diodes can fail to protect the electrical system, resulting in a tripped circuit breaker or component damage. Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. 1 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the coil to be tested. 1 Test the coil for resistance. See, How to Test a Coil. 2 Test the coil resistance. Result: The resistance should be within specification, plus or minus 30%. Result: If the resistance is not within specification, plus or minus 30%, replace the coil. Valve Coil Resistance Specification Description Specification Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way, 10V DC (schematic items D, V and Y) 5 to 7Ω Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way, 10V DC (schematic item BB) 4 to 6Ω Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way, 10V DC (schematic items B, C, E, F and FF) 5 to 7Ω Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way, 10V DC (schematic items KK and LL) 5.5 to 7.5Ω Proportional solenoid valve, 12V DC (schematic items M and T) 4 to 6Ω Proportional solenoid valve, 12V DC (schematic item Q) 3.7 to 5.7Ω Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 55 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 MANIFOLDS REV D 2 Connect a 10Ω resistor to the negative terminal of a known good 9V DC battery. Connect the other end of the resistor to a terminal on the coil. 3 Set a multimeter to read DC current. Resistor, 10W Genie part number 4 Connect the negative lead to the other terminal on the coil. 27287 The multimeter, when set to read DC current, should be capable of reading up to 800 mA. If testing a single-terminal coil, connect the negative lead to the internal metallic ring at either end of the coil. The battery should read 9V DC or more when measured across the terminals. a AMMETER COIL 6 At the battery or coil terminals, reverse the connections. Note and record the current reading. d - b + c 10 W RESISTOR 9V BATTERY + c b a b c d 5 Momentarily connect the positive lead from the multimeter to the positive terminal on the 9V DC battery. Note and record the current reading. multimeter 9V DC battery 10Ω resistor coil Result: Both current readings are greater than 0 mA and are different by a minimum of 20%. The coil is good. Result: If one or both of the current readings are 0 mA, or if the two current readings do not differ by a minimum of 20%, the coil and/or its internal diode are faulty and the coil should be replaced. Note: Dotted lines in illustration indicate a reversed connection as specified in step 6 4 - 56 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 REV C Section 4 • Repair Procedures Turntable Rotation Components 3 Loosen the backlash pivot plate and adjustment bolts. 8-1 Turntable Rotation Assembly How to Remove the Turntable Rotation Assembly When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. Perform this procedure with the machine on a firm and level surface. a 1 Secure the turntable from rotating with the turntable rotation lock pin. a b c The turntable rotation lock pin is located next to the boom rest pad. 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses from the turntable rotation drive motor. Cap the fittings on the drive motor. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. b c backlash pivot plate adjustment bolt with lock nut backlash pivot plate mounting bolts 4 Attach a suitable lifting device to the lifting eyes on the drive hub assembly. 5 Remove the backlash pivot plate mounting bolts. Carefully remove the drive hub assembly from the machine. Crushing hazard. The turntable could rotate unexpectedly when the rotation drive hub assembly is removed if the turntable is not secured with the turntable rotation lock pin. Crushing hazard. The turntable rotation drive hub assembly could become unbalanced and fall when removed from the machine if not properly supported. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 57 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 TURNTABLE ROTATION COMPONENTS REV C When installing the drive hub assembly: 6 Install the drive hub. Torque the back lash pivot plate mounting bolts to 260 ft-lbs / 352.5 Nm. 2 Loosen the backlash pivot plate mounting fasteners. 7 Adjust turntable rotation gear backlash. See How to Adjust the Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash. How to Adjust the Turntable Rotation Gear Backlash The turntable rotation drive hub is mounted on an adjustable plate that controls the gap between the rotation motor pinion gear and the turntable bearing ring gear. Perform this procedure with the boom between the non-steer end tires and with the machine on a firm and level surface. a b a b c 1 Secure the turntable from rotating with the turntable rotation lock pin. The turntable rotation lock pin is located next to the boom rest pad. c backlash pivot plate adjustment bolt with lock nut backlash pivot plate mounting bolts 2 Push the backlash pivot plate towards the turntable as far as possible (this will push the rotation gear into the turntable bearing ring gear). 3 Loosen the lock nut on the adjustment bolt. 4 Turn the adjustment bolt clockwise until it contacts the backlash pivot plate. 5 Turn the adjustment bolt 1/2 turn counterclockwise. Tighten the lock nut on the adjustment bolt. 6 Rotate the backlash pivot plate away from the turntable until it contacts the adjustment bolt. Then torque the mounting fasteners on the backlash pivot plate to 260 ft-lbs / 352.5 Nm. 7 Rotate the turntable through an entire rotation. Check for tight spots that could cause binding. Readjust if necessary. 4 - 58 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 4 • Repair Procedures Axle Components REV C 9-1 Oscillating Axle Cylinders 3 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the rodend pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin. The oscillating axle cylinders extend and retract between the drive chassis and the axle to maintain a level chassis while driving over uneven terrain. The cylinders are equipped with counterbalance valves to prevent movement in the event of a hydraulic hose failure. 4 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane to the barrel end of the oscillating cylinder. 5 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the barrel-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin. 6 Remove the cylinder from the machine. How to Remove an Oscillate Axle Cylinder Perform this procedure on firm, level surface with the boom in the stowed position. Crushing hazard. The oscillate cylinder could become unbalanced and fall if not properly attached to the overhead crane when removed from the machine. When removing a hose assembly or fitting, the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must be replaced and then torqued to specification during installation. Refer to Section Two, Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications. 1 Rotate the turntable until the boom is between the steer tires. 2 Tag, disconnect and plug the oscillating axle cylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on the cylinder. Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 4 - 59 Section 4 • Repair Procedures July 2005 This page intentionally left blank. 4 - 60 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 5 • Fault Codes Fault Codes Before Troubleshooting: Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions printed in the Genie S-60 and Genie S-65 Operator’s Manual. Be sure that all necessary tools and test equipment are available and ready for use. Observe and Obey: Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the repair of this machine. Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine. Read each appropiate fault code thoroughly. Attempting shortcuts may produce hazardous conditions. Be aware of the following hazards and follow generally accepted safe workshop practices. Crushing hazard. When testing or replacing any hydraulic component, always support the structure and secure it from movement. Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine. Unless otherwise specified, perform each repair procedure with the machine in the following configuration: Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. · Machine parked on a firm, level surface · Boom in stowed position · Turntable rotated with the boom between the non-steer wheels Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. · Turntable secured with the turntable rotation lock · Key switch in the off position with the key removed · Wheels chocked · All external AC power disconnected from the machine Perform all troubleshooting on a firm, level surface. Two persons will be required to safely perform some troubleshooting procedures. Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 5-1 Section 5 • Fault Codes July 2005 FAULT CODES REV A Fault Codes - Control System How to Retrieve Control System Fault Codes At least one fault code is present when the alarm at the platform controls produces two short beeps every 30 seconds for 10 minutes. Perform this procedure with the engine off, the key switch turned to platform controls and both red Emergency Stop button pulled out to the on position at both the ground and platform controls. 3 Determine the error source: The red LED indidates the error source and will flash two separate codes. The first code will indicate the first digit of the two digit code, flashing once per second. It will then pause for 1.5 seconds and flash the second digit once per 0.5 second. When the red LED is flashing the code, the yellow LED will be on solid. 4 Determine the error type: The yellow LED indidates the error type and will flash two separate codes. The first code will indicate the first digit of the two digit code, flashing once per second. It will then pause for 1.5 seconds and flash the second digit once per 0.5 second. When the yellow LED is flashing the code, the red LED will be on solid. 1 Open the platform control box lid. Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. 5 Use the fault code table on the following pages to aid in troubleshooting the machine by pinpointing the area or component affected. 2 Locate the red and yellow fault LED's on the ALC-500 circuit board inside the platform control box. Do not touch the circuit board. Component damage hazard. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage printed circuit board components. If the circuit board does need to be handled, maintain firm contact with a metal part of the machine that is grounded at all times when handling the printed circuit board OR use a grounded wrist strap. 5-2 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 5 • Fault Codes REV A FAULT CODES Error Source ID 21 22 23 31 32 Name Boom 1 joystick (primary boom up/ down) Error Type ID 11 12 15 16 Name Value at 5V Value too high Value too low Value at 0V 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 21 Fault 12 15 Value too high Value too low 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 11 12 15 16 Value at 5V Value too high Value too low Value at 0V 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 21 Fault Boom 1 directional valves Boom 1 flow control valve Boom 2 joystick (secondary boom up/down or primary boom extend/retract) Boom 2 directional valves Condition Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Joystick speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Initiate 1-second beep of alarm. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Normal function except threshold for one or both directions is zero. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Joystick speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Initiate 1 second beep of alarm. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Solution Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate joystick. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate valve thresholds. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate joystick. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Continued on next page Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 5-3 Section 5 • Fault Codes July 2005 FAULT CODES REV A Error Source ID 33 41 42 43 44 5-4 Name Boom 2 flow control valve Turntable rotate joystick Error Type ID Name 12 15 Value too high Value too low 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 11 12 15 16 Value at 5V Value too high Value too low Value at 0V 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 21 Fault 12 15 Value too high Value too low 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 21 Fault Turntable rotate directional valves Turntable rotate flow control valve Drive enable override switches Condition Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Normal function except threshold for one or both directions is zero. Solution Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate valve thresholds. Self-clearing. (transient) Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Joystick speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Initiate 1-second beep of alarm. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Normal function except threshold for one or both directions is zero. Enable override direction is frozen at neutral. S-60 • S-65 Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate joystick. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate valve thresholds. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 5 • Fault Codes REV A FAULT CODES Error Source ID 51 53 54 55 61 62 Name Drive joystick Drive flow valve (EDC) Error Type ID 11 12 15 16 Name Value at 5V Value too high Value too low Value at 0V 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 12 15 Value too high Value too low 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 21 Fault 21 Fault 11 12 15 16 Value at 5V Value too high Value too low Value at 0V 17 Not calibrated 18 Just calibrated 21 Fault Drive brake valve High speed drive motor valve Steer joystick Steer directional valves Part No. 77828 Condition Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Joystick speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Initiate 1-second beep of alarm. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Normal function except threshold for one or both directions is zero. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Motor speed frozen in the low state. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. Joystick speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Initiate 1-second beep of alarm. Limited speed and direction frozen at zero and neutral. Alarm sounds indicating fault. S-60 • S-65 Solution Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate joystick. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate valve thresholds. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. Power up controller with problem corrected. Power up controller with problem corrected. Calibrate joystick. Self-clearing. (transient) Power up controller with problem corrected. 5-5 Section 5 • Fault Codes July 2005 Ford Engine Fault Codes REV A Fault codes - Ford Engine The ECM constantly monitors the engine by the use of sensors on the engine. The ECM also uses signals from the sensors to initiate sequential fuel injection and make constant and instantaneous changes to ignition timing, fuel delivery and throttle position to maintain the engine's running condition at its highest efficiency while at the same time keeping exhaust emissions to a minimum. When a sensor fails or returns signals that are outside of set parameters, the ECM will store a fault code in memory that relates to the appropriate sensor and will turn on the Check Engine Light. Refer to Repair Procedure 5-4, How to Retrieve Engine Fault Codes. Use the Fault Code Chart on the following pages to aid in identifying the fault. 5-6 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 5 • Fault Codes REV A FORD ENGINE FAULT CODES Code Problem 111 Closed Loop Multiplier High (LPG) 112 113 HO2S Open/Inactive (Bank 1) HO2S Open/Inactive (Bank 2) 114 Post-cat oxygen sensor open 121 Closed Loop Multiplier High (Gasoline) 122 Closed Loop Multiplier Low (Gasoline) 124 Closed Loop Multiplier Low (LPG) 133 Gasoline cat monitor There are exhaust leaks OR the catalyst system efficiency is below the acceptable level. 134 LPG cat monitor There are exhaust leaks OR the catalyst system efficiency is below the acceptable level. 135 NG cat monitor There are exhaust leaks OR the catalyst system efficiency is below the acceptable level. 141 Adaptive Lean Fault - High Limit (Gasoline) 142 Adaptive Rich Fault - Low Limit (Gasoline) 143 Adaptive Learn High (LPG) 144 Adaptive Learn Low (LPG) 161 162 System Voltage Low 211 IAT High Voltage 212 IAT Low Voltage System Voltage High Cause Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR there are vacuum leaks or exhaust leaks. Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty. Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty. The post cat Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections are open or shorted OR sensor is cold, non-responsive or inactive for 60 seconds or longer. Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR there are vacuum leaks or exhaust leaks OR fuel pressure is low OR the fuel injectors need cleaning or replacing. MAP, IAT or ECT sensors not in correct position OR wiring and/or connections for sensors open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR one or more fuel injectors are stuck open OR there is electromagnetic interference from a faulty crankshaft and/or camshaft position sensor. Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR fuel quality is poor OR fuel system components may be faulty. Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR there are vacuum or exhaust leaks OR one or more fuel injectors faulty or stuck closed OR fuel quality is poor OR fuel pressure is too low. MAP, IAT or ECT sensors not in correct position OR wiring and/or connections for sensors open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR one or more fuel injectors are stuck closed OR there is electromagnetic interference from a faulty crankshaft and/or camshaft position sensor. Heated Oxygen Sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR there are vacuum leaks or exhaust leaks OR fuel quality is poor OR fuel system components may be faulty. Engine wire harness may have an intermittent short to 5V DC or 12V DC OR fuel system components may be faulty. Battery is faulty OR alternator is not charging OR battery supply wiring to ECM is open or shorted. Alternator is overcharging the battery when engine RPM is greater than 1500 rpm. IAT sensor wiring and/or connections are open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR engine intake air temperature is too cold. IAT sensor wiring and/or connections are open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR engine intake air temperature is too hot. Solution Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR repair vacuum and exhaust leaks. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace the post cat oxygen sensor. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR repair any vacuum and exhaust leaks OR test the fuel pressure OR clean or replace the fuel injectors. Adjust or replace sensors OR clean or repair fuel injectors. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR replace fuel OR test and repair the fuel system components. Repair exhaust leaks OR there is an emissions compliance issue. Contact Ford Power Products for assistance. Repair exhaust leaks OR there is an emissions compliance issue. Contact Ford Power Products for assistance. Repair exhaust leaks OR there is an emissions compliance issue. Contact Ford Power Products for assistance. Repair heated oxygen sensor wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR repair vacuum and exhaust leaks OR test the fuel pressure OR clean or replace the fuel injectors. Adjust or replace sensors OR clean or repair fuel injectors. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR repair any vacuum and exhaust leaks OR replace fuel OR test and repair the fuel system components. Repair short in engine wire harness OR test and repair the fuel system components. Replace battery OR repair alternator OR repair battery supply wiring to ECM. Repair or replace the alternator. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR direct warmer air into air intake. Repair wiring and/or connections OR replace sensor OR direct cooler air into air intake. Continued on next page Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 5-7 Section 5 • Fault Codes July 2005 FORD ENGINE FAULT CODES Code Problem 213 IAT Higher Than Expected (1) 214 IAT Higher Than Expected (2) 215 Oil Pressure Low 221 CHT/ECT High Voltage 222 CHT/ECT Low Voltage 223 CHT Higher Than Expected (1) 224 CHT Higher Than Expected (2) 231 232 234 235 MAP High Pressure MAP Low Voltage BP High Pressure BP Low Pressure REV A Cause Solution Air intake temperature is greater than 200° F with the engine greater than 1000 rpm OR air intake system has leaks OR IAT sensor is faulty. Air intake temperature is greater than 210° F with the engine greater than 1000 rpm OR air intake system has leaks OR IAT sensor is faulty. Faulty oil pressure sensor OR sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR engine oil level too low. Engine cooling system is malfunctioning OR sensor wires and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty. Engine cooling system is malfunctioning and overheating the engine OR sensor wires and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR coolant level is low. Coolant temperature at the cylinder head is 240° F. Engine cooling system is malfunctioning and overheating the engine OR sensor wires and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR coolant level is low. Coolant temperature at the cylinder head is 250° F. Engine cooling system is malfunctioning and overheating the engine OR sensor wires and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty OR coolant level is low. Open or shorted wiring and/or connections to MAP sensor OR sensor is faulty. Open or shorted wiring and/or connections to MAP sensor OR sensor is faulty. Check air intake system for damage and proper routing of air intake components OR replace the IAT sensor. Check air intake system for damage and proper routing of air intake components OR replace the IAT sensor. Replace oil pressure sensor OR repair sensor wiring and/or connections OR fill engine oil level to specification. Repair engine cooling system problems OR repair open or shorted wiring to sensor OR replace sensor. Repair engine cooling system problems OR repair open or shorted wiring to sensor OR replace sensor OR fill engine coolant level to specification. MAP sensor is faulty OR ECM is faulty. Replace MAP sensor OR replace the ECM. MAP sensor is faulty OR ECM is faulty. Replace MAP sensor OR replace the ECM. Crankshaft position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR sensor is faulty. Crankshaft position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR sensor is faulty. Camshaft position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR sensor is faulty. Camshaft position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR sensor is faulty. Knock sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR sensor is faulty. Knock sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is excessive engine vibration OR sensor is faulty. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace sensor. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace sensor. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace sensor. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace sensor. Repair wiring and/or connections to knock sensor OR replace knock sensor. Check for excessive engine vibration OR repair wiring and/or connections to knock sensor OR replace knock sensor. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #1 OR replace fuel injector #1 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #1 OR replace fuel injector #1 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #2 OR replace fuel injector #2 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #2 OR replace fuel injector #2 OR replace the ECM. 242 Crank Sync Noise 243 Never Crank Synced At Start 244 Camshaft Sensor Loss 245 Camshaft Sensor Noise 253 Knock Sensor Open 254 Excessive Knock Signal 311 Injector Driver #1 Open Open wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #1 OR fuel injector #1 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 312 Injector Driver #1 Shorted Wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #1 shorted OR fuel injector #1 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 313 Injector Driver #2 Open Open wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #2 OR fuel injector #2 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 314 Injector Driver #2 Shorted Wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #2 shorted OR fuel injector #2 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 5-8 S-60 • S-65 Repair engine cooling system problems OR repair open or shorted wiring to sensor OR replace sensor OR fill engine coolant level to specification. Repair engine cooling system problems OR repair open or shorted wiring to sensor OR replace sensor OR fill engine coolant level to specification. Repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace MAP sensor. Repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace MAP sensor. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 5 • Fault Codes REV A FORD ENGINE FAULT CODES Code Problem Cause 315 Injector Driver #3 Open Open wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #3 OR fuel injector #3 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 316 Injector Driver #3 Shorted Wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #3 shorted OR fuel injector #3 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 321 Injector Driver #4 Open Open wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #4 OR fuel injector #4 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. 322 Injector Driver #4 Shorted 351 Fuel Pump Loop Open or High Side Short To Ground 352 Fuel Pump High Side Shorted To Power 353 MegaJector delivery pressure higher than expected 354 Megajector delivery pressure lower than expected 355 MegaJector communication lost 361 MegaJector voltage supply high 362 MegaJector voltage supply low 363 Megajector internal actuator fault detection The MegaJector detects an internal fault. Open or short in power, ground or CAN circuits.s 364 Megajector internal circuitry fault detection The MegaJector detects an internal circuitry failure. Open or short in power, ground or CAN circuits. 365 MegaJector internal communication fault detection The MegaJector detects an internal communications failure. Open or short in power, ground or CAN circuits. 411 412 413 414 Coil Driver #1 Open Coil Driver #1 Shorted Coil Driver #2 Open Coil Driver #2 Shorted Wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #4 shorted OR fuel injector #4 is faulty OR ECM is faulty. Open wiring and/or connections to fuel pump OR fuel pump power shorted to ground OR fuel pump is faulty. Wiring and/or connections to fuel pump shorted to power OR fuel pump is faulty. Fuel pressure too high OR LPG lockoff not sealing correctly OR the line between the MegaJector and carburetor is kinked or restricted or is leaking OR engine cooling system is not operating properly OR MegaJector is faulty. Fuel pressure too low OR LPG lockoff not opening completely OR the line between the MegaJector and carburetor is kinked or restricted or is leaking OR engine cooling system is not operating properly OR MegaJector is faulty. The ECM doesn’t get any response from the MegaJector, or an incorrect response for 500ms period or longer. The MegaJector detects voltage greater than 18 volts for 5 seconds anytime the engine is cranking or running. The MegaJector detects voltage less than 9.5 volts for 5 seconds anytime the engine is cranking or running. Open wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #1 OR ignition coil #1 is faulty. Wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #1 shorted OR ignition coil #1 is faulty. Open wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #2 OR ignition coil #2 is faulty. Wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #2 shorted OR ignition coil #2 is faulty. Solution Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #3 OR replace fuel injector #3 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #3 OR replace fuel injector #3 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #4 OR replace fuel injector #4 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel injector #4 OR replace fuel injector #4 OR replace the ECM. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel pump OR replace fuel pump. Repair wiring and/or connections to fuel pump OR replace fuel pump. Check fuel pressure OR repair LPG lockoff OR repair the line between the MegaJector and carburetor OR repair engine cooling system OR replace MegaJector. Check fuel pressure OR repair LPG lockoff OR repair the line between the MegaJector and carburetor OR repair engine cooling system OR replace the MegaJector. Check CAN circuits for continuity and shorts to power or ground and for continuity and repair as necessary OR replace the MegaJector. Repair charging system OR replace the MegaJector. Repair VBAT power or ground circuit to ECM and MegaJector OR replace battery OR repair charging system OR replace the MegaJector. Check Power, Ground and CAN circuits at MegaJector and all connections and repair as necessary OR MegaJector has an internal fault. Contact Ford Power Products for assistance. Check Power, Ground and CAN circuits at MegaJector and all connections and repair as necessary OR MegaJector has an internal fault. Contact Ford Power Products for assistance. Check Power, Ground and CAN circuits at MegaJector and all connections and repair as necessary OR MegaJector has an internal fault. Contact Ford Power Products for assistance. Repair wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #1 OR replace ignition coil #1. Repair wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #1 OR replace ignition coil #1. Repair wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #1 OR replace ignition coil #1. Repair wiring and/or connections to ignition coil #2 OR replace ignition coil #2. Continued on next page Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 5-9 Section 5 • Fault Codes July 2005 FORD ENGINE FAULT CODES REV A Code Problem 511 512 513 514 521 522 FPP1 High Voltage Not used. FPP1 Low Voltage Not used. FPP1 Higher than IVS Limit Not used. FPP1 Lower than IVS Limit Not used. FPP2 High Voltage Not used. FPP2 Low Voltage Not used. 531 TPS1 (Signal Voltage) High 532 TPS1 (Signal Voltage) Low 533 TPS2 (Signal Voltage) High 534 TPS2 (Signal Voltage) Low 535 TPS1 Higher than TPS2 536 TPS1 Lower than TPS2 537 Throttle Unable to Open 538 Throttle Unable to Close 545 Governor Interlock Failure 551 Max Governor Speed Override 552 Fuel Rev Limit 553 Spark Rev Limit 611 COP Failure Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 612 Invalid Interrupt Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 613 A/D Loss Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 5 - 10 Cause The #1 throttle position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR throttle position sensor #1 is faulty. The #1 throttle position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR throttle position sensor #1 is faulty. The #2 throttle position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR throttle position sensor #2 is faulty. The #2 throttle position sensor wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR throttle position sensor #2 is faulty. The throttle position sensor wiring and/or connections for either TPS1 or TPS2 open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR one or both throttle position sensors are faulty. The throttle position sensor wiring and/or connections for either TPS1 or TPS2 open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR one or both throttle position sensors are faulty. Governor actuator is stuck closed OR wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR governor actuator is faulty. Governor actuator is stuck open OR wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR governor actuator is faulty. Engine harness wiring and/or connections open or shorted OR there is a poor system ground connection OR ECM is faulty. ECM needs to be re-programmed OR throttle is sticking open OR there are air leaks between the throttle body and cylinder head. ECM needs to be re-programmed OR throttle is sticking open OR there are air leaks between the throttle body and cylinder head. ECM needs to be re-programmed OR throttle is sticking open OR there are air leaks between the throttle body and cylinder head. S-60 • S-65 Solution If this fault appears on your machine, contact Genie Industries Service Department. If this fault appears on your machine, contact Genie Industries Service Department. If this fault appears on your machine, contact Genie Industries Service Department. If this fault appears on your machine, contact Genie Industries Service Department. If this fault appears on your machine, contact Genie Industries Service Department. If this fault appears on your machine, contact Genie Industries Service Department. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace throttle position sensor #1. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace throttle position sensor #1. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace throttle position sensor #2. Be sure system ground connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to sensor OR replace throttle position sensor #2. Be sure engine harness wiring and connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to one or both TPS sensors OR replace one or both TPS sensors. Be sure engine harness wiring and connections are in place and secure OR repair wiring and/or connections to one or both TPS sensors OR replace one or both TPS sensors. Repair wiring and/or connections to governor actuator OR replace the governor actuator. Repair wiring and/or connections to governor actuator OR replace the governor actuator. Repair wiring and/or connections in engine harness OR replace the ECM. Re-program ECM OR repair binding throttle operation OR repair any air leaks between the throttle body and cylinder head. Re-program ECM OR repair binding throttle operation OR repair any air leaks between the throttle body and cylinder head. Re-program ECM OR repair binding throttle operation OR repair any air leaks between the throttle body and cylinder head. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 5 • Fault Codes REV A FORD ENGINE FAULT CODES Code Problem Cause 614 RTI 1 Loss Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 615 Flash Checksum Invalid Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 616 RAM Failure Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 631 External 5V DC Ref Lower than Expected Engine harness wiring and/or connections open or shorted to ground OR there is a faulty engine sensor OR ECM is faulty. 632 External 5V DC Ref Higher than Expected Engine harness wiring and/or connections open or shorted to ground OR there is a faulty engine sensor OR ECM is faulty. 655 RTI 2 Loss Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty. 656 RTI 3 Loss Loose wire connections to ECM OR ECM is faulty.S Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 Solution Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts OR locate and troubleshoot or repair faulty engine sensor OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts OR locate and troubleshoot or repair faulty engine sensor OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. Locate and repair any engine harness wiring damage or shorts to ECM to be sure they are secure OR replace ECM. 5 - 11 Section 5 • Fault Codes July 2005 This page intentionally left blank. 5 - 12 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Schematics About This Section There are two groups of schematics in this section. An illustration legend precedes each group of drawings. Electrical Schematics Observe and Obey: Electrocution hazard. Contact with electrically charged circuits could result in death or serious injury. Remove all rings, watches and other jewelry. Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be completed by a person trained and qualified on the repair of this machine. Immediately tag and remove from service a damaged or malfunctioning machine. Hydraulic Schematics Bodily injury hazard. Spraying hydraulic oil can penetrate and burn skin. Loosen hydraulic connections very slowly to allow the oil pressure to dissipate gradually. Do not allow oil to squirt or spray. Repair any machine damage or malfunction before operating the machine. Before Troubleshooting: Read, understand and obey the safety rules and operating instructions printed in the Genie S-60 & Genie S-65 Operator's Manual on your machine. Be sure that all necessary tools and test equipment are available and ready for use. General Repair Process Identify symptoms Malfunction discovered Troubleshoot problem still exists Return to service Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 problem solved Inspect and test Perform repair 6-1 Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Electrical Symbols Legend REV A FS1 BLK BLK P3 WHT Quick disconnect terminal N.O.H.C Coil solenoid or relay N.C.H.O Limit switch Horn button normally open P1 KS1 TB21 WHT #21 Foot switch LS3 PLATFORM OTS2 N.O. GROUND T-circuits connect at terminal H1 Horn or alarm Key switch (before serial number 22051) Oil temperature switch normally open T-circuits connect Emergency Stop button normally closed FAN FB PR1 CTS1 N.O. Flashing beacon Power relay Coolant temperature switch normally open Connection no terminal G1 TS2 START ENGINE Gauge Aux Pump Auxiliary pump OPS1 N.C. Circuits crossing no connection 510 HM Diode Hydraulic oil cooling fan Toggle switch SPDT Oil pressure switch normally closed Resistor with ohm value Hour meter TS6 + PLATFORM LEVEL - Battery LED F1 UP DOWN L3 Gauge sending unit Tilt sensor Toggle switch DPDT 15A Fuse with amperage CR4 N.O. Circuit breaker with amperage Control relay contact normally open B C HOLD CB1 A PULL IN KS1 25A Key switch (after serial number 22050) Fuel or RPM solenoid Starting aid: glow plug or flame ignitor Coil 6-2 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Hydraulic Symbols Legend REV A 25 psi (1.7 bar) .035" (0.89 mm) Orifice with size Solenoid operated 3 position, 4 way, directional valve Filter with bypass valve relief setting Solenoid operated 3 position, 4 way, proportional directional valve Check valve 200 psi (13.8 bar) 2 position, 3 way, shuttle valve Pump fixed displacement Relief valve with pressure setting Priority flow regulator valve o Brake Pump bi-directional, variable displacement Solenoid operated 2 position, 3 way, directional valve Directional valve (mechanically activated) 3000 psi (206.8 bar) 3:1 Needle valve 50% Motor bi-directional Motor 2-speed, bi-directional 50% Flow divider/combiner valve with pressure balancing orifice and flow percentages Counterbalance valve with pressure and pilot ratio Pilot operated 3 position, 3 way, shuttle valve 2 position, 2 way solenoid valve E Pump prime mover (engine or motor) Differential sensing valve Directional valve pilot operated 2 position, 2 way Double acting cylinder Solenoid operated proportional valve Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6-3 Section 6 • Schematics 6-4 July 2005 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV A GM 3.0L Engine Wire Harness N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TWR FCI 211 PC 56 2S 0 009 CONNECTOR 211 A 56 7007 LOCKING CAM 211 A 56 0008 COVER 211 CC 2S 1120 TERM INJ + INJ 1 INJ 2 AUX OUT 2 AUX ANA PD1 MAP FPP IAT ECT IVS AUX ANA PU1 POWER GROUND POWER GROUND ANA_RTN 5 VOLT REF VSW EGO 1 KNK + KNK CAM + CAM CRANK + CRANK VBAT VBAT STARTER LOCKOUT FUEL LOCKOFF FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL TPS1 TPS2 DBW + DBW OIL PRESSURE TACH MIL AUX ANA PD2 AUX OUT 1 FUEL SELECT AUX ANA PU2 GOV SELECT GASEOUS TRIM CAN + CAN RS 232 TX RS 232 RX COIL 1 INJ 3 INJ 4 INJ 5 INJ 6 INJ 7 INJ 8 AUX OUT 3 18 16 17 30 35 33 38 32 31 39 36 19 20 49 50 21 55 41 42 13 14 11 12 22 23 9 8 7 10 53 54 24 25 37 56 26 47 29 40 48 34 15 43 44 51 52 27 29 30 28 1 2 7 6 ORANGE/BLUE 16 BROWN/BLUE 16 BROWN/GREEN 16 LT BLUE/WHITE 18 TAN/DK GREEN 18 LT GRN 18 DK BLUE 18 TAN 18 YELLOW/GRAY 18 PURPLE/YELLOW 18 DK BLUE/YELLOW 18 BLACK 16 BLACK 16 BLACK/LT GREEN 18 LT GREEN/RED 18 PINK/TAN 18 DK GREEN/ORANGE 18 GRAY/BROWN 18 PURPLE/ORANGE 18 PURPLE/WHITE 18 WHITE/PURPLE 18 RED/TAN 16 RED/TAN 16 GRAY/ORANGE 18 WHITE/BLACK 18 TAN/BLACK 18 WHITE/LT BLUE 18 PURPLE/LT BLUE 18 LT BLUE/DK BLUE 18 PINK/WHITE 18 TAN/ORANGE 18 LT GREEN/BLACK 18 YELLOW/LT GREEN 18 LT BLUE/BLACK 18 BLACK/WHITE 18 PURPLE/DK BLUE 18 TAN/BROWN 18 YELLOW/DK BLUE 18 GRAY/DK BLUE 18 WHITE/RED 18 BLUE/PINK 18 BLUE/WHITE 18 DK GREEN 18 ORANGE 18 YELLOW 18 A B C D E F G H 1 MTRTWR8 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER YELLOW GRAY 18 2 A BLACK/LT GREEN 18 B TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH LT GREEN 18 LT GREEN/RED 18 TAN 18 BLACK/LT GREEN 18 TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH 4 3 2 1 MAP SENSOR BLACK 16 BLACK 16 3 BLACK 12 RED/TAN 16 RED/TAN 16 GROUND F1 PINK/TAN 18 5A TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH 1 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR TWR PINK 18 A DK BLUE 18 B PURPLE/YELLOW 18 C BLACK/LT GREEN 18 D E LT BLUE/BLK 18 F LT GREEN/RED 18 G H LT BLUE/PINK 16 J PINK/BLACK 16 K RED/WHITE 18 LT GREEN/RED 18 BLK/LT GREEN 18 BLK/LT GREEN 18 D LT GREEN/RED 18 C DK GREEN 18 B ORANGE 18 A RTN MIL - C108ESL VREF START IN (INTERUPT TYPE) - C33STR START IN (AUTOCRANKING) MTRTWR10 TWR A B C D BLK/LT GREEN 18 DK GREEN/ORANGE 18 PINK/DK GREEN 16 BLACK 18 TWR 4 VSW- P23BAT FPP1 IVS ANA RTN 5 5V MTRTWR4_EGO TX LT BLUE/WHITE 18 TAN/DK GREEN 18 YELLOW/LT GREEN 18 TAN/BROWN 18 GRAY/DK BLUE 18 BLUE/PINK 18 BLUE/WHITE 18 PURPLE/DK BLUE 18 ENGINE TEST SWITCH RX COMM STARTER RELAY 1 WHITE 16 WPTWR1 TWR STARTER SOLENOID YELLOW 18 LT GREEN/RED SEAL END OF OPEN WIRE THIS JUNCTION TO BE WITHIN 3-6 INCHES OF CONNECTOR SPLICE TO ASSEMBLY 87 PINK/TAN 18 86 GRAY/ORANGE 18 85 PURPLE/WHITE 18 IGNITION COIL TWR B A BLK/LT GREEN 18 LT GREEN/RED 18 PURPLE/LT BLUE 18 LT BLUE/DK BLUE 18 PINK/WHITE 18 TAN/ORANGE 18 1 F2 RED/TAN 14 C RED 14 RED 12 1 20A BLACK/WHITE 18 YELLOW/DK BLUE 18 DK BLUE/YELLOW 18 PINK/YELLOW 16 BLACK 16 PINK/DK GREEN 16 BATT+ 1 A DISTRIBUTOR CONNECTOR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 3 6 5 4 1 BOSCH THROTTLE THESE CONNECTORS ARE CONNECTED TO GENIE HARNESS #88833 AUX OUT 2 AUX IN PD1 TACH - C41RPM FUEL SELECT - C39LP GOV SELECT - C128LPRM CAN + CAN AUX OUT 1 6 RED 14 WHITE/PURPLE 18 A B C D E F G H MTRTWR8 PINK/BLACK 16 B PURPLE/ORANGE 18 WPSHD1 87A LT BLUE/PINK 16 30 D GRAY/BROWN 18 SHD 1 TWR RED 14 30 86 WHITE/BLUE 18 85 87 PINK/YELLOW 16 86 TAN/BLACK 18 85 FUEL PUMP RELAY PINK/DK GREEN 16 87 RED/TAN 14 Part No. 77828 30 PINK/TAN 18 POWER RELAY F4 PINK/YELLOW 16 ECM ORANGE/BLUE 16 BROWN/BLUE 16 BROWN/GREEN 16 WHITE/BLACK 18 WHITE/RED 18 PINK/TAN 18 RED/WHITE 18 TWR A B C D E F AUX IN PD2 - C27AUX AUX IN PU2 - C35HRPM AUX IN PU1 FUEL PUMP - C135FP GROUND - GND RELAY FUSED POWER - C21IGN 7 MTRTWR6 15A BATT+ 2 ALTERNATOR RED 12 RED 16 F3 PINK/DK GREEN 16 15A S-60 • S-65 RED 12 RED 16 A PINK/DK GREEN 16 B ALTERNATOR 8 6-5 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics GM 3.0L Engine Wire Harness July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV A Ford LRG-425 EFI Engine Wire Harness N M INJ + INJ 1 INJ 3 INJ 4 INJ 2 INJ 5 INJ 6 AUX OUT 2 EGR AUX ANA PD1 MAP FPP 1 IAT ECT IVS AUX ANA PU1 FPP 2 EGR PWM EGR RECIRC POWER GROUND POWER GROUND ANA_RTN 5 VOLT REF VSW CRANK CRANK + CAM CAM + VBAT VBAT EGO 2 EGO 1 EGO 3 KNK + KNK - L SPK PWR GROUND COIL 1 COIL 2 COIL 3 COIL 4 COIL 5 COIL 6 STARTER LOCKOUT FUEL LOCKOFF FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL TPS1 TPS2 DBW + DBW BRAKE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE TACH MIL FUEL PUMP MON AUX OUT 1 FUEL SELECT AUX ANA PU2 GOV SELECT 1 GOV SELECT 2 ROAD SPEED + ROAD SPEED GASEOUS TRIM OVERSPEED CAN + CAN RS 485 + RS 485 RS 232 TX RS 232 RX TWR A B J I H G 6 361 R 16 361 R 16 7 555 T 16 555 T 16 8 557 BR-Y 16 557 BR-Y 16 9 558 BR-LB 16 558 BR-LB 16 10 556 W 16 F E 361 R 16 INJECTOR #1 743 GY 18 12 INJECTOR #3 C B 361 R 16 INJECTOR #4 INJECTOR #2 570 BK-W 16 359 GY-R 18 31 39 R-W 18 18 O-Y 18 19 198 DG-O 18 20 358 LG-BK 18 15 151 LB-BK 18 151 LB-BK 151 LB-BK 27 743 GY 18 307 BK-Y 18 307 BK-Y 18 28 354 LG-R 18 354 LG-R 18 ACT 359 GY-R 18 570 BK-W 16 17 307 BK-Y 18 18 150 DG-W 18 570 BK-W 16 ECT 16 114 LB-Y 18 22 352 BR-LG 18 23 360 BR-PK 18 1 570 BK-W 16 570 BK-W 16 2 570 BK-W 16 570 BK-W 16 13 359 GY-R 18 570 BK-W 16 14 351 BR-W 18 351 BR-W 18 3 16 R-LG 18 33 350 GY 18 32 349 DB 18 35 570 BK-W 12 570 BK-W 16 16 R-LG 18 F2 351 BR-W 18 C 358 LG-BK 18 358 LG-BK 18 359 GY-R 18 359 GY-R 18 570 BK-W 12 16 R-LG 18 361 R 14 TWR F1 30A 5A MAP_CONN 16 R-LG 18 F3 20A 361 R 14 361 R 12 A 18 O-Y 18 282 DB-O 18 198 DG-O 18 198 DG-O 18 4 361 R 16 150 DG-W 18 150 DG-W 18 5 361 R 16 114 LB-Y 18 114 LB-Y 18 25 392 R-LG 18 352 BR-LG 18 352 BR-LG 18 24 74 GY-LB 18 360 BR-PK 18 360 BR-PK 18 361 R 14 O2 SENSOR 26 30 361A R 16 361A R 16 570 BK-W 16 570 BK-W 16 O2 SENSOR 359 GY-R 18 359 GY-R 18 351 BR-W 18 351 BR-W 18 MTRTWR6 MTRSHD6 355 GY-W 18 357 Y-W 18 74 GY-LB 18 392 R-LG 18 151 LB-BK 18 359 GY-R 18 359 GY-R 18 317 GY-O 18 359 GY-R 18 351 BR-W 18 4 570 BK-W 16 1 850 Y-BK 18 2 851 Y-R 18 3 TWR 361A R 16 1 COIL 1 2 VBAT 3 COIL 2 13 1 2 3 A B 242 DG 18 25 SHD TWR A A B B C C D D E E F F 16 R-LG 18 THROTTLE 355 GY-W 18 357 Y-W 18 151 LB-BK 18 317 GY-O 18 351 BR-W 18 359 GY-R 18 FUEL PUMP RELAY 6 5 4 1 3 2 86 32 R-LB 16 86 16 WATER TEMP 14 FPP1 34 GROUND 1 VSW 9 VBATT D 351 BR-W 18 C 669 DG-W 18 B 458 O-BK 18 A 3 87 87 32 ANA AUX PD1 37 ANA AUX PU1 12 FPP2 40 EGR PWM 41 EGR REC 33 ANA RTN 32 R-LB 16 87A RTN FPP_COMM 787A PK-BK 16 4 31 VREF 13 STARTER CONTROL 87A 32 R-LB 16 85 38 EGR ANA IN 15 STARTER IN (INTERUPT) 39 STARTER IN (AUTOCRANK) 342 LG-P 18 359 GY-R 18 2 25 IVS STARTER RELAY 30 85 30 342 LG-P 18 361A R 16 LOCKOFF SOLENOID 24 18 O-Y 18 361 R 14 29 1 B 452 GY-R 18 CRANK FORD 42 PIN CONNECTOR 361 R 14 34 CAM A WATER TEMP 21 5 F4 15A 787A PK-BK 16 5 FUEL PUMP 5V TX RX TWR 86 POWER RELAY 30 22 342 LG-P 18 23 242 DG 18 9 926A LB-O 18 32 15 R-Y 18 30 355 GY-W 18 31 357 Y-W 18 28 151 LB-BK 18 29 317 GY-O 18 6 511 LG-R 18 511 LG-R 18 511 LG-R 18 7 253 DG-W 18 253 DG-W 18 253 DG-W 18 8 11 T-Y 18 11 T-Y 18 27 658 PK-LG 18 658 PK-LG 18 11 T-Y 18 10 238 DG-Y 18 238 DG-Y 18 5 71 O-LG 18 71 O-LG 18 14 72 Y-BK 18 72 Y-BK 18 15 148 Y-R 18 148 Y-R 18 16 306 T-LB 18 306 T-LB 18 306 T-LB 18 17 307 BK-Y 18 307 BK-Y 18 307 BK-Y 18 11 169 LG-BK 18 169 LG-BK 18 172 LB-R 18 172 LB-R 18 169 LG-BK 18 12 26 33 77 DB-Y 18 349A DB 18 349A DB 18 349A DB 18 18 662 DG-P 18 662 DG-P 18 662 DG-P 18 19 459 O-LG 18 459 O-LG 18 459 O-LG 18 20 642 DG-O 18 642 DG-O 18 642 DG-O 18 21 461 O 18 461 O 18 461 O 18 34 669 DG-W 18 669 DG-W 18 35 458 O-BK 18 458 O-BK 18 669 DG-W 18 458 O-BK 18 85 926A LB-O 18 15 R-Y 18 87 87A 361 R 16 F5 15A 361 R 16 6 OIL PRESSURE 253 DG-W 18 658 PK-LG 18 71 O-LG 18 72 Y-BK 18 148 Y-R 18 172 LB-R 18 570 BK-W 16 TRIM VALVE 361A R 16 77 DB-Y 18 361A R 16 D 361 R 16 556 W 16 11 J1 BLACK J2 GREY K 459 O-LG 18 361A R 16 662 DG-P 18 WPTWR2_GY MTRTWR4 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 TWR 4 BRAKE 26 OIL PRES 2 TACH 6 MIL 21 AUX OUT1 7 FUEL SELECT 10 AUX ANA PU2 7 24 GOV SELECT 1 23 GOV SELECT 2 35 ROADSPEED + 36 ROADSPEED 30 OVERSPEED 28 CAN + 29 CAN 11 RS 485+ 3 RS 48520 RS 232+ 8 18 RS 232- SHD PLUG (GROUND) A A B B C C PLUG (CAN -) D D PLUG (CAN +) PLUG (RELAY POWER) MTRSHD4 6-6 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ford LRG-425 EFI Engine Wire Harness C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK 1 C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW FOOTSW. HIGH GENERATOR ON C1P-9 C2P-7 C2P-6 LIGHTS C2P-1 C1P-2 C7P-2 C1P-1 C1P-7 FUEL SELECT C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT LP GAS C41RPM OR/BK ENGINE START AUXILIARY PUMP C28TTA RD/BK WH RD BK C2P-5 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENABLE C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C2B-6 C1B-7 C2B-3 FUEL SELECT C2B-1 DLITE GR/BK C2P-10 C2P-9 C39LP BL/RD LP GAS C33STR BK ENGINE START AUXILIARY PUMP C27AUX RD P23BAT WH C28TTA RD/BK C46HRN GR C1P-1 C7B-2 C1P-2 C2B-5 TB33 D12 C7B-1 P134FB WH RD C5-12 C4B-12 RD C5-18 C5-8 C4B-11 C21HM WH C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22HRN BK C5-11 C5-9 C5-10 C5-6 C5-2 C5-13 C5-5 C5-19 C45GEN GR/WH R33STR BK WH RD R46HRN BK L29 R21IGN WH C116 OR C127SW GR C35HRPM BK/RD BRN C135FP BL/WH C21IGN WH C128LRPM OR/RD C39LP BL/RD C41RPM OR/BK C27AUX RD C108ESL BL/WH C33STR BK P23BAT WH BRN BRN GM HARNESS BK C6-9 C5-4 GM HARNESS GM HARNESS C5-1 H2 NO M1 FAN P22BAT BK C2B-6 P116HYD RD HM _ M2 C SW3 GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HOUR METER GM CONN8 GM CONN8 GM CONN8 GM CONN8 GM CONN6 GM CONN6 GM CONN6 GM CONN6 GM CONN4 RUN/TEST SWITCH A B E D F E D C B F GM CONN10 GM CONN10 GM CONN10 CHECK ENGINE LED J A STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) Part No. 77828 + STARTER AUX PUMP B2 C7P-1 P134PWR TB21 L29 S8 S CR23 C21IGN WH FLD. FB1 I + 7 FUEL PUMP REGULATOR A 12V DC M4 + NO B A STA. PR1 CR5 CR17 NO 86 FUSE 10A C2P-6 C7B-4 6 S-60 • S-65 6-7 P20BAT RD 8 LINK BAT. 85 87a 87 TS64 L2 FUSE 30 GND. NO NO ALTERNATOR TB35 P134PWR TB24 CR23 CR1 D1 D3 TB39 P134PWR TB27 PBOX GND TS54 TS53 D10 TS52 D13 TB45 TB41 TB23 RD 5 D14 TB46 CB3 15A TB20 D2 RD RD TS51 C22LS RD L30 TS4 TS47 TS48 ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS2 L30 KS1 P1 H1 D4 4 TB22 TB134 CB2 P3 HORN WH(FS) TS3 TS1 2 FS1 D11 P24FS WH RD WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD(FS) BK(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 RD N M L K J I H G F E D C B A PLAT RD 15A 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV B Electrical Schematic, S-60 GM 3.0L Models GRND - Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV B C28TTA RD/BK 1 DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT 3 BL BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 4 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM C4B-4 BOOM C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C13DE BL/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 C40LS OR P22LS BK C15PLD OR/BK C14PLU OR C59CNK BL/BK C4P-2 C3P-11 C4P-3 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 TB5 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 PLATFROM LEVEL C4B-6 C4B-5 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK BK RD C25-2 C28-2 C26-2 RD C28-1 C25-1 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 3 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6-8 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 7 U4 2 TB22 CR34 4 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL UP DOWN C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR PLATFROM ROTATE C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 6 4 14 TB3 1 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO NC 14 TB2 H4 TB59 LS1 NO HC 13 22 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 P26ESTP BK DOWN UP C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE C4P-5 RIGHT LEFT D29 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB36 TB4 TB6 TB9 D30 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB40 14 TB14 CR34 TB134 TB8 13 TB15 TB118 D28 L46 H3 RIGHT LEFT TS57 LS2 NO NC TB18 5 TB17 TS59 R16 10 4 TS62 TS61 TS63 R4 5 R14 5 L1 3 CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD D27 D9 RD RD L47 3 TS9 TS7 TS14 TS15 JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 2 CR27 NC P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 GM 3.0L Models July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 GM 3.0L Models Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 GM 3.0L Models 6-9 BRN BK-33D BK-33D RD-24C S-60 • S-65 BK C5-5 BK/RD-TS63 8 Part No. 77828 GR/BK-TS57 A WH C11-2 BRN BRN C37-2 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 L M ENGINE C5 D29 GROUND BOLT B 45 46R 118 132 133 K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A BRN-GND 45 46R 118 132 133 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 59 134 RETRACT BOOM LED C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 RD-24D P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 59 +12V DC POWER J WH-L46+ 46 41 HORN ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 41 #1 C5 #2 F.H. 46 40 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 C35HS BK/RD C5-18 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C39LP BL/RD C5-10 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C11 GR-CR5 39 BOOM STOWED 40 37 STEER LEFT 37 LIQUID PROPANE FUEL 36 STEER RIGHT 36 39 35 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 34 (UNUSED) 34 35 33 ENGINE START 33 P20BAT RD BRN I BL/RD-TS53 RD-TS54 BK-TS52 32 31 BRAKE DRIVE REVERSE 31 32 30 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 H WH/RD-ALRM 29 MOTOR STROKE DRIVE FORWARD 30 28 TILT ALARM 28 29 26 27 (UNUSED) AUXILARY PUMP C5 #2 F.H. 27 25 (UNUSED) 25 #1 26 23 24 KEY SWITCH POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 23 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 24 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 P22BAT BK C7B-1 C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 TS64 RUN/TEST SWITCH G C5-6 RD RD-TS51 WH-KS RD-CR1 RD-134D 21 IGNITION POWER 20 +12V DC POWER 21 19 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE F.H. 19 #2 20 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 15 17 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 14 17 15 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 13 DRIVE ENABLE 14 44 JIB BBOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 9 13 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 44 9 BRN C5-8 GR F WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS 7 8 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 8 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 4 5 #1 GR-TS57 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 4 5 3 A D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 WH/BK-TS62 BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 BOOM DOWN B 2 3 2 1 BOOM UP TERMINAL BASE (TB) 1 RD/WH-R16 BRN 1 C WH-TS62 BK-22C1 C R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD D 5 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 BRN RD-CB3 C21IGN WH CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION 3 GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS C2B-5 GR CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION OR C5-1 B BRN F.H. 4 CR5 HORN RELAY 6 BK-46R C5 A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B GM 3.0L Models N FUNCTION HARNESS F.H. BRN-TS64 BRN C7B-3 BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 C5 #2 F.H. D30 July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 GM 3.0L Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) D9 RD RD TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) 1 RD RD D4 RD RD TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL RD GR/WH-19D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D GR-17D 3 4 BK/RD-35D RD-20C CB2 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A CB3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD RD CR22 RD CR17 RD-20C BK-33D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D RD C32-7 BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BL/RD-39D BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH-CR34 RD/WH 5 RD RD RD RD RD LABEL RD BRN TS52 ENGINE START D14 RD RD TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 2 HOUR METER 1 NC RD 1 NC RD WH-21D BRN BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD/WH-R16 CR34 BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD TS53 FUEL SELECT + RD/WH OR RD RD RD/BK-2D BL/WH-38 BRN-GND + L46 LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM LED BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE LED WH-21D WH-23 RD R14 UP/DOWN RESISTOR GR/BK-H6- BRN D2 4 3 - B B1 2 WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 1 KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD/WH-TB3D RD RD/WH RD RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH RD-27D RD WH RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD RD-20C RD 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH GR/BK-18D RD GR-17D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD RD/WH RD RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD RD RD-1 - + RD RD/BK-2 RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 DESCRIPTION CB2 CB3 CR1 CR5 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY SERVICE HORN RELAY CR17 CR22 CR34 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS53 TS54 TS57 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 TS64 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH RUN/TEST TOGGLE SWITCH SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 8 6 - 10 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 GM 3.0L Models Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 GM 3.0L Models * NOTE: WIRE CONNECTS TO JC3-6 FOR STEER ROCKER SWITCH OPTION. C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ CWLITE WH TS49 C134PWR RD LS18 OPT. C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) F.S. RD/BK-28 RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT OPTION C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P24FS WH C9P-2 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129JDA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CHK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 C7P P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 C7P CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 C4P TS7 WH TS1 WH 1 P26ESTP BK C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C16DRE BL/RD C4P-1 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C3P BRN Part No. 77828 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36STCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37STC BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 BRN 19/18 CONTROL CABLE P24FS WH 1 LS18 (CE) FOOT SWITCH + P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN TS15 BL/WH TS15 B BL/BK TS14 RD/WH DRE LED BL/RD BRN C134PWR RD LS18 RD/BK-L4- 11 JIB 12V DC BATTERY H1 TILT ALARM 9 BK C1P-12 C3P C7P C9 D39 3 CWLITE BK BRN C2P 6 C4P BATGRN C7P-3 WH/RD C1P-6 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 1 J3 CR27 CR30 5 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOTSWITCH CONNECTOR 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK H1 C7P C9 C1P-C4P PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 J1 C7P 8 RD LS18 CABLE 7 S-60 • S-65 6 - 11 CWLITE WH TS49 4 BRN BRN DESCRIPTION ITEM 1 ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 2 REV B Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A U13 ALC-500 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics GM 3.0L Models July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 GM 3.0L Models N M L K J I H G F E D C PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) TS48 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) JC2 BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT DLITE RD RD BK JC1 7 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 6 3 BRN 3 2 + 2 BRN BK BK WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK RD BRN RD TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) P22BAT BK C7P-1 P26BAT BK J3-3 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ BK TS15 C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 PDLITE RD P24FS WH C9-2 C35HS BK/RD C1P-9 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 BK C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C17PRL GR C4P-5 WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 WH DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH 2 3 6 WH TS3 FUEL SELECT 3 TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS7 5 1 1 7 1 NC NC NC P3 HORN BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 1 4 F18 FUSE 10A (WORKLIGHT ONLY) C28TTA RD/BK H1C133PLA GR/BK D39 C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BK BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 NO JC1 BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) BK BRN BRN D12 4 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE 1 RD BRN COMPONENT INDEX JC2 2 + BK BRN A 3 + BRN WH 4 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) L1 DRIVE ENABLE 1 L47 RETRACT BOOM 6 RD 4 BK 4 7 5 BK 5 L48 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPT.) BK 5 1 TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 6 JC3 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT + B TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM TS2 ENGINE START TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) 2 2 D11 2 P2 EMERGENCY STOP BK WH-24 RD RD RD RD 8 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 12 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 GM 3.0L Models C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK 1 C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW FOOTSW. HIGH GENERATOR ON C1P-9 C2P-7 C2P-6 LIGHTS C2P-1 C1P-2 C7P-2 C1P-1 C1P-7 FUEL SELECT C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT LP GAS C41RPM OR/BK ENGINE START AUXILIARY PUMP C28TTA RD/BK WH RD BK C2P-5 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENABLE C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C2B-6 C1B-7 C2B-3 FUEL SELECT C2B-1 DLITE GR/BK C2P-10 C2P-9 C39LP BL/RD LP GAS C33STR BK ENGINE START AUXILIARY PUMP C27AUX RD P23BAT WH C28TTA RD/BK C46HRN GR C1P-1 C7B-2 C1P-2 C2B-5 TB33 D12 C7B-1 P134FB WH RD C5-12 C4B-12 RD C5-18 C5-8 C4B-11 C21HM WH C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22HRN BK C5-11 C5-9 C5-10 C5-6 C5-2 C5-13 C5-5 C5-19 C45GEN GR/WH R33STR BK WH RD R46HRN BK L29 R21IGN WH C116 OR C127SW GR C35HRPM BK/RD BRN C135FP BL/WH C21IGN WH C128LRPM OR/RD C39LP BL/RD C41RPM OR/BK C27AUX RD C108ESL BL/WH C33STR BK P23BAT WH BRN BRN GM HARNESS BK C6-9 C5-4 GM HARNESS GM HARNESS C5-1 H2 NO M1 FAN P22BAT BK C2B-6 P116HYD RD HM _ M2 C SW3 GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HOUR METER GM CONN8 GM CONN8 GM CONN8 GM CONN8 GM CONN6 GM CONN6 GM CONN6 GM CONN6 GM CONN4 RUN/TEST SWITCH A B E D F E D C B F GM CONN10 GM CONN10 GM CONN10 CHECK ENGINE LED J A STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) Part No. 77828 + STARTER AUX PUMP B2 C7P-1 P134PWR TB21 L29 S8 S CR23 C21IGN WH FLD. FB1 I + 7 FUEL PUMP REGULATOR A 12V DC M4 + NO B A STA. PR1 CR5 CR17 NO 86 FUSE 10A C2P-6 C7B-4 6 S-60 • S-65 6 - 13 P20BAT RD 8 LINK BAT. 85 87a 87 TS64 L2 FUSE 30 GND. NO NO ALTERNATOR TB35 P134PWR TB24 CR23 CR1 D1 D3 TB39 P134PWR TB27 PBOX GND TS54 TS53 D10 TS52 D13 TB45 TB41 TB23 RD 5 D14 TB46 CB3 15A TB20 D2 RD RD TS51 C22LS RD L30 TS4 TS47 TS48 ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS2 L30 KS1 P1 H1 D4 4 TB22 TB134 CB2 P3 HORN WH(FS) TS3 TS1 2 FS1 D11 P24FS WH RD WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD(FS) BK(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 RD N M L K J I H G F E D C B A PLAT RD 15A 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV C Electrical Schematic, S-65 GM 3.0L Models GRND - Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV C C28TTA RD/BK DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN 15 8 16 7 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 YOUT 5 4 PWR 3 1 3 YEL OR BRN 1 2 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM C4B-4 BOOM C118LSR OR/RD C4B-1 WH C13DE BL/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-8 C3P-9 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C11-2 J1 F.H. WH C3B-1 C3B-2 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 TB5 C4B-2 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK BK RD C25-2 C28-2 C26-2 RD C28-1 C25-1 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH 3 C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 14 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 GND 2 7 6 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND PWR 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 4 C2P-2 C40LS OR P22LS BK C59CNK BL/BK C14PLU OR C3P-11 C4P-2 C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK C15PLD OR/BK C14PLU OR 14 2 TB22 CR34 4 C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 1 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO NC 13 14 22 LS1 NO HC NO 14 TB36 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 4 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4B-3 D29 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB2 2 P26ESTP BK DOWN UP C15PLD OR/BK C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-7 C3B-10 C4P-3 UP C129JDA BL LEFT RIGHT DOWN C3P-10 C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C4P-6 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT RD RD TB4 TB6 TB3 D9 R4 5 R14 5 C19JSV GR/WH TB15 14 TB14 TB18 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS2 NO NC 13 TB40 3 C4P-7 TB19 TB9 D30 5 TB17 CR34 TB134 TB44 TS62 TS61 TS63 R16 10 TB118 D28 L46 H3 RIGHT C19JSV GR/WH TS59 CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION J1 J1 J1 J1 TS14 TS15 4 TS58 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD D27 J3 CR30 NO JIB VALVE TS57 L47 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 NC CR13 L1 WH JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 1 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 GM 3.0L Models BRN July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 GM 3.0L Models Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 GM 3.0L Models 6 - 15 BRN BK-33D BK-33D RD-24C S-60 • S-65 BK C5-5 BK/RD-TS63 8 Part No. 77828 GR/BK-TS57 A WH C11-2 BRN BRN C37-2 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 L M ENGINE C5 D29 GROUND BOLT B 45 46R 118 132 133 K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A BRN-GND 45 46R 118 132 133 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 59 134 RETRACT BOOM LED C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 RD-24D P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 59 +12V DC POWER J WH-L46+ 46 41 HORN ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 41 #1 C5 #2 F.H. 46 40 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 C35HS BK/RD C5-18 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C39LP BL/RD C5-10 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C11 GR-CR5 39 BOOM STOWED 40 37 STEER LEFT 37 LIQUID PROPANE FUEL 36 STEER RIGHT 36 39 35 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 34 (UNUSED) 34 35 33 ENGINE START 33 P20BAT RD BRN I BL/RD-TS53 RD-TS54 BK-TS52 32 31 BRAKE DRIVE REVERSE 31 32 30 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 H WH/RD-ALRM 29 MOTOR STROKE DRIVE FORWARD 30 28 TILT ALARM 28 29 26 27 (UNUSED) AUXILARY PUMP C5 #2 F.H. 27 25 (UNUSED) 25 #1 26 23 24 KEY SWITCH POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 23 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 24 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 P22BAT BK C7B-1 C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 TS64 RUN/TEST SWITCH G C5-6 RD RD-TS51 WH-KS RD-CR1 RD-134D 21 IGNITION POWER 20 +12V DC POWER 21 19 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE F.H. 19 #2 20 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 15 17 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 14 17 15 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 13 DRIVE ENABLE 14 44 JIB BBOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 9 13 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 44 9 BRN C5-8 GR F WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS 7 8 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 8 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 4 5 #1 GR-TS57 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 4 5 3 A D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 WH/BK-TS62 BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 BOOM DOWN B 2 3 2 1 BOOM UP TERMINAL BASE (TB) 1 RD/WH-R16 BRN 1 C WH-TS62 BK-22C1 C R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD D 5 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 BRN RD-CB3 C21IGN WH CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION 3 GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS C2B-5 GR CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION OR C5-1 B BRN F.H. 4 CR5 HORN RELAY 6 BK-46R C5 A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B GM 3.0L Models N FUNCTION HARNESS F.H. BRN-TS64 BRN C7B-3 BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 C5 #2 F.H. D30 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV B Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 GM 3.0L Models I H G F E C B GR/BK RD D28 RD C19JSV GR/WH 3 GR/WH-19D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR-17D GR/BK-18D TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN GR RD BL-44D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D BK-7D RD-1D BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT RD RD/WH-CR34 RD/BK-2D RD BK/RD-35D 5 RD RD-20C RD-20C RD RD/WH LABEL RD RD RD CB2 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD CB3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD/WH WH-23 RD-20C BK-33D RD CR22 RD CR17 RD C32-7 TS53 FUEL SELECT - + BL/RD-39D RD BL/WH-38 BRN-GND L2 CHECK ENGINE LED WH-21D WH-23D 4 3 D2 RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B B1 2 1 KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD/WH-TB3D RD OR RD RD TS52 ENGINE START BRN D14 2 RD TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE NC 2 D13 NC HOUR METER 1 RD 1 RD WH-21D BRN BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD/WH-R16 CR34 BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% GR/BK-H6- BRN + L46 LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM LED BL/BK-59D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 WH RD-27D OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% WH RD/WH RD RD GR GR/BK 4 RD R16 BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL RD RD 2 RD D4 RD RD R14 UP/DOWN RESISTOR GR-17D RD RD RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% GR/BK GR/BK-18D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD RD/WH RD RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD RD RD-1 - + RD RD/BK-2 A 1 D9 RD RD D BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) J TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE K TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 DESCRIPTION CB2 CB3 CR1 CR5 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY SERVICE HORN RELAY CR17 CR22 CR34 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS53 TS54 TS57 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS TS58 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 TS64 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH RUN/TEST TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH 8 6 - 16 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 GM 3.0L Models Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 GM 3.0L Models BRN BRN * NOTE: WIRE CONNECTS TO JC3-6 FOR STEER ROCKER SWITCH OPTION. C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOTSWITCH CONNECTOR 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK H1 C7P C9 C1P-C4P CWLITE WH TS49 WH BK C134PWR RD LS18 JIB JIB OPT. C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) F.S. RD/BK-28 RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT OPTION C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P24FS WH C9P-2 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129JDA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CHK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 C7P P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 C7P CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 C4P TS7 WH TS1 WH 1 P26ESTP BK C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C16DRE BL/RD C4P-1 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C3P BRN Part No. 77828 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36STCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37STC BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 BRN 19/18 CONTROL CABLE P24FS WH 1 LS18 (CE) FOOT SWITCH + P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN TS15 BL/WH TS15 B BL/BK BRN DRE LED BL/RD TS14 RD/WH RD/BK-L4- CWLITE BK 11 JIB 12V DC BATTERY H1 TILT ALARM 9 BK C1P-12 C3P C7P C9 D39 3 C134PWR RD LS18 BRN C2P 6 C4P BATGRN C7P-3 WH/RD C1P-6 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 1 J3 CR27 CR30 ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 2 DESCRIPTION ITEM 1 5 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 J1 C7P 8 RD LS18 CABLE 7 S-60 • S-65 6 - 17 CWLITE WH TS49 4 REV B Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A U13 ALC-500 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics GM 3.0L Models July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 GM 3.0L Models N M L K J I H G F E D C PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) TS48 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) JC2 BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT DLITE RD RD BK JC1 7 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 6 3 BRN 2 + BRN 1 2 L1 DRIVE ENABLE 1 JIB BOOM CUTOUT + BRN BK BRN BRN BK F18 FUSE 10A (WORKLIGHT ONLY) C28TTA RD/BK H1C133PLA GR/BK D39 BK WH TS8 JIB BOOM TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE GR/BK D27 RD DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) P22BAT BK C7P-1 P26BAT BK J3-3 RD TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS7 TS8 2 3 5 1 1 6 7 1 NC NC NC P3 HORN BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 4 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ BK TS15 C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 PDLITE RD NO RD BRN C35HS BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 BK C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 WH-JIB C129JDA BL C3P-10 C19JSV GR/WH C17PRL GR C4P-5 WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 P24FS WH TS3 FUEL SELECT GR 3 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE JC1 1 WH D12 4 WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BK BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WH-JIB WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 WH JC2 1 RD BRN COMPONENT INDEX JIB BOOM CUTOUT RELAY 2 + BK BRN 3 A CR13 BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) CR13 L47 RETRACT BOOM 4 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) 3 BRN 6 RD 4 BK 4 7 5 BK 5 L48 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPT.) BK 5 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT + TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 6 JC3 B TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM TS2 ENGINE START TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) 2 2 D11 2 P2 EMERGENCY STOP BK WH-24 RD RD RD 8 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION, REPLACE WIRE WITH CR27 & CR30 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 18 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 GM 3.0L Models RD RD C7P-1 RD ENGINE SPEED GENERATOR DRIVELIGHT WH WH WORKLIGHT FUEL SELECT C41RPM OR/BK ENGINE START C2B-6 D12 C1P-9 C2P-7 C2P-4 C2P-1 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 BK C2P-5 H1 C7B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP C28TTA RD/BK WH RD P22BAT BK P134PWR GR/BK C2P-6 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C2B-7 FUNCTION ENABLE C45GEN GR/WH C2B-4 HIGH RPM LOW RPM DLITE OR/RD BK BK C39LP BL/RD FUEL SELECT C33STR BK ENGINE START C2B-1 C2B-3 C1B-7 AUXILIARY PUMP C27AUX RD P23BAT WH C28TTA RD/BK C46HRN GR C1P-1 C7B-2 C1P-2 C2B-5 BL/WH C21IGN WH C5-19 C5-11 C5-9 C5-10 C5-18 C5-2 C5-5 C5-12 C25PSR WH/BK C26TSR WH/RD RD RD C45GEN GR/WH BR P23BAT WH FEH(16) PIN1 C21IGN WH FEH(71) PIN21 C128RPM OR/RD FEH(306) PIN24 C108ESL BL/WH FEH(658) PIN6 C127TSW GR FEH(458) PIN18 C39LP BL/RD FEH(72) PIN7 C35RPM BK/RD FEH(307A) PIN23 P20BAT RD FEH(361) PIN9 (GND) BR FEH(570) PIN34 C41RPM OR/BK FEH(11) PIN2 BK C6-9 C5-4 C5-1 BRN BRN BK R33STR BK FEH(32) PIN15 C33STR BK FEH(32) PIN13 BL/WH FEH(787A) PIN5 R46HRN BK P134FB WH RD WH C135FP BL/WH C33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTS RD C46HRN GR P22HRN BK R21IGN WH C116 OR 510 NO G1 P116HYD RD C107AF WH H2 M1 FAN OIL PRESSURE SENDER (OPTION) VOLT METER (OPTION) WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER (OPTION) HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION HOUR METER CHECK ENGINE LED RUN/TEST SWITCH IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HORN RELAY HORN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 + 6 - 19 C SW3 FORD 42 PIN QUICK DISCONNECT L29 L29 HM _ M4 M2 TB35 CR39 G2 G3 L2 C5-3 8 + FUEL PUMP STARTER AUX PUMP FB1 B1 CR17 S8 TB46R I R6 S P134PWR RD C7B-4 FLD. P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P20BAT RD REGULATOR A 12V DC 7 CR23 NO C5-8 GR C5-13 BL/WH NO B A STA. PR1 CR5 NO 86 30 GND. 85 87a 87 FUSE 10A BAT. LINK C21IGN WH TB21 C21IGN WH TS64 ALTERNATOR FUSE 6 TB33 CR2 CR2 NO CR1 NO TB39 BL/RD RD CR39 NC TB24 P24BAT RD RD D13 TB20 D4 TS53 L30 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS49 TS3 TS54 D10 TS52 D14 RD TB27 TB23 TB46 TB45 TB134 CB3 15A 5 RD RD TS51 PLATFORM BOX GROUND D2 TB41 CB1 15A D3 4 TS1 L30 PLAT RD 15A TB134 TB22 P1 CB2 3 L48 P3 WH(FS) BK(FS) FUSE 10A P24FS WH RD WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD(FS) FS1 C9P-1 BK P2 D11 TS2 2 C28TTA RD/BK 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. C1B & C1P - GRAY; C2B & C2P - BLACK; 2 C3B & C3P - GREEN; C4B & C4P - BROWN. N M L K J I H G F E D C B A P22LS BK P134PWR RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK NOTES: 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV A Electrical Schematic, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) KS1 GRND C35RPM BK/RD - Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD 3 BL BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE2 BL/BK LEFT CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 C7P-3 C2P-3 C1P-4 C1P-5 C1P-6 C1P-3 C1P-11 C1P-10 C3P-4 C3P-6 C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-7 C3P-8 C4P-4 C4P-1 BATGND C41RPM OR/BK C30FWD WH C31REV WH/BK C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36STCC BL C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD PRIMARY BOOM TURNTABLE ROTATE C5TRR WH/BK RIGHT LEFT UP DOWN C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK C3PBF RD/WH C9PER BK/RD C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH EXTEND BOOM C4B-4 RETRACT C118LSR OR/RD C4B-1 J1 F.H. WH WH C13DE BL/RD C11-2 C40LS OR C7B-3 C2B-3 C1B-4 C1B-5 C1B-6 C1B-3 C1B-11 C1B-10 C3B-6 C3B-4 C3B-5 C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 TB5 C4B-2 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-3 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK UP DOWN C4B-5 C4B-6 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK BK RD C25-2 C28-2 C26-2 RD C28-1 C25-1 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C37-1 C38-3 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK 3 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 20 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 U4 2 TB22 CR34 C2P-2 C3P-11 C4P-2 C4P-3 C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 7 4 6 1 14 TB2 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 14 LS17 NC HO 22 LS1 LS3 NO NC 13 14 21 NO HC NO 14 TB3 D30 21 LS5 NC 22 13 LS5 13 4 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE PLATFROM ROTATE D29 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB36 TB4 TB6 TB9 14 TB14 5 R16 10 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 13 TB40 TB15 CR34 TB134 LS2 NO NC TB18 UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT C4P-5 TS57 L46 H3 RIGHT LEFT TB17 TS59 TB118 D28 4 TS62 TS61 TS63 R4 5 R14 5 L1 3 CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD D27 D9 RD RD L47 3 TS9 TS7 TS14 TS15 JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 2 P26ESTP BK CR27 NC P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK C28TTA RD/BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) P134PWR RD RD RD C7P-1 ENGINE SPEED C1P-9 C2P-7 C2P-4 C2P-1 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 BK C2P-5 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C2B-7 FUNCTION ENABLE C45GEN GR/WH C2B-4 HIGH RPM LOW RPM DLITE OR/RD BK BK C39LP BL/RD FUEL SELECT C33STR BK ENGINE START C2B-1 C2B-3 C1B-7 AUXILIARY PUMP C27AUX RD P23BAT WH C28TTA RD/BK C46HRN GR C1P-1 C7B-2 C1P-2 C2B-5 BL/WH C21IGN WH C5-19 C5-11 C5-9 C5-10 C5-18 C5-2 C5-5 C5-12 C25PSR WH/BK C26TSR WH/RD RD RD C45GEN GR/WH BR P23BAT WH FEH(16) PIN1 C21IGN WH FEH(71) PIN21 C128RPM OR/RD FEH(306) PIN24 C108ESL BL/WH FEH(658) PIN6 C127TSW GR FEH(458) PIN18 C39LP BL/RD FEH(72) PIN7 C35RPM BK/RD FEH(307A) PIN23 WH RD R21IGN WH R46HRN BK P134FB WH BK C6-9 C5-4 C5-1 BRN BRN BK R33STR BK FEH(32) PIN15 C33STR BK FEH(32) PIN13 BL/WH FEH(787A) PIN5 P20BAT RD FEH(361) PIN9 (GND) BR FEH(570) PIN34 C41RPM OR/BK FEH(11) PIN2 C135FP BL/WH C33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTS RD C46HRN GR P22HRN BK + GENERATOR DRIVELIGHT WH WH WORKLIGHT FUEL SELECT C41RPM OR/BK ENGINE START D12 H1 C7B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP C28TTA RD/BK WH RD P22BAT BK C2B-6 C116 OR 510 NO RD P134PWR GR/BK C2P-6 P116HYD RD C107AF WH H2 SW3 M1 FAN OIL PRESSURE SENDER (OPTION) VOLT METER (OPTION) WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER (OPTION) HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION HOUR METER CHECK ENGINE LED RUN/TEST SWITCH IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HORN RELAY HORN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 + 6 - 21 C FORD 42 PIN QUICK DISCONNECT L29 L29 HM _ M4 M2 CR19 FUEL PUMP STARTER AUX PUMP FB1 B1 S8 TB46R I R6 S 7 CR17 G1 C5-3 FLD. P26ESTP BK P22LS BK C7B-4 8 P20BAT RD REGULATOR A 12V DC CR23 NO C5-8 GR C5-13 BL/WH NO B A STA. PR1 CR5 NO 86 30 GND. 85 87a 87 FUSE 10A BAT. LINK 6 D14 RD G2 G3 L2 TS64 ALTERNATOR FUSE CR2 CR2 NO C21IGN WH TB21 C21IGN WH TB35 CR39 CR1 NO TB39 TB33 CR39 NC TB24 P24BAT RD RD TB20 5 TS53 D13 TB45 TB134 CB3 15A TB27 TB23 TB46 BL/RD RD CB1 15A D4 FUSE 10A TS54 D10 TS52 PLATFORM BOX GROUND TB41 D2 D3 4 RD RD TS51 L30 P1 3 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS49 TS3 TS2 L30 PLAT RD 15A TB134 TB22 CB2 L48 P3 WH(FS) BK(FS) C9P-1 BK TS1 P24FS WH RD WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD(FS) FS1 P2 D11 2 C28TTA RD/BK 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. C1B & C1P - GRAY; C2B & C2P - BLACK; 2 C3B & C3P - GREEN; C4B & C4P - BROWN. N M L K J I H G F E D C B A P22LS BK P134PWR RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK NOTES: 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV A Electrical Schematic, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) KS1 GRND C35RPM BK/RD - Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN 15 8 16 7 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 3 YEL OR BRN 10 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C5TRR WH/BK C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD PRIMARY BOOM C11-2 BOOM J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C4B-4 RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 C40LS OR C15PLD OR/BK C14PLU OR C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 TB5 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C4P-2 C3P-11 C4P-3 UP DOWN C18JD/PRR GR/BK RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK BK RD C25-2 C28-2 C26-2 RD C28-1 C25-1 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 22 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 GND 2 1 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 1 2 3 4 4 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-5 C17JU/PRL GR C129 RD/BK BK GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH P26ESTP BK DOWN UP LEFT C17JU/PRL GR PLATFROM ROTATE 14 3 TB22 CR34 4 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 BK BRN 1 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO HC 13 14 22 LS2 NO HC NO 14 H4 TB59 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 2 L46 H3 RIGHT LEFT D29 TB30 TB36 TB4 TB3 L1 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB2 14 TB14 TB18 TB6 TB9 D30 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC 13 TB40 TB15 CR19 CR34 TB134 R16 10 TB13 R4 7.5 R2 5 1 C28TTA RD/BK 5 TB17 RIGHT C4P-5 TS57 TB118 D28 D9 R14 5 4 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 3 RD RD L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD D27 2 CR27 NC TS14 TS15 JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS7 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) 6 - 23 BK-33C RD-24C S-60 • S-65 BK C5-5 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES 8 WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) Part No. 77828 WH-23C A WH C10-2 BRN BRN C37-2 OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C108ESL BL/WH C5-13 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 L ENGINE FUNCTIONS HARNESS C5 D29 C9 (LS3) C11 (LS2) LS17 (C38) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 M GROUND BOLT B 45 46R 118 132 133 134 GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTS RD A BRN-GND 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V DC (2) 59 46 +12V DC POWER K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B BL/WH-L2- HORN RETRACT BOOM LED 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V DC (1) 59 46 40 41 BOOM STOWED ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 40 41 39 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C35RPM BK/RD C5-18 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C36SCC BL C24-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C39LP BL/RD C5-10 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 36 37 LIQUID PROPANE FUEL (LPG) STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT 36 37 35 39 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 34 35 33 34 ENGINE START (UNUSED) 33 #1 C5 #2 F.H. P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 31 32 BRAKE 32 P20BAT RD BRN J BL/BK-L46+ 30 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C11 GR-CR5 30 MOTOR STROKE DRIVE FORWARD 29 26 I BL/RD-TS53 RD-TS54 29 TILT ALARM 28 DRIVE REVERSE 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 31 27 (UNUSED) 26 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-CR1#86 BK-TS52 RD-CR39#86 RD-TS51 RD-CR2#86 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12 V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 TS64 RUN/TEST SWITCH G 25 (UNUSED) 24 23 22 25 23 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 22 21 22 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C128RPM OR/RD C5-9 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 P22BAT BK C7B-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C5 #2 F.H. 24 +12 V DC TO PLATFORM (2) KEY SWITCH POWER 22 20 #1 RD-CB1 IGNITION POWER +12 V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 21 18 19 BRN C5-8 GR F WH-CR39#30 WH-KS WH-CR2#87 WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS +12 V DC POWER 20 15 17 F.H. JIB SELECT VALVE PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB BOOM UP 14 13 44 #2 19 18 17 15 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 14 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 8 9 C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 GR/BK-TS57 JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 13 DRIVE ENABLE 44 PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FLOW CONTROL 6 7 A #1 GR-TS57 8 9 TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 5 4 3 2 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 6 7 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN 1 D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 5 4 3 2 TERMINAL BASE (TB) PRIMARY BOOM UP 2 WH/BK-TS62 BRN 1 1 RD/WH-R16 BK-22C1 C HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION C21IGN WH OR C5-1 C WH-TS62 D RD-24B RD-CB3 WH-C5-19 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 RD-27C C2B-4 OR/RD WH-C5-11 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION RELAY CR17 3 GR-46D WH-OPTIONS R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD CR23 WH C5-4 B BRN WH-21C CR5 F.H. CR39 4 HORN RELAY BK-46R C5 CR2 AUXILIARY POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 POWER RELAY 6 BRN BRN 5 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) N F.H. BRN-TS64 BRN C7B-3 BK C16-1 WH LS2 C11-2 C5 #2 F.H. D30 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) H G F E GR/WH-19D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD-24D BK/RD-35D 4 CB2 RD-20C RD-20C 5 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES RD OR RD-20D RD-24D CB1 RD BRN RD RD D14 FUNCTION ENABLE RD D13 2 TS54 2 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START 1 NC H.M. HOUR METER 1 RD WH-21D BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP RD/WH-R16 RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD BRN RD PRIMARY UP/DOWN RESISTOR R14 RD RD NC 2 TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D GR-17D RD-20C RD/WH RD A 3 RD-20D RD RD CR17 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 TS53 FUEL SELECT RD/WH WH-23 RD-20C BK-33D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D BK-7D RD-1D BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D BL/RD-39D RD - 4 + TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT RD RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6BK/RD C5-13 BRN-GND RD/WH-CR34 BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D B1 2 WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 1 B D2 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD/WH-TB3D RD BL/BK-59D C134PWR RD WH RD-27 WH RD-27D OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R16 RD RD B RD D4 RD RD RD/WH RD C19JSV GR/WH GR/BK-18D RD RD RD RD RD TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R4 WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD-1 RD/WH RD RD RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER RD/BK-2 - + RD WH C 1 D9 RD RD D GROUND CONTROL BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) I TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE J GR-17D K TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE L TS61 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N RD Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR5 CR17 CR23 CR34 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY CR39 HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS53 TS54 AUXILIARY POWER RELAY HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH TS64 RUN/TEST TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 8 6 - 24 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) 6 - 25 8 S-60 • S-65 WH-OPTIONS WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 BK-33C RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R2 WH/RD-R4 BK-46R PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM 133 D29 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 D30 C108ESL BL/WH C5-13 A C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 BRN C37-2 BL/WH -L2- 133 132 R46HRN BK WH C11-2 GROUND BOLT PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 132 118 FUNCTION HARNESS LS17 (C38) L C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) K OR/RD-118B B LIFT SPEED REDUCTION 118 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 +12V POWER C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 45 46R F.H. HORN RELAY POWER #2 F.H. GENERATOR OPTION P134TTS RD A #2 46R 134 C5 F.H. 45 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 C5 #2 BK-CR5 134 134 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 BRN-GND GR/WH C5-12 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 59 46 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C5-10 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C5-18 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH SERVICE HORN RETRACT BOOM LED 59 46 41 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 BRN P20BAT RD J BL/BK-L46+ ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP 41 40 39 37 36 35 34 33 32 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C11 GR-CR5 LIQUID PROPANE FUEL BOOM STOWED STEER RIGHT 37 40 STEER LEFT 36 39 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED (UNUSED) 34 35 START ENGINE 33 BRAKE 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 RD-CR2 #86 P23BAT WH C7B-2 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) I BL/RD TS53 RD-TS54 BK-TS52 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 P22LS17 BK C38-4 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) H BK-CR1 #86 WH/RD-ALRM 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 P22BAT BK C7B-1 #1 27 26 (UNUSED) 26 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C128RPM OR/RD C5-9 2 RD-TS51 25 (UNUSED) 25 24 23 22 22 21 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER RD/WH-3D 24 KEYSWITCH POWER +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) IGNITION POWER 22 21 20 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 TS64 RUN/TEST SWITCH G RD-CR19#86 RD-CB1 WH-KS WH-CR39 #30 BK-KS BK-CR5 +12 VOLT POWER 20 19 18 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C5-8 GR BRN F WH-HM WH-CR2 #87 JIB SELECT VALVE PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 15 17 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 #2 19 18 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 14 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 RD/BK-ALARM JDALARM BL C3B-10 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C4TRL WH C15-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C1PBU RD C12-1 C1PBU RD C3B-1 C5 RD-CB2 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 13 44 A F.H. GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 GR-TS57 14 DRIVE ENABLE 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 B #1 OR/BK-TS59 JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 13 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 44 9 8 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN 1 E GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 7 6 5 4 3 2 TERMINAL BASE (TB) PRIMARY BOOM UP D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-CR19 WH/BK-TS62 BK-22C1 1 RD-27C C C2B-4 OR/RD WH-TS62 GR-46D OR-LS17 C38-2 C21IGN WH 1 RD/WH-CR34 BK C5-5 C RD/BK-TS61 WH/RD-6D RD-CB3 R43DLITE2 RD RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION BRN D RD-24B OR C5-1 WH C5-4 B RD/BK-ALARM BRN RD-TS61 BRN RD/WH-R16 CR4 AUXILIARY POWER RELAY WH/RD-R4 WH-C5-19 CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY F.H. CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WH-OPTIONS WH/RD-R2 WH-C5-11 BRN WH-21C CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN WH-23C CR5 HORN RELAY 5 C32 C5 BRN A C32 6 RD CR2 POWER RELAY 4 WH-ISM9 BRN CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 REV A Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) M N F.H. BRN BRN-TS64 BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 #1 BRN C7B-3 C5 3 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) I H G F E D WH/RD WH/RD 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH GR/BK-18D RD RD/WH RD RD D4 RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 + RD RD RD RD-1 - RD D3 A BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) RD/WH TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE RD RD RD/BK-2 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER B 1 RD WH/RD C GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N WH/RD WH/RD RD GR-17D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-20C RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD/WH 4 RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D BK-33D CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 TS53 FUEL SELECT RD/WH WH-23 RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 WH-4D WH/BK-5D BK-7D RD-1D RD/WH-CR34#87a TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD - + BL/RD-39D RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND BK/RD C5-13 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D 2 B1 D2 4 WH RD RD/WH BL/BK-59D C134PWR RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL WH RD-27 WH RD-27D WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR 3 RD WH/RD WH/RD BRN RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A RD WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD-20D DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% 6 2 RD RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD BRN DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD WH/RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS53 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 26 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ REV A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 Y C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) JIB RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT DESCRIPTION H1 C7P C9 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOT SWITCH CONNECTOR 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH C1P-C4P U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 CWLITE WH TS49 C134PWR RD LS18 RD LS18 CABLE F.S. C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129DA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C13DE BL/RD C4P-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36SCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37SCW BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C2P Y Y C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 C3P C3P TS7 WH TS1 WH P26ESTP BK P24FS WH 1 ITEM 8 P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN TS15 BL/WH TS15 B BL/BK RD/BK-L48 TS14 RD/WH DRE LED BL/RD BRN C134PWR RD LS18 BRN Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 27 1 OPT. OPTION F.S. 19/18 CONTROL CABLE H1 TILT ALARM 11 LS18 (CE) 12V DC BATTERY D39 9 JIB BOOM C9 + C4P C4P 5 C7P C7P C7P BATGRN C7P-3 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 C7P 7 BRN 6 CWLITE BK BRN 4 3 U13 ALC-500 Y PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 J1 2 1 J3 CR27 CR30 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A * NOTE: WIRE CONNECTS TO JC3-6 FOR STEER ROCKER SWITCH OPTION. CWLITE WH TS49 3 BRN BRN 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ford LRG-425 EFI Models BK C1P-12 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) 2 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) JC2 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT DLITE RD RD JC1 7 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 6 3 BRN 3 2 + 2 4 3 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) + 2 BRN 1 1 L1 DRIVE ENABLE BK BRN BRN BK BRN BRN BK F18 FUSE 10A (WORKLIGHT ONLY) C28TTA RD/BK H1C133PLA GR/BK D39 BK NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE JC1 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH TS7 TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) P22BAT BK C7P-1 P26BAT BK J3-3 RD RD TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 PDLITE RD BK TS15 WH WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK BRN C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 BK C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C17PRL GR C4P-5 WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 3 4 NO TS3 FUEL SELECT 1 DRIVE SPEED TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL JC2 3 4 5 6 WH D12 P3 HORN RD C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BK BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 WH RD + BRN BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) L47 RETRACT BOOM COMPONENT INDEX 6 RD 4 BK 4 7 5 BK 5 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT L48 BK 5 1 TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 6 TS48/ TS49 JC3 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPTION) + BK TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP 1 7 1 NC NC NC TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS2 ENGINE START TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM 2 2 2 P2 EMERGENCY STOP D11 BK WH RD RD RD 8 CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION, REPLACE WIRE WITH CR27 & CR30 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 28 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models P134PWR RD RD RD C7P-1 RD ENGINE SPEED GENERATOR DRIVELIGHT WH WH WORKLIGHT FUEL SELECT C41RPM OR/BK ENGINE START C2B-6 D12 C1P-9 C2P-7 C2P-4 C2P-1 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 BK C2P-5 H1 C7B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP C28TTA RD/BK WH RD P22BAT BK P134PWR GR/BK C2P-6 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C2B-7 FUNCTION ENABLE C45GEN GR/WH C2B-4 HIGH RPM LOW RPM DLITE OR/RD BK BK C39LP BL/RD FUEL SELECT C33STR BK ENGINE START C2B-1 C2B-3 C1B-7 AUXILIARY PUMP C27AUX RD P23BAT WH C28TTA RD/BK C46HRN GR C1P-1 C7B-2 C1P-2 C2B-5 BL/WH C21IGN WH C5-19 C5-11 C5-9 C5-10 C5-18 C5-2 C5-5 C5-12 C25PSR WH/BK C26TSR WH/RD RD RD C45GEN GR/WH BR P23BAT WH FEH(16) PIN1 C21IGN WH FEH(71) PIN21 C128RPM OR/RD FEH(306) PIN24 C108ESL BL/WH FEH(658) PIN6 C127TSW GR FEH(458) PIN18 C39LP BL/RD FEH(72) PIN7 C35RPM BK/RD FEH(307A) PIN23 P20BAT RD FEH(361) PIN9 (GND) BR FEH(570) PIN34 C41RPM OR/BK FEH(11) PIN2 BK C6-9 C5-4 C5-1 BRN BRN BK R33STR BK FEH(32) PIN15 C33STR BK FEH(32) PIN13 BL/WH FEH(787A) PIN5 R46HRN BK P134FB WH RD WH C135FP BL/WH C33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTS RD C46HRN GR P22HRN BK R21IGN WH C116 OR 510 NO M2 G1 P116HYD RD C107AF WH H2 SW3 M1 FAN OIL PRESSURE SENDER (OPTION) VOLT METER (OPTION) WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER (OPTION) HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION HOUR METER CHECK ENGINE LED RUN/TEST SWITCH IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HORN RELAY HORN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 + 6 - 29 C FORD 42 PIN QUICK DISCONNECT L29 L29 HM _ M4 D14 RD G2 G3 L2 C5-3 8 + FUEL PUMP STARTER AUX PUMP FB1 B1 S8 TB46R I P26ESTP BK P22LS BK C7B-4 FLD. R6 S 7 P20BAT RD REGULATOR A 12V DC CR23 NO C5-8 GR C5-13 BL/WH NO B A STA. PR1 CR17 85 87a 87 CR5 NO 86 30 GND. CR2 FUSE 10A BAT. LINK C21IGN WH TB21 C21IGN WH TB35 CR2 NO TS64 ALTERNATOR FUSE 6 TB33 CR39 CR1 NO TB39 BL/RD RD CR39 NC TB24 P24BAT RD RD D13 TB20 5 TB27 TB23 TB46 TB45 TB134 CB3 15A D4 TS53 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS49 TS3 TS54 D10 TS52 PLATFORM BOX GROUND D2 TB41 CB1 15A D3 4 RD RD TS51 L30 PLAT TS1 L30 P1 3 RD 15A TB134 TB22 CB2 L48 P3 WH(FS) BK(FS) FUSE 10A P24FS WH RD WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD(FS) FS1 C9P-1 BK P2 D11 TS2 2 C28TTA RD/BK 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. C1B & C1P - GRAY; C2B & C2P - BLACK; 2 C3B & C3P - GREEN; C4B & C4P - BROWN. N M L K J I H G F E D C B A P22LS BK P134PWR RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK NOTES: 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV B Electrical Schematic, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) KS1 GRND C35RPM BK/RD - Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV B DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN 15 8 16 7 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 YOUT 5 RKOUT 6 4 PWR 3 1 3 YEL OR BRN 1 2 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C5TRR WH/BK PRIMARY BOOM C4B-4 BOOM C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C13DE BL/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 C40LS OR C14PLU OR C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C3P-11 C4P-3 C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 TB5 C4B-2 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-3 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK BK RD C25-2 C28-2 C26-2 RD C28-1 C25-1 C24-2 C15-2 C31-2 C14-2 C31-1 C12-2 C15-1 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C14-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH 3 C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 30 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 GND 2 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 4 4 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-10 PLATFROM ROTATE 14 2 TB22 CR34 4 C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 1 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO NC 13 14 22 LS1 NO HC TB36 TB4 TB6 TB3 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB2 2 P26ESTP BK DOWN UP UP C129JDA BL LEFT RIGHT DOWN C3P-10 C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C4P-6 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C4B-7 D29 R4 5 R14 5 C19JSV GR/WH TB15 14 TB14 TB18 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS2 NO NC 13 R16 10 TB19 TB9 D30 5 TB17 CR34 TB134 TB44 TB40 3 C4P-7 TS58 TB118 D28 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 L46 H3 RIGHT JIB VALVE C19JSV GR/WH D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 1 C28TTA RD/BK 4 TS57 L47 TS14 TS15 JC3 L1 WH JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 NC CR13 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) BRN July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) P134PWR RD RD RD C7P-1 ENGINE SPEED C1P-9 C2P-7 C2P-4 C2P-1 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 BK C2P-5 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C2B-7 FUNCTION ENABLE C45GEN GR/WH C2B-4 HIGH RPM LOW RPM DLITE OR/RD BK BK C39LP BL/RD FUEL SELECT C33STR BK ENGINE START C2B-1 C2B-3 C1B-7 AUXILIARY PUMP C27AUX RD P23BAT WH C28TTA RD/BK C46HRN GR C1P-1 C7B-2 C1P-2 C2B-5 BL/WH C21IGN WH C5-19 C5-11 C5-9 C5-10 C5-18 C5-2 C5-5 C5-12 C25PSR WH/BK C26TSR WH/RD RD RD C45GEN GR/WH BR P23BAT WH FEH(16) PIN1 C21IGN WH FEH(71) PIN21 C128RPM OR/RD FEH(306) PIN24 C108ESL BL/WH FEH(658) PIN6 C127TSW GR FEH(458) PIN18 C39LP BL/RD FEH(72) PIN7 C35RPM BK/RD FEH(307A) PIN23 WH RD R21IGN WH R46HRN BK P134FB WH BK C6-9 C5-4 C5-1 BRN BRN BK R33STR BK FEH(32) PIN15 C33STR BK FEH(32) PIN13 BL/WH FEH(787A) PIN5 P20BAT RD FEH(361) PIN9 (GND) BR FEH(570) PIN34 C41RPM OR/BK FEH(11) PIN2 C135FP BL/WH C33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTS RD C46HRN GR P22HRN BK + GENERATOR DRIVELIGHT WH WH WORKLIGHT FUEL SELECT C41RPM OR/BK ENGINE START D12 H1 C7B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP C28TTA RD/BK WH RD P22BAT BK C2B-6 C116 OR 510 NO RD P134PWR GR/BK C2P-6 P116HYD RD C107AF WH H2 SW3 M1 FAN OIL PRESSURE SENDER (OPTION) VOLT METER (OPTION) WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER (OPTION) HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION HOUR METER CHECK ENGINE LED RUN/TEST SWITCH IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HORN RELAY HORN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 + 6 - 31 C FORD 42 PIN QUICK DISCONNECT L29 L29 HM _ M4 M2 CR19 FUEL PUMP STARTER AUX PUMP FB1 B1 S8 TB46R I R6 S 7 CR17 G1 C5-3 FLD. P26ESTP BK P22LS BK C7B-4 8 P20BAT RD REGULATOR A 12V DC CR23 NO C5-8 GR C5-13 BL/WH NO B A STA. PR1 CR5 NO 86 30 GND. 85 87a 87 FUSE 10A BAT. LINK 6 D14 RD G2 G3 L2 TS64 ALTERNATOR FUSE CR2 CR2 NO C21IGN WH TB21 C21IGN WH TB35 CR39 CR1 NO TB39 TB33 CR39 NC TB24 P24BAT RD RD TB20 5 TS53 D13 TB45 TB134 CB3 15A TB27 TB23 TB46 BL/RD RD CB1 15A D4 FUSE 10A TS54 D10 TS52 PLATFORM BOX GROUND TB41 D2 D3 4 RD RD TS51 L30 P1 3 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS49 TS3 TS2 L30 PLAT RD 15A TB134 TB22 CB2 L48 P3 WH(FS) BK(FS) C9P-1 BK TS1 P24FS WH RD WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD(FS) FS1 P2 D11 2 C28TTA RD/BK 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. C1B & C1P - GRAY; C2B & C2P - BLACK; 2 C3B & C3P - GREEN; C4B & C4P - BROWN. N M L K J I H G F E D C B A P22LS BK P134PWR RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK NOTES: 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV A Electrical Schematic, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) KS1 GRND C35RPM BK/RD - Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT 3 BL BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 4 YOUT 5 RKOUT 6 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 4 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 C3B-5 TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C40LS OR C14PLU OR C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C3P-11 C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK C3P-6 C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-7 C3P-8 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-3 C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 TB5 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-10 PLATFROM ROTATE RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK BK RD C25-2 C28-2 C26-2 RD C28-1 C25-1 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C129 RD/BK 3 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 32 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 7 U4 2 TB22 CR34 4 14 2 P26ESTP BK UP DOWN UP C18JD/PRR GR/BK C129JDA BL LEFT RIGHT DOWN C4P-6 C17JU/PRL GR C3P-10 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C4B-7 BK BK BRN 1 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB36 TB4 TB6 TB3 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO HC 13 14 22 LS2 NO HC NO 14 R2 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 R4 7.5 TB37 TB2 14 TB14 TB18 L46 H3 RIGHT C19JSV GR/WH D29 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC TB15 TB9 D30 5 TB17 R14 5 TS14 TS15 3 C4P-7 TB19 13 R16 10 TB13 CR19 TB134 TS62 TS61 TS63 5 CR34 TB44 TB40 D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 1 C28TTA RD/BK 4 TS58 TB118 D28 CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION C19JSV GR/WH TS59 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD D27 J3 CR30 NO JIB VALVE TS57 L47 L1 WH JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 NC CR13 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) BRN July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) 8 6 - 33 BK-33C RD-24C S-60 • S-65 BK C5-5 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) Part No. 77828 WH-23C A WH C10-2 BRN BRN C37-2 OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C108ESL BL/WH C5-13 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 L ENGINE FUNCTIONS HARNESS C5 D29 C9 (LS3) C11 (LS2) LS17 (C38) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 M GROUND BOLT B 45 46R 118 132 133 134 GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTS RD A BRN-GND 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V DC (2) 59 46 +12V DC POWER K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B BL/WH-L2- HORN RETRACT BOOM LED 134 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V DC (1) 59 46 40 41 BOOM STOWED ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 40 41 39 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C35RPM BK/RD C5-18 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C36SCC BL C24-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C39LP BL/RD C5-10 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 36 37 LIQUID PROPANE FUEL (LPG) STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT 36 37 35 39 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED (UNUSED) 34 35 33 34 ENGINE START 33 #1 C5 #2 F.H. P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 31 32 BRAKE 32 P20BAT RD BRN J BL/BK-L46+ DRIVE FORWARD 30 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C11 GR-CR5 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 26 I BL/RD-TS53 RD-TS54 29 TILT ALARM 28 DRIVE REVERSE 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 31 27 (UNUSED) 26 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-CR1#86 BK-TS52 RD-CR39#86 RD-TS51 RD-CR2#86 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12 V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 TS64 RUN/TEST SWITCH G 25 (UNUSED) 24 23 22 25 23 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 22 21 22 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C128RPM OR/RD C5-9 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 P22BAT BK C7B-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C5 #2 F.H. 24 +12 V DC TO PLATFORM (2) KEY SWITCH POWER 22 20 #1 RD-CB1 IGNITION POWER +12 V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 21 18 19 BRN C5-8 GR F WH-CR39#30 WH-KS WH-CR2#87 WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS +12 V DC POWER 20 15 17 F.H. JIB SELECT VALVE PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB BOOM UP 14 13 44 #2 19 18 17 15 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 14 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 8 9 C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 GR/BK-TS57 JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 13 DRIVE ENABLE 44 PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FLOW CONTROL 6 7 A #1 GR-TS57 8 9 TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 5 4 3 2 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 6 7 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN 1 D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 5 4 3 2 TERMINAL BASE (TB) PRIMARY BOOM UP 2 WH/BK-TS62 BRN 1 1 RD/WH-R16 BK-22C1 C HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION C21IGN WH OR C5-1 C WH-TS62 D RD-24B RD-CB3 WH-C5-19 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 RD-27C C2B-4 OR/RD WH-C5-11 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION RELAY CR17 3 GR-46D WH-OPTIONS R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD CR23 WH C5-4 B BRN WH-21C CR5 F.H. CR39 4 HORN RELAY BK-46R C5 CR2 AUXILIARY POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 POWER RELAY 6 BRN BRN 5 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) N F.H. BRN-TS64 BRN C7B-3 BK C16-1 WH LS2 C11-2 C5 #2 F.H. D30 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) H G F E RD C19JSV GR/WH TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL GR GR/WH-19D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D 4 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D GR-17D GR/BK-18D NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES RD-20C RD-20C CB2 RD RD-20C RD/WH RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 RD BRN FUNCTION ENABLE RD RD D14 RD D13 2 TS54 2 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START 1 NC H.M. HOUR METER 1 RD WH-21D BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP RD/WH-R16 RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD BRN RD PRIMARY UP/DOWN RESISTOR R14 RD RD NC 2 3 OR RD A TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD CR17 CB3 TS53 FUEL SELECT RD/WH WH-23 RD-20C BK-33D BL-44D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D BK-7D RD-1D BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D BL/RD-39D RD - GR RD 4 + TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT RD RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6BK/RD C5-13 BRN-GND RD/WH-CR34 BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D B1 2 WH-23D BL/BK-59D C134PWR RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 1 B D2 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD/WH-TB3D RD D28 GR/BK WH RD-27 WH RD-27D OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R16 RD GR-17D RD RD RD B RD D4 RD RD RD TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R4 RD RD RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD/WH RD RD-1 RD/WH RD RD RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER RD/BK-2 GR/BK - + RD WH C 1 D9 RD RD D GROUND CONTROL BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) I TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE J GR/BK GR/BK-18D K TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE L TS61 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N RD Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR5 CR17 CR23 CR34 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY CR39 HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS53 TS54 AUXILIARY POWER RELAY HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH 5 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH TS58 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH TS64 RUN/TEST TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 8 6 - 34 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) 6 - 35 8 S-60 • S-65 WH-OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) WH-TB21 OPTIONS NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 BK-33C RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R2 WH/RD-R4 BK-46R PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM 133 D29 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 D30 C108ESL BL/WH C5-13 A C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 BRN C37-2 BL/WH -L2- 133 132 R46HRN BK WH C11-2 GROUND BOLT PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 132 118 FUNCTION HARNESS LS17 (C38) L C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) K OR/RD-118B B LIFT SPEED REDUCTION 118 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 +12V POWER C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 45 F.H. 46R F.H. HORN RELAY POWER #2 F.H. GENERATOR OPTION P134TTS RD A #2 46R 134 C5 45 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 C5 #2 BK-CR5 134 134 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 BRN-GND GR/WH C5-12 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 59 46 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C5-10 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C5-18 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH SERVICE HORN RETRACT BOOM LED 59 46 41 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 BRN P20BAT RD J BL/BK-L46+ ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP 41 40 39 37 36 35 34 33 32 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C11 GR-CR5 LIQUID PROPANE FUEL BOOM STOWED STEER RIGHT 37 40 STEER LEFT 36 39 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED (UNUSED) 34 35 START ENGINE 33 BRAKE 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 RD-CR2 #86 P23BAT WH C7B-2 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) I BL/RD TS53 RD-TS54 BK-TS52 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 P22LS17 BK C38-4 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 H BK-CR1 #86 WH/RD-ALRM 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 P22BAT BK C7B-1 #1 27 26 (UNUSED) 26 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C128RPM OR/RD C5-9 2 RD-TS51 25 (UNUSED) 25 24 23 22 22 21 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER RD/WH-3D 24 KEYSWITCH POWER +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) IGNITION POWER 22 21 20 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 TS64 RUN/TEST SWITCH G RD-CR19#86 RD-CB1 WH-KS WH-CR39 #30 BK-KS BK-CR5 +12 VOLT POWER 20 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C5-8 GR BRN F WH-HM WH-CR2 #87 RD-CB2 19 18 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 F.H. JIB SELECT VALVE PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 15 17 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C14PLU OR C20-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 RD/BK-ALARM JDALARM BL C3B-10 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C4TRL WH C15-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C1PBU RD C12-1 C1PBU RD C3B-1 #2 19 18 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN A C5 GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 14 13 44 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 B #1 GR-TS57 PLATFORM LEVEL UP DRIVE ENABLE 14 JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 13 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 44 9 8 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN 1 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 7 6 5 4 3 2 TERMINAL BASE (TB) PRIMARY BOOM UP D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-CR19 WH/BK-TS62 BK-22C1 WH-TS62 GR-46D OR-LS17 C38-2 C21IGN WH OR C5-1 WH C5-4 1 RD/WH-CR34 BK C5-5 C RD/BK-TS61 WH/RD-6D 1 RD-27C C C2B-4 OR/RD RD/BK-ALARM BRN RD-CB3 R43DLITE2 RD RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION BRN D RD-24B RD-TS61 BRN RD/WH-R16 CR4 AUXILIARY POWER RELAY WH/RD-R4 WH-C5-19 CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY WH-OPTIONS WH/RD-R2 WH-C5-11 BRN F.H. CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION B GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 WH-21C CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN WH-23C CR5 HORN RELAY 5 C32 C5 BRN A C32 6 RD CR2 POWER RELAY 4 WH-ISM9 BRN CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 REV A Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) M N F.H. BRN BK C16-1 BRN-TS64 BRN C7B-3 WH LS2 C10-2 #1 C5 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV A Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) F E RD RD D RD/WH GR/BK WH/RD WH/RD GR/BK D28 RD RD C19JSV GR/WH RD-24D BK/RD-35D 4 RD-20C CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD/WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL RD-20D GR-17D GR/BK-18D TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 TS53 FUEL SELECT WH-23 RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 BL-44D WH-4D WH/BK-5D BK-7D RD-1D RD/WH-CR34#87a TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD BL/RD-39D RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND BK/RD C5-13 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM + 4 RD/WH D2 - B1 2 L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D BL/BK-59D C134PWR RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 1 B 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD RD/WH 3 RD WH RD-27 WH RD-27D WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR GR RD RD WH/RD WH/RD RD-24D RD-20D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START RD WH-21D R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% BRN 2 RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 RD D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD BRN DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD RD 2 GR WH/RD WH/RD A WH/RD BK-33D WH/RD WH GR/BK GR/BK-18D RD RD/WH RD RD D4 RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 + TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD RD RD-1 - RD B 1 RD RD/BK-2 C BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) G TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE H GR-17D I OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS53 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 8 6 - 36 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models REV A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 Y Y C2P CWLITE WH TS49 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOT SWITCH CONNECTOR 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 WH Y C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT DESCRIPTION H1 C7P C9 C1P-C4P BK C134PWR RD LS18 JIB JIB C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129DA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C13DE BL/RD C4P-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36SCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37SCW BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 BRN RD LS18 CABLE F.S. Y C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 C3P C3P TS7 WH TS1 WH P26ESTP BK P24FS WH P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN TS15 BL/WH TS15 B BL/BK DRE LED BL/RD TS14 RD/WH RD/BK-L48 C134PWR RD LS18 BRN Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 37 1 ITEM 8 OPTION F.S. 19/18 CONTROL CABLE H1 TILT ALARM 1 OPT. 12V DC BATTERY D39 11 LS18 (CE) C9 + 9 JIB BOOM C7P 7 CWLITE BK BRN 6 C4P C4P 5 C7P C7P C7P BATGRN C7P-3 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 BRN Y 4 3 U13 ALC-500 Y PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 J1 2 1 J3 CR27 CR30 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A * NOTE: WIRE CONNECTS TO JC3-6 FOR STEER ROCKER SWITCH OPTION. CWLITE WH TS49 3 BRN BRN 1 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ford LRG-425 EFI Models BK C1P-12 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) JC2 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT DLITE RD BK JC1 7 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 6 2 + BRN 1 3 4 3 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) + 2 BRN 2 1 1 + L1 DRIVE ENABLE BK BRN BRN BRN BK F18 FUSE 10A (WORKLIGHT ONLY) C28TTA RD/BK H1C133PLA GR/BK D39 BK JIB BOOM CUT OUT RELAY JC2 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE JC1 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH TS7 TS8 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) P22BAT BK C7P-1 P26BAT BK J3-3 BK TS15 RD TS8 JIB BOOM WH GR/BK RD P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ C39LP BL/RD C2P-1 PDLITE RD 1 DRIVE SPEED TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK BRN C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 BK C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C129JDA BL C3P-10 WH-JIB C17PRL GR C4P-5 C19JSV GR/WH WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 3 4 NO TS3 FUEL SELECT GR TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL CR13 3 4 5 6 WH D12 P3 HORN RD C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BK BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WH-JIB WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C14PLU OR C4P-2 P24FS WH C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 WH BK BRN BRN BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) CR13 RD L47 RETRACT BOOM COMPONENT INDEX 6 RD 4 BK 4 7 5 BK 5 JC3 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT L48 BK 5 BRN TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 6 TS48/ TS49 3 2 RD TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPTION) + D27 TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP 1 7 1 NC NC NC TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS2 ENGINE START TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM 2 2 2 P2 EMERGENCY STOP D11 BK WH RD RD RD 8 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION, REPLACE WIRE WITH CR27 & CR30 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 38 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Ford LRG-425 EFI Models C1P-12 FUSE 10A RD/BK C7P-1 C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 REV C Electrical Schematic, S-60 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C7B-2 C1B-2 C3B-12 C2B-5 C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR RD BK C27AUX RD C1B-1 ENGINE START C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH C2P-7 C3P-12 C1P-2 C7P-2 C1P-1 C1P-7 C1P-8 LIGHTS C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP RD/BK C2B-6 C1B-12 P22BAT BK C132PLI BL/WH P134PWR GR/BK GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR C5-12 C5-22 RD RD C5-18 C5-14 C5-16 C5-11 F.H. BK R116 OR R21IGN WH RD WH BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH P22BAT BK CR4 P116HYD RD C5-2 C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 CR23 C41RPM OR/BK BK H2 P24FS WH C2P-6 RD C2B-3 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 39 C7B-4 8 NO FAN M1 _ NC C SW3 IND. + M3 PR2 NO PR2 PR2 NO S8 STARTER B2 FB1 7 BK C41RPM OR/BK RD EXCT. NO STA. PR1 + 12V DC 85 87a 87 ALTERNATOR D1 6 BAT. BAT. B A NO NO CR5 CR23 CR4 NO TB26 TB25 CR17 CR2 NO NO RD FUSE 10A 86 OIL TEMP. TB46 5 30 D22 TB21 TB21 C5-3 TB45 L43 U1 TB35 C3 + CR1 15A D13 TB34 TB24 RD CR2 TB134 3MF CB3 TB23 TB41 TB33 TB27 WH D3 D14 CB1 7 U33 TB28 TB133 15A 6 D2 D4 8 C32-8 12 4 GRD TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 D12 D40 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 RD P1 H1 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. 3 L48 L30 Platform Overload Option Only ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 TS6 TS2 2 FS1 RD P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) + Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV C DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT 15 8 16 7 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE BRN OR RD BK OR BRN BL WH BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 YOUT 5 RKOUT 6 4 PWR 3 3 YEL OR BRN 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 C3P-4 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 C3B-5 TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM C4B-4 BOOM C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK UP DOWN C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 C4B-2 C38-1 TB5 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C11-2 C13DE BL/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK C3P-6 C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-7 C3P-8 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 C3P-11 C4P-2 C4P-3 C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C24-2 C15-2 C31-2 C14-2 C31-1 C12-2 C15-1 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C14-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 3 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 40 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 GND 2 1 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 1 2 3 4 4 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE PLATFROM ROTATE 14 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH P26ESTP BK UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT C4P-5 RIGHT LEFT LS17 NO HC 14 2 TB22 CR34 4 C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 1 14 13 LS3 NO NC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS1 NO HC H4 TB59 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 TB4 TB6 TS14 TS15 TB30 TB36 TB9 14 L1 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB18 TB3 D30 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS2 NO NC TB40 R16 10 TB13 1 C28TTA RD/BK 5 TB17 CR34 TB134 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 TB118 D28 L46 H3 D9 4 TS57 13 TB15 R4 5 R14 5 J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 3 RD RD L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR27 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS7 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) P24FS WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C1P-12 C2P-6 FUSE 10A RD/BK C7P-1 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 REV A Electrical Schematic, S-60 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C1B-8 C3B-12 C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD BK C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK ENGINE START C27AUX RD C1B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD F.H. C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22BAT BK BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C5-12 RD RD C5-18 C5-11 C5-16 C5-14 C5-22 WH RD F.H. BK R21IGN WH C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 FOOTSW. HIGH C2P-7 C3P-12 C1P-2 C7P-2 C1P-1 C1P-7 C1P-8 LIGHTS C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP RD/BK C2B-6 C1B-12 P22BAT BK C132PLI BL/WH P134PWR GR/BK C21IGN WH R116 OR NO L29 L29 SW3 NO L43 CR4 P116HYD RD C5-2 BK H2 CR23 C41RPM OR/BK C21IGN WH P20BAT RD BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUG RELAY GLOW PLUG OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR EMISSIOIN CONTROL SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP LEVEL SENSOR TILT ALARM HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 41 RD C2B-3 C7B-4 8 NO _ SW2 SW3 FAN + M3 NC C M1 S8 STARTER B2 FB1 IND. 7 NO - BAT. BK C41RPM OR/BK RD EXCT. PR2 PR2 NO PR2 PR1 BAT. + 12V DC ALTERNATOR D1 STA. FUSE 70A 87a 87 85 CR17 CR19 B A NO NO CR5 CR23 CR4 NO TB26 6 NO NO RD TB25 86 CR2 TB46 FUSE 10A 30 D22 TB21 TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. CR1 15A D13 TB34 TB24 RD U1 TB35 C3 + TB23 TB41 TB33 TB27 WH D3 D14 CB1 PBOX GND 4 7 U33 D2 D4 8 C32-8 12 CR2 TB134 3MF CB3 5 6 TB28 TB133 15A GRD TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 D12 D40 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 RD H1 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. 3 L48 L30 Platform Overload Option Only ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 TS6 TS2 2 FS1 RD C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 P1 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) + Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH 3 4 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 LEFT UP DOWN C1PBU RD PRIMARY BOOM C2PBD RD/BK C3PBF RD/WH C9PER BK/RD C8PBR BK/WH C7PBE BK EXTEND BOOM C4B-4 RETRACT C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C38-1 TB5 TB30 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C3P-11 C4P-2 UP DOWN C18JD/PRR GR/BK C4P-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C3B-5 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK C2P-2 C4P-1 C4P-4 C3P-7 C3P-8 C3P-9 C3P-3 C3P-2 C3P-1 C3P-5 D9 C17JU/PRL GR PLATFROM ROTATE RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 42 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 3 TB22 CR34 P24FS WH P26ESTP BK DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C4P-5 RIGHT LEFT C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 2 L46 H3 6 4 14 TS14 TS15 1 14 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO HC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS2 NO HC NO 14 14 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 TB4 TB6 L1 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB36 TB9 14 R16 10 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB18 TB3 D30 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC TB40 R4 7.5 R2 5 1 C28TTA RD/BK 5 TB17 TB118 D28 TB13 CR19 CR34 TB134 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 13 TB15 R14 5 4 TS57 J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 3 RD RD L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR27 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS7 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 REV C Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C7B-2 C1B-2 C3B-12 C2B-5 C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C28TTA RD/BK C133PLA BL/WH C46HRN GR RD BK C27AUX RD C1B-1 ENGINE START C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH C1B-12 C1P-8 LIGHTS C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP GR/BK C132PLI BL/WH P22BAT BK C1P-12 D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22BAT BK C5-2 C5-12 C5-22 RD RD C5-18 C5-14 C5-16 C5-11 F.H. BK R116 OR R21IGN WH RD WH BK/RD C5-5 C21IGN WH P134FB WH P116HYD RD C41RPM OR/BK C21IGN WH P20BAT RD C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 L29 SW3 NO CR23 ENGINE SPEED C2B-6 C7P-1 RD/BK FUSE 10A P134PWR GR/BK RD C2B-3 C7B-4 BK BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 H2 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 43 NO SW2 SW3 FAN _ NC C FB1 IND. + M3 AUX PUMP REGULATOR NO S8 STARTER B2 PR2 NO PR2 PR2 NO STA. PR1 + 12V DC BK C41RPM OR/BK RD 8 EXCT. M1 7 D1 L43 CR4 CR17 85 87a 87 ALTERNATOR 6 BAT. BAT. B A NO NO CR5 CR23 CR4 NO TB26 TB25 86 CR2 NO NO RD TB35 TB134 FUSE 10A 30 D22 TB21 TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. 15A D13 TB34 TB24 RD CR2 CR1 5 D4 U1 C3 + TB46 3MF CB3 TB33 TB27 WH TS52 TS51 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB23 TB41 TB28 15A 7 D2 4 D3 U33 TB133 CB1 TS54 TS56 6 GRD 8 C32-8 12 RD RD 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 L45 H6 TB20 RD D39 L30 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. D12 D40 P24FS WH C2P-6 2 Platform Overload Option Only 3 H1 L4 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS6 TS2 RD RD TS1 1 P3 FS1 RD P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) LS18 C9P-1 BK P2 NC C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 P1 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) + - Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models REV C C28TTA RD/BK DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 YOUT 5 4 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR XOUT 4 2 1 GND 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 DOWN UP RIGHT 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C7P-3 C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C7B-3 C1B-6 C2B-3 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-3 C2P-3 C1P-6 C29MS RD/WH C1B-11 C1B-4 C1P-3 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-10 C1B-5 C1P-11 C36STCC BL C3B-6 C31REV WH/BK C1P-10 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-4 C30FWD WH C3P-6 C4TRL WH C1P-4 C3P-4 LEFT UP DOWN C1PBU RD PRIMARY BOOM C2PBD RD/BK C3PBF RD/WH C9PER BK/RD C8PBR BK/WH C7PBE BK EXTEND BOOM C4B-4 RETRACT C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK UP DOWN C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C4B-2 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C3P-11 C4P-2 C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK C4P-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C3B-5 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK C2P-2 C4P-1 C4P-4 C3P-7 C3P-8 C3P-9 C3P-3 C3P-2 C3P-1 C3P-5 C1P-5 3 PLATFROM ROTATE C4P-5 RIGHT PLATFROM ROTATE RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH RD BK C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK WH WH C26-1 C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH C37-4 BL/BK C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR U4 GROUND NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 44 S-60 • S-65 3 7 2 TB22 CR34 14 Part No. 77828 4 C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 1 14 TB36 TB4 TB6 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO NC TB2 6 14 22 LS1 NO HC NO 14 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 TB30 TB9 L1 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 14 TB3 D30 TS62 TS61 5 TB5 TB40 R16 10 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 13 TB15 CR34 TB134 LS2 NO NC TB14 TB18 R4 5 R14 5 TS14 TS15 4 LEFT TB17 CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO TS63 TS59 TB118 D28 L47 LEFT TS57 L46 H3 D9 RD RD P26ESTP BK CR27 NC J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD D27 2 3 TS9 TS7 JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 1 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) C41RPM OR/BK C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 REV A Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C1B-8 C3B-12 C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD BK C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK ENGINE START C27AUX RD C1B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C28TTA RD/BK C133PLA BL/WH C46HRN GR D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD F.H. C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH C41RPM OR/BK P116HYD RD P22BAT BK NO FOOTSW. LOW C1B-12 C1P-8 LIGHTS C2P-11 GR/BK C132PLI BL/WH P22BAT BK C1P-12 C2B-6 PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT ENGINE SPEED P134PWR GR/BK C7P-1 RD/BK FUSE 10A C2P-6 RD C2B-3 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD C5-12 RD RD C5-18 C5-11 C5-16 C5-14 C5-22 WH RD F.H. BK R21IGN WH R116 OR C5-2 C5-4 C5-1 BK BRN BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUG RELAY GLOW PLUG OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR EMISSION CONTROL SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP LEVEL SENSOR TILT ALARM HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. CR4 CR4 CR23 CR23 Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 _ M2 H2 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 45 C7B-4 8 NO FAN M1 7 HM M3 STARTER NC C FB1 SW3 IND. AUX PUMP REGULATOR NO + B2 PR2 PR2 NO PR2 PR1 - BAT. BK C41RPM OR/BK RD EXCT. NO STA. CR19 D1 6 BAT. + 12V DC 85 87a 87 ALTERNATOR S8 FUSE 70A B A NO NO CR5 CR17 CR1 TB26 TB25 86 TB35 TB134 FUSE 10A 30 D22 TB21 CR2 NO NO RD L43 U1 CR2 3MF CB3 C3 + TB46 5 RD 15A TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. 15A D13 TB34 TB24 TB28 TB20 TB33 TB27 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB23 TB41 D4 12 D2 WH D3 7 U33 TB133 L45 H6 CB1 TS54 TS52 TS51 D12 D40 TS56 6 GRD 8 C32-8 4 RD RD 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 L30 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. D39 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS6 TS2 2 Platform Overload Option Only 3 H1 L4 P24FS WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 P2 RD RD TS1 1 P3 FS1 RD RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK LS18 C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK P26ESTP BK NC C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 RD P1 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) + Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 3 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH P26ESTP BK DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C40LS OR C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK UP DOWN C18JD/PRR GR/BK C4P-3 C4P-2 C3P-11 C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-5 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 3 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 46 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 2 TB22 CR34 14 R14 5 C17JU/PRL GR PLATFROM ROTATE C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 4 6 1 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 TB4 TB6 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO HC 13 14 22 LS2 NO HC NO 14 TB36 TB9 14 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB18 TB3 D30 TB5 TB40 L1 3 C4P-5 RIGHT LEFT TB17 R4 7.5 R2 5 TS14 TS15 5 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC 13 TB15 TB13 CR19 CR34 TB134 R16 10 TB118 D28 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 1 C28TTA RD/BK 4 TS57 L46 H3 D9 RD RD L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR27 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS7 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11879) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) 6 - 47 7 BK C5-5 BK WH S-60 • S-65 BK WH 8 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 BK WH + C3 ENGINE START GLOW PLUG HIGH FUNCTION SPEED STEER RIGHT STEER LEFT (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 BRN BK WH D33 4 7 10 9 2 START RELAY TACHOMETER U1 START INPUT AUX PWR UNIT GROUND BATTERY TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) IGN OR FUEL ON TEMP OR PRESS FAULT OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A D30 TO REMOVE: 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 59 H6 CE ONLY Push gently and lift 41 46 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 WH C11-2 Genie Industries GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) 45 46R 118 132 133 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 RETRACT BOOM LED HORN 134 59 46 40 39 37 36 35 32 L WH-CR2 WH/BK-25D BRAKE 32 BRN BRN C37-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DRIVE REVERSE 31 +12V DC POWER ENGINE BK-CR1 OR/BK-41C BK-33C RD-27C BRN RD-24C WH-23C B DRIVE FORWARD 30 P20BAT RD BRN K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B 33 34 MOTOR STROKE 29 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 BL/WH C32-3 GR/BK-H6- RD-H6+ P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 31 TILT ALARM 28 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 J WH-L46+ D52 ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 30 AUXILARY PUMP 27 #1 C5 #2 F.H. 41 29 OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH 26 C5 #2 F.H. C26PSR WH/RD C5-14 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C25TSR WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 C11 GR-CR5 28 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 #1 I OR/BK-ISM2 BRN-GND 27 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 + BK/WH-TS56 BK/RD-CR4 RD-TS54 26 KEY SWITCH POWER C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-ISM3 BK-TS52 25 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 22 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 G WH/RD-L2RD-ISM4 RD-TS51 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 21 IGNITION POWER 21 20 P134PWR RD-134C GR/BK-133B GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 D29 +12V DC POWER #2 20 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F BK C32-4 WH-ISM7 WH-KS RD-ISM6 RD-CB1 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE 19 C5 19 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 F.H. GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 RD-CB1 BRN-<GND> WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS GR/BK-TS57 13 14 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 44 15 DRIVE ENABLE 13 17 JIB BOOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 A #1 GR-TS57 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 9 7 8 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 8 4 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 4 5 2 3 BOOM DOWN BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 1 3 BOOM UP D BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 BK-22C1 WH/RD-TS62 BRN 1 1 WH/BK-TS62 BRN TERMINAL BASE (TB) BK C7B-1 RD-TS51 RD-TS52 GR/BK H6 BRN WH-TS62 6 C RD/WH-R16 C R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD D RD-24B C21IGN WH C5-3 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 C5-18 BK/RD BRN RD-CB3 4 GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS WH-21B C21IGN WH C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION RD H6 BL/WH-132B BK-22D2 C2B-5 GR OR C5-1 C32 B BRN BK/RD-35C CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION 5 CR5 HORN RELAY CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY BRN 5 6 7 8 12 F.H. WH 2 1 3 4 BK-46R C5 C32 WH BRN RD BRN 3 BRN WH-ISM9 RD CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION/START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) N FUNCTION HARNESS C5 F.H. BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 BRN C7B-3 C5 #2 F.H. July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) N M L K J I H G F E D C B A RD RD RD D4 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH RD GR-17D GR/BK-18D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD/WH + RD RD RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER RD-1 - RD/BK-2 RD BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) D9 RD RD TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) 1 RD RD RD 3 TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL GR-17D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D BK-33D 5 RD-20C RD-20C CB2 CB3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 RD C32-7 BK/WH-34D BK-7D RD-1D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D GR/BK-18D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH RD/WH 4 RD RD RD/WH-CR34 GR/BK-H6WH/RD-26 BRN-GND - + 3 D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D RD 4 WH WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 2 B1 B KS1 KEY SWITCH RD/WH-TB3D 1 WH RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH RD-27D RD RD RD OR 6 2 RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START BK/WH-34D RD BRN RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD WH-21D BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD/WH-R16 CR34 BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD BRN RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CR34 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 48 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) 6 - 49 BRN BK WH WH-OPTIONS S-60 • S-65 8 WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R4 + C3 BK-46R RD/WH-TS61 WH/RD-R2 BRN BK BK BK RD RD RD WH WH WH WH/BK-25D D33 1 3 4 7 10 9 2 IGN OR FUEL ON JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) BATTERY GROUND 10 TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 9 8 7 6 5 AUX PWR UNIT START INPUT TACHOMETER START RELAY U1 LS17 (C38) C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 R46HRN BK C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 P134TTS RD A FUNCTION HARNESS WH-CR2 WH-23C RD-24C and lift Push gently TO REMOVE: P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 +12V POWER L BRN 4 3 A D30 RD-CR19 BK-33C Genie Industries 133 132 118 46R 45 134 134 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 WH C11-2 2 1 PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS LIFT SPEED REDUCTION HORN RELAY POWER GENERATOR OPTION LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) 46 59 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 BRN C37-2 OR/BK-41C 133 132 118 SERVICE HORN RETRACT BOOM LED 41 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 F.H. 46R 45 134 134 59 46 39 40 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C33STR BK C1B-7 H6 CE OPTION ONLY BK-CR1 B 40 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 BRN P20BAT RD K OR/RD-118B (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 39 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C26PS WH/RD C5-14 C25TS WH/BK C5-16 #2 F.H. GR/BK-H6- STEER RIGHT 37 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP STEER LEFT 41 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 36 GLOW PLUG START ENGINE BRAKE 35 34 33 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 27 26 25 RD-CR2 C5 #2 F.H. BL/WH C32-3 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 P23BAT WH C7B-2 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 22 23 C5 #2 BK-CR5 KEYSWITCH POWER 23 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 C21IGN WH CR2 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD RD-TS52 GR/WH C5-12 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) 22 26 21 IGNITION POWER 21 22 20 +12 VOLT POWER 20 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH RD-H6+ JIB SELECT VALVE 19 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 J BL/BK-L46+ GR-CR5 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C11 BRN-GND PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 I OR/BK-ISM2 RD-TS54 BK/RD-CR4 BK/WH-TS56 BK-TS52 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 15 17 14 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 H BK-ISM3 WH/RD-ALRM D52 RD-TS51 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 13 44 RD/BK-ALARM #1 RD-CR19#86 DRIVE ENABLE 13 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 G WH/RD-L2- JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 RD-CB1 RD-ISM6 WH-KS WH-ISM7 BK C32-4 BK-KS BK-CR5 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL 9 8 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F WH-HM D29 BRN-<GND> PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 8 7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 #2 RD-CB1 19 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 7 6 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5 RD-CB2 18 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 5 4 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C15-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 F.H. GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 #1 GR-TS57 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 5 3 4 RD/WH-3D PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL RD-24B 3 2 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 BK-22C1 D BK-TS63 GR-46D C1PBU RD C3B-1 1 WH/RD-CR19 WH/RD-6D WH/BK-TS62 BRN WH-TS62 C21IGN WH C5-11 PRIMARY BOOM DOWN R43DLITE2 RD A BRN 2 B BRN RD/WH-CR34 C2B-4 OR/RD 1 GR/BK-133B TERMINAL BASE (TB) P134PWR RD-134C BK-22D2 PRIMARY BOOM UP BL/WH-132B 4 1 3 C C32 OR-LS17 C38-2 C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY RD-CB3 RD H6 RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION 1 RD/BK-TS61 BK C5-5 C RD/BK-ALARM BRN C21IGN WH U33 PLATFORM OVER LOAD (CE ONLY) D WH-21B RD-TS61 RD-27C RD/WH-R16 BK/RD-35C WH/RD-R4 C5-18 BK/RD OR C5-1 B WH/RD-R2 CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY RD-ISM4 WH-OPTIONS WH C5-4 7 CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY 8 BRN 12 CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN RD-TS51 CR5 HORN RELAY F.H. BK C7B-1 6 C32 C5 C32 5 C32 5 BRN WH CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 BRN RD 2 WH-ISM9 6 RD CR2 POWER RELAY 4 BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) N F.H. + BRN WH LS2 C10-2 BK C16-1 GR/BK H6 #1 BRN C7B-3 C5 3 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) I H G F E D WH/RD RD D4 RD WH/RD 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD RD/WH GR/BK-18D + RD RD-1 - RD RD RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER A BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) RD/WH TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE RD RD RD/BK-2 WH/RD B 1 RD RD C GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N WH/RD WH/RD RD GR-17D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-20C RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH 4 RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D BK-33D CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD/WH RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH - + D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND WH/RD-26 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D 2 B1 4 WH RD C32-6 C134PWR RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL WH RD-27 WH RD-27D WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR 3 RD WH/RD WH/RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% 6 2 RD RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD WH/RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 50 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) 8 6 - 51 BK C5-5 BK WH S-60 • S-65 BK WH NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 BK WH + C3 START ENGINE GLOW PLUG HIGH FUNCTION SPEED STEER RIGHT STEER LEFT (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 BRN BK WH D33 4 7 10 9 2 START RELAY TACHOMETER U1 START INPUT AUX PWR UNIT GROUND BATTERY TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) IGN OR FUEL ON TEMP OR PRESS FAULT OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A D30 TO REMOVE: 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 59 H6 CE ONLY Push gently and lift 41 46 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 WH C11-2 Genie Industries GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) 45 46R 118 132 133 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 RETRACT BOOM LED HORN 134 59 46 40 39 37 32 L WH-CR2 WH/BK-25D BRAKE 32 BRN BRN C37-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 36 DRIVE REVERSE 31 +12V DC POWER ENGINE BK-CR1 OR/BK-41C BK-33C RD-27C BRN RD-24C WH-23C B 35 DRIVE FORWARD 30 P20BAT RD BRN K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B 33 34 MOTOR STROKE 29 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 BL/WH C32-3 GR/BK-H6- RD-H6+ P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 31 TILT ALARM 28 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 J WH-L46+ D52 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP 30 AUXILARY PUMP 27 #1 C5 #2 F.H. 41 29 OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH 26 C5 #2 F.H. C26PSR WH/RD C5-14 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C25TSR WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 C11 GR-CR5 28 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 #1 I OR/BK-ISM2 BRN-GND 27 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 + BK/WH-TS56 BK/RD-CR4 RD-TS54 26 KEY SWITCH POWER 23 C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-ISM3 BK-TS52 25 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 22 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 G WH/RD-L2RD-ISM4 RD-TS51 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 21 IGNITION POWER 21 20 P134PWR RD-134C GR/BK-133B GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 D29 +12V DC POWER BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F BK C32-4 WH-ISM7 WH-KS RD-ISM6 RD-CB1 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE 19 #2 20 F.H. 19 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 RD-CB1 BRN-<GND> WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS GR/BK-TS57 13 14 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 44 15 DRIVE ENABLE 13 17 JIB BOOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 A #1 GR-TS57 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 9 7 8 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 8 4 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 4 5 2 3 BOOM DOWN BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 3 1 D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 BK-22C1 BOOM UP 1 WH/BK-TS62 BRN 1 TERMINAL BASE (TB) BK C7B-1 RD-TS51 RD-TS52 GR/BK H6 BRN WH-TS62 BRN C RD/WH-R16 C R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD D C5-18 BK/RD BRN RD-CB3 RD-24B C21IGN WH C5-3 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 BK/RD-35C C21IGN WH 3 CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION RD H6 BL/WH-132B BK-22D2 C2B-5 GR 4 OR C5-1 B GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS WH-21B BRN 5 CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION C32 U33 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE ONLY) 5 6 7 8 12 F.H. CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY BRN 1 3 4 CR5 HORN RELAY C5 C32 WH BRN WH 2 BK-46R BRN WH-ISM9 RD RD BRN A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 7 CR2 POWER RELAY 6 CR1 IGNITION/START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) N FUNCTION HARNESS C5 F.H. BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 BRN C7B-3 C5 #2 F.H. July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) N M L K J I H G F E D C B A WH/RD RD WH/RD WH/RD 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH GR-17D GR/BK-18D WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD RD D4 RD RD RD/WH RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD RD RD-1 - + RD/BK-2 BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) RD/WH TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE RD RD D9 TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) 1 WH/RD WH/RD 3 RD GR-17D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-20C RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH 4 RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D BK-33D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D CB3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH D2 RD RD/WH - 4 3 + RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND WH/RD-26 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD B B1 2 1 RD-134D2 BK-22D1 WH RD-27D KS1 KEY SWITCH WH WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL WH RD-27 RD WH/RD WH/RD 6 RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR BRN 2 RD RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD WH/RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 52 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) 8 6 - 53 S-60 • S-65 BK WH WH-OPTIONS WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R4 + C3 BK-46R 7 RD/WH-TS61 WH/RD-R2 BRN BK BK BK RD RD RD WH WH WH WH/BK-25D D33 1 3 4 7 10 9 2 IGN OR FUEL ON JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) BATTERY GROUND 10 TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 9 8 7 6 5 AUX PWR UNIT START INPUT TACHOMETER START RELAY U1 LS17 (C38) C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 FUNCTION HARNESS WH-CR2 WH-23C RD-24C and lift Push gently TO REMOVE: OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 L BRN 4 3 Genie Industries A D30 RD-CR19 BK-33C 2 1 133 132 R46HRN BK BRN C37-2 OR/BK-41C PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 118 WH C11-2 BK-CR1 B 133 132 LIFT SPEED REDUCTION K OR/RD-118B GR/BK-H6- 118 F.H. BL/WH C32-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 +12V POWER C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 45 #2 F.H. 46R P134TTS RD A #2 HORN RELAY POWER GENERATOR OPTION 134 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C5 F.H. 46R 45 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) 134 59 46 C5 #2 BK-CR5 134 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) RETRACT BOOM LED SERVICE HORN C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 RD-TS52 GR/WH C5-12 134 59 46 41 40 39 37 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH RD-H6+ BOOM STOWED 40 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP (UNUSED) 39 41 STEER RIGHT 37 36 35 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 BRN P20BAT RD J BL/BK-L46+ GR-CR5 STEER LEFT 34 33 32 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C26PS WH/RD C5-14 C25TS WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C11 BRN-GND HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 36 GLOW PLUG START ENGINE BRAKE 35 34 33 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 27 26 25 24 23 22 I OR/BK-ISM2 RD-TS54 BK/RD-CR4 BK/WH-TS56 BK-TS52 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 26 KEYSWITCH POWER CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) H BK-ISM3 WH/RD-ALRM RD-TS51 D52 RD-CR19#86 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 G WH/RD-L2- +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) 22 22 21 IGNITION POWER 21 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 #1 WH/BK-ISM10 RD-CB1 RD-ISM6 WH-KS WH-ISM7 BK C32-4 BK-KS BK-CR5 20 +12 VOLT POWER 20 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F WH-HM D29 BRN-<GND> JIB SELECT VALVE 19 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C14PLU OR C20-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 RD/BK-ALARM JDALARM BL C3B-10 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 #2 RD-CB1 19 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C5 RD-CB2 18 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 F.H. GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 15 17 14 13 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 #1 GR-TS57 44 9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL 9 8 14 PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 8 7 JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 7 6 5 4 DRIVE ENABLE TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 RD/WH-3D 13 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 5 RD-24B 44 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 4 3 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL C1PBU RD C12-1 D BK-TS63 BK-22C1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 1 WH/RD-CR19 GR-46D WH/BK-TS62 WH/RD-6D 3 C21IGN WH C5-11 WH-TS62 BRN C1PBU RD C3B-1 BRN 2 R43DLITE2 RD A BRN PRIMARY BOOM DOWN B RD-TS51 2 C2B-4 OR/RD 1 6 TERMINAL BASE (TB) BK C7B-1 PRIMARY BOOM UP GR/BK-133B 5 1 P134PWR RD-134C BK-22D2 C 3 OR-LS17 C38-2 C32 RD-CB3 BL/WH-132B 4 RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION 3 D RD-27C RD/WH-R16 RD H6 RD/WH-CR34 BK C5-5 C21IGN WH GR/BK-L45 1 RD/BK-TS61 BRN C RD/BK-ALARM 6 RD-TS61 WH-21B WH/RD-R4 C5-18 BK/RD OR C5-1 WH C5-4 C32 B WH/RD-R2 CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY WH-OPTIONS RD-ISM4 BK/RD-35C BRN 5 CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN 7 CR5 HORN RELAY 4 F.H. 8 C32 C5 12 C32 CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION U33 PLATFORM OVER LOAD (CE ONLY) BRN WH RD BRN 2 WH-ISM9 BRN RD CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) N H6 F.H. + BRN BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 GR/BK H6 #1 BRN C7B-3 C5 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) I H G F E D WH/RD RD D4 RD WH/RD 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD RD/WH GR/BK-18D + RD RD-1 - RD RD RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER A BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) RD/WH TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE RD RD RD/BK-2 WH/RD B 1 RD RD C GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N WH/RD WH/RD RD GR-17D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-20C RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH 4 RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D BK-33D CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD/WH RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH - + 4 D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND WH/RD-26 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD 2 B1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 RD-134D2 BK-22D1 WH RD-27D WH BL/BK-59D RD WH WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR 3 TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL WH RD-27 WH/RD WH/RD WH/RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% 6 2 RD RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 54 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 * NOTE: WIRE CONNECTS TO JC3-6 FOR STEER ROCKER SWITCH OPTION. 1 CWLITE WH TS49 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P24FS WH C9P-2 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129JDA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CHK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 C134PWR RD LS18 C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) FOOT SWITCH OPT. LS18 (CE) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) F.S. RD/BK-28 RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT OPTION + P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 C7P CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C7P JIB C9 C7P C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C16DRE BL/RD C4P-1 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C4P C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 TS7 WH 1 TS1 WH 11 P26ESTP BK P24FS WH C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36STCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37STC BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 C3P BRN Part No. 77828 P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR DRE LED BL/RD TS15 B BL/BK TS15 BL/WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD 1 TS14 RD/WH RD/BK-L4- CWLITE BK 9 BK C1P-12 C3P C7P 12V DC BATTERY 19/18 CONTROL CABLE H1 TILT ALARM 3 C134PWR RD LS18 BRN C2P 6 C4P BATGRN C7P-3 WH/RD C1P-6 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 J3 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOT SWITCH CONNECTOR 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH C1P-C4P 5 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) BRN J1 CR27 CR30 BRN D39 8 RD LS18 CABLE 7 S-60 • S-65 6 - 55 CWLITE WH TS49 4 BRN BRN DESCRIPTION H1 C7P C9 1 ITEM 2 REV B Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A U13 ALC-500 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) TS48 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) COMPONENT INDEX DLITE RD JC2 BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT RD JC1 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 5 4 4 3 2 BRN 1 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) L1 DRIVE ENABLE LED 1 3 2 + 1 BK RD + BRN BRN BK BRN BRN C28TTA RD/BK H1- BK WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK P26BAT BK J3-3 P22BAT BK C7P-1 RD WH 3 4 6 7 1 RD TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) D12 3 TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS4 TS6 TS7 TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 RD 1 1 NC NC NC P3 HORN BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 5 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ BK TS15 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 PDLITE RD C35HS BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C17PRL GR C4P-5 WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 NO JC1 2 WH RD 4 RD BRN C133PLA GR/BK D39 C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH BK F18 FUSE 10A (WORK LIGHT ONLY) RD WH BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) L47 RETRACT BOOM LED BRN 4 2 + 6 5 3 BRN 7 RD 5 L48 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPT.) BK 6 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT + BK 6 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE JC3 TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 7 JC2 TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS2 ENGINE START TS6 GLOW PLUG TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM 2 TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) 22 P2 EMERGENCY STOP WH-24 RD RD RD RD 8 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 56 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Deutz F3L-2011 Models C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C1P-9 REV D Electrical Schematic, S-65 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C1B-8 C3B-12 C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD BK C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK ENGINE START C27AUX RD C1B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR C5-2 C5-12 C5-22 RD RD C5-18 C5-14 C5-16 C5-11 F.H. BK R116 OR R21IGN WH RD WH BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH C41RPM OR/BK P116HYD RD P22BAT BK CR4 NO FOOTSW. LOW C2P-7 C3P-12 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH C1B-12 C2B-6 C1P-8 LIGHTS C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START RD/BK AUX PUMP C132PLI BL/WH P22BAT BK C1P-12 C7P-1 RD/BK FUSE 10A P134PWR GR/BK CR23 C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 CR23 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD BK H2 P24FS WH C2P-6 RD C2B-3 C7B-4 BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 57 BK C41RPM OR/BK RD 8 NO NC C SW3 FAN _ IND. + M3 PR2 PR2 NO S8 STARTER B2 FB1 M1 7 EXCT. NO STA. PR2 NO + 12V DC 85 TB33 CR4 NO TB26 CR5 87a 87 PR1 BAT. BAT. B A NO 6 NO RD TB25 86 CR17 ALTERNATOR D1 TB46 FUSE 10A 30 D22 TB21 CR2 NO CR1 15A L43 U1 TB35 C3 + TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. 5 D13 TB34 TB28 CR2 TB134 3MF CB3 TB23 TB41 TB24 RD 15A TB133 CB1 7 U33 TB27 WH D4 8 C32-8 12 D3 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 6 D2 4 GRD TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 L30 RD P1 H1 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. L48 D12 D40 ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 TS6 TS2 2 Platform Overload Option Only 3 FS1 RD P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) + - Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV D 1 C28TTA RD/BK DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE2 BL/BK LEFT 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 YOUT 5 4 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND PWR 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 DOWN UP 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 LEFT UP DOWN PRIMARY BOOM C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD C3PBF RD/WH C9PER BK/RD C8PBR BK/WH C7PBE BK EXTEND BOOM C4B-4 RETRACT C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK UP DOWN C3B-10 C3B-1 C3B-2 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C4B-2 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C3P-11 C4P-2 C129JDA BL C4P-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C3B-5 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK C2P-2 C4P-1 C4P-4 C3P-7 C3P-8 C3P-9 C3P-3 C3P-2 C3P-1 C3P-5 3 C3P-10 C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK RIGHT PLATFROM ROTATE RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH BR RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C17-2 C38-4 C9-2 C11-1 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 U4 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C130TA WH/RD C5-23 C29MS RD/WH BK C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD C6TRF WH/RD C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C36SCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C129 RD/BK GROUND DRIVE FORWARD DRIVE REVERSE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION BRAKE RELEASE MOTOR STROKE STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 58 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 3 7 2 TB22 CR34 4 4 LEFT C4B-7 BK BK BRN 1 14 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 14 TB4 TB6 TB3 6 14 13 LS3 NO NC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 TB9 14 22 LS1 NO HC TB2 TS14 TS15 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB36 D30 5 TB5 TB40 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 13 TB15 CR34 TB134 TB44 LS2 NO NC TB14 TB18 R4 5 R14 5 C19JSV GR/WH TB17 TB118 D28 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 R16 10 TB19 C4P-6 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C4P-7 TS58 L46 H3 RIGHT C19JSV GR/WH D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO JIB VALVE TS57 L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 P26ESTP BK CR13 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 L1 WH DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) BRN D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) C1P-12 C2P-6 FUSE 10A RD/BK C7P-1 C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 LIGHTS REV A Electrical Schematic, S-65 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD BK C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH WORK LIGHT C2P-12 C2P-11 C1P-8 GLOW PLUG C33STR BK ENGINE START C27AUX RD C1B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD F.H. C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22BAT BK BK/RD C5-5 C21IGN WH P134FB WH P116HYD RD C5-12 RD RD C5-18 C5-11 C5-16 C5-14 C5-22 WH RD F.H. BK R21IGN WH R116 OR C5-2 C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 L29 DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 CR23 C41RPM OR/BK BK BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUG RELAY GLOW PLUG OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR EMISSIOIN CONTROL SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP LEVEL SENSOR TILT ALARM HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. ENGINE START AUX PUMP RD/BK C2B-6 C1B-12 P22BAT BK C132PLI BL/WH P134PWR GR/BK RD C2B-3 H2 CR4 CR23 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD NO SW3 NO _ SW2 FAN M1 HM M3 STARTER NC C FB1 SW3 M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR PR2 NO PR2 PR2 NO + B2 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 59 C7B-4 8 BK C41RPM OR/BK RD EXCT. NO STA. PR1 - BAT. IND. 7 D1 BAT. + 12V DC ALTERNATOR S8 FUSE 70A CR4 NO CR5 87a 87 85 CR17 CR19 B A NO NO TB26 TB25 6 NO RD FUSE 10A 86 TB21 CR2 NO CR1 TB46 5 30 D22 OIL TEMP. 15A TB21 C5-3 TB45 L43 U1 TB35 C3 + CR2 TB134 3MF CB3 TB33 TB27 D13 TB34 TB24 RD 15A TB20 D3 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB23 TB41 TB28 TB133 CB1 7 U33 D2 WH D4 8 C32-8 12 4 6 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 GRD D12 D40 TS51 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 L48 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. 3 H1 L30 Platform Overload Option Only ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 P24FS WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 TS6 TS2 2 FS1 RD RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 RD P1 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) + Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH 3 4 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C5TRR WH/BK C4P-3 C4P-2 C3P-11 PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 WH C4B-1 C11-2 J1 F.H. WH C15PLD OR/BK C14PLU OR C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C38-1 TB5 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-10 PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-7 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C129 RD/BK 3 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 60 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 2 TB22 CR34 P24FS WH P26ESTP BK DOWN UP UP C18JD/PRR GR/BK C129JDA BL LEFT RIGHT DOWN C4P-6 C17JU/PRL GR C19JSV GR/WH BK BK BRN 4 14 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 14 TB4 TB6 1 14 13 LS3 NO HC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS2 NO HC R2 TS14 TS15 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 5 TB36 TB9 14 R4 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB18 TB3 D30 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC 7.5 1 C28TTA RD/BK 5 TB17 C3P-10 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C4P-7 TB19 TB40 R16 10 TB118 D28 TB13 CR19 CR34 TB134 TB44 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 13 TB15 R14 5 4 TS58 L46 H3 RIGHT JIB VALVE C19JSV GR/WH D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 3 TS57 L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR13 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 L1 WH DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) BRN D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) C1P-12 C2P-6 FUSE 10A RD/BK C7P-1 C41RPM OR/BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 LIGHTS REV D Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C7B-2 C1B-2 C3B-12 C2B-5 C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C28TTA RD/BK C133PLA BL/WH C46HRN GR RD BK C27AUX RD C1B-1 ENGINE START C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH WORK LIGHT C2P-12 C2P-11 C1P-8 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22BAT BK C5-12 C5-22 RD RD C5-18 C5-14 C5-16 C5-11 F.H. BK R21IGN WH RD WH BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH R116 OR C5-2 C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 L29 DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP GR/BK C1B-12 P22BAT BK C132PLI BL/WH C2B-6 NO P116HYD RD C41RPM OR/BK BK BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. CR23 ENGINE SPEED P134PWR GR/BK RD C2B-3 H2 CR4 CR4 CR23 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD NO SW3 NO _ SW2 FAN M1 HM M3 STARTER NC C FB1 SW3 M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR PR2 NO PR2 PR2 NO S8 + B2 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 61 C7B-4 8 BK C41RPM OR/BK RD EXCT. NO STA. PR1 + 12V DC IND. 7 D1 BAT. BAT. B A NO NO CR5 CR17 85 87a 87 ALTERNATOR 6 CR1 TB26 TB25 TB35 TB134 FUSE 10A 86 TB21 CR2 NO NO RD CR2 5 30 D22 OIL TEMP. 15A TB21 C5-3 TB45 L43 U1 C3 + TB46 3MF CB3 TB33 TB27 WH TS52 TS51 D13 TB34 TB28 H6 TB23 TB41 TB24 RD 15A 7 D2 D3 U33 TB133 L45 CB1 TS54 TS56 6 GRD D4 12 RD RD 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS6 D12 D40 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 RD P1 8 C32-8 4 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. D39 L30 L30 Platform Overload Option Only 3 H1 L4 P24FS WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 BK-(FS) RD RD TS1 1 P3 TS2 2 FS1 RD RD-(FS) WH-(FS) P2 C9P-1 BK LS18 C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK P26ESTP BK NC C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) + Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models REV D C28TTA RD/BK DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 3 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE CDE2 BL/BK LEFT 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 YOUT 5 RKOUT 6 4 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND PWR 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH P26ESTP BK UP DOWN LEFT 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C7P-3 C2P-3 C1P-4 C1P-5 C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 C1B-6 C30FWD WH C32BRK WH/RD C1B-3 C1B-5 C29MS RD/WH C1B-11 C31REV WH/BK C1P-3 C37SCW BL/BK C1P-6 C1P-11 C4TRL WH C3B-5 C3B-4 RIGHT PRIMARY BOOM TURNTABLE ROTATE C5TRR WH/BK LEFT UP DOWN C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD C3PBF RD/WH C9PER BK/RD C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH EXTEND BOOM C4B-4 RETRACT C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C14PLU OR C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 C4B-2 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C3P-11 C4P-2 DOWN UP C15PLD OR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK C4P-3 C3B-6 C1B-10 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C2P-2 C4P-1 C4P-4 C3P-7 C3P-8 C3P-9 C3P-3 C3P-2 C3P-1 C3P-5 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 3 PLATFROM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFROM ROTATE RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH BR RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C24-2 C15-2 C31-2 C14-2 C31-1 C12-2 C15-1 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C17-2 C38-4 C9-2 C11-1 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C14-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 U4 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C130TA WH/RD C5-23 C29MS RD/WH BK C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD C6TRF WH/RD C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C36SCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR GROUND DRIVE FORWARD DRIVE REVERSE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION BRAKE RELEASE MOTOR STROKE STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 62 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 3 7 2 TB22 CR34 4 C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 1 14 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 14 5 TB30 TB2 6 14 13 LS3 NO NC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS1 NO HC NO 14 TB4 TB6 L1 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB36 TB9 14 TB3 D30 TB5 TB40 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS2 NO NC 13 TB15 CR34 TB134 R16 10 TB118 D28 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 TS14 TS15 4 LEFT TB17 TB14 TB18 R4 5 R14 5 J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO RIGHT D27 2 CR27 NC J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION C4P-5 TS57 L46 H3 D9 RD RD L47 3 TS9 TS7 JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 1 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) C1P-12 C2P-6 FUSE 10A RD/BK C7P-1 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 REV A Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C7B-2 C1B-2 C3B-12 C2B-5 C1B-8 C3B-12 C133PLA BL/WH RD BK C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK ENGINE START C27AUX RD C1B-1 AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C3P-12 C46HRN GR C28TTA RD/BK C2P-5 C7B-1 PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH C2P-7 C3P-12 C1P-2 C7P-2 C1P-1 C1P-7 C1P-8 LIGHTS C2P-11 C2P-12 WORK LIGHT DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP GR/BK C1B-12 P22BAT BK C132PLI BL/WH C2B-6 D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD F.H. C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22BAT BK BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH C5-12 RD RD C5-18 C5-11 C5-16 C5-14 C5-22 WH RD F.H. BK R21IGN WH R116 OR C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 ENGINE SPEED P134PWR GR/BK P116HYD RD C5-2 BK H2 CR23 C41RPM OR/BK BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUG RELAY GLOW PLUG OIL TEMPERATURE LED OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR EMISSION CONTROL SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP LEVEL SENSOR TILT ALARM HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 63 NO CR4 CR23 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD 8 NO _ NC C SW3 FAN M1 + M3 STARTER B2 FB1 IND. 7 + 12V DC RD C2B-3 C7B-4 EXCT. PR2 NO PR2 PR2 NO BAT. BAT. BK C41RPM OR/BK RD D1 STA. PR1 S8 FUSE 70A ALTERNATOR L43 CR4 NO CR5 87a 87 85 CR17 CR19 B A NO NO 6 CR2 NO NO TB35 TB134 TB26 TB25 86 TB21 TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. RD D13 TB34 TB24 RD FUSE 10A 30 D22 TB33 TB27 WH CR2 CR1 15A TB23 TB41 TB28 H6 7 D2 D3 U33 U1 C3 + TB46 3MF CB3 5 6 D4 4 L45 CB1 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 GRD 5 4 PLAT 8 C32-8 12 RD RD 3 1 TB22 KS1 TB133 15A RD P1 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS6 D12 D40 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. D39 L30 L30 Platform Overload Option Only 3 H1 L4 P24FS WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 P2 RD RD TS1 1 P3 TS2 2 FS1 RD RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK LS18 C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK P26ESTP BK NC N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) + Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH 3 4 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C5TRR WH/BK C4P-3 C4P-2 C3P-11 PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 WH C4B-1 C11-2 J1 F.H. WH C15PLD OR/BK C14PLU OR C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C38-1 TB5 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-10 PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-7 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C129 RD/BK 3 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 64 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 2 TB22 CR34 P24FS WH P26ESTP BK DOWN UP UP C18JD/PRR GR/BK C129JDA BL LEFT RIGHT DOWN C4P-6 C17JU/PRL GR C19JSV GR/WH BK BK BRN 4 14 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 14 TB4 TB6 1 14 13 LS3 NO HC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS2 NO HC R2 TS14 TS15 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 5 TB36 TB9 14 R4 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB18 TB3 D30 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC 7.5 1 C28TTA RD/BK 5 TB17 C3P-10 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C4P-7 TB19 TB40 R16 10 TB118 D28 TB13 CR19 CR34 TB134 TB44 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 13 TB15 R14 5 4 TS58 L46 H3 RIGHT JIB VALVE C19JSV GR/WH D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 3 TS57 L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR13 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 L1 WH DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) BRN D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) 6 - 65 BK C5-5 7 BK WH S-60 • S-65 BK WH NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES 8 Part No. 77828 BK WH + C3 ENGINE START GLOW PLUG HIGH FUNCTION SPEED STEER RIGHT STEER LEFT (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 BRN BK WH D33 4 7 10 9 2 START RELAY TACHOMETER U1 START INPUT AUX PWR UNIT GROUND BATTERY TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) IGN OR FUEL ON TEMP OR PRESS FAULT OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A D30 TO REMOVE: 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 59 H6 CE ONLY Push gently and lift 41 46 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 BRN BRN C37-2 Genie Industries GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) 45 46R 118 132 133 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 RETRACT BOOM LED HORN 134 59 46 40 39 37 32 L WH-CR2 WH/BK-25D BRAKE 32 WH C11-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 36 DRIVE REVERSE 31 +12V DC POWER ENGINE BK-CR1 OR/BK-41C BK-33C RD-27C BRN RD-24C WH-23C B 35 DRIVE FORWARD 30 P20BAT RD BRN K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B 33 34 MOTOR STROKE 29 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 BL/WH C32-3 GR/BK-H6- RD-H6+ P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 31 TILT ALARM 28 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 J WH-L46+ D52 ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 30 AUXILARY PUMP 27 #1 C5 #2 F.H. 41 29 OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH 26 C5 #2 F.H. C26PSR WH/RD C5-14 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C25TSR WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 C11 GR-CR5 28 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 #1 I OR/BK-ISM2 BRN-GND 27 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 + BK/WH-TS56 BK/RD-CR4 RD-TS54 26 KEY SWITCH POWER 23 C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-ISM3 BK-TS52 25 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 22 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 G WH/RD-L2RD-ISM4 RD-TS51 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 21 IGNITION POWER 21 20 P134PWR RD-134C GR/BK-133B GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 D29 +12V DC POWER BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F BK C32-4 WH-ISM7 WH-KS RD-ISM6 RD-CB1 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE 19 #2 20 F.H. 19 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 RD-CB1 BRN-<GND> WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS GR/BK-TS57 13 14 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 44 15 DRIVE ENABLE 13 17 JIB BOOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 A #1 GR-TS57 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 9 7 8 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 8 4 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 4 5 2 3 BOOM DOWN BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 3 1 D BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 BK-22C1 BOOM UP 1 WH/BK-TS62 BRN 1 R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD TERMINAL BASE (TB) BK C7B-1 RD-TS51 RD-TS52 GR/BK H6 BRN WH-TS62 BRN C RD/WH-R16 C RD-24B C21IGN WH C5-3 D 4 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 6 BRN RD-CB3 C5-18 BK/RD GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS WH-21B C21IGN WH C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION RD H6 BL/WH-132B BK-22D2 C2B-5 GR OR C5-1 C32 B BRN BK/RD-35C CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION 5 CR5 HORN RELAY CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY BRN 5 6 7 8 12 F.H. WH 2 1 3 4 BK-46R C5 C32 WH BRN RD BRN 3 BRN WH-ISM9 RD CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION/START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) N FUNCTION HARNESS C5 F.H. BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 BRN C7B-3 C5 #2 F.H. July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) H G F E C GR/BK RD RD RD C19JSV GR/WH GR/BK GR/BK-18D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD/WH + RD-1 - RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD RD D4 A 1 RD RD/BK-2 RD B D9 RD RD D BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) I TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE J GR-17D K TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N 2 RD RD GR RD GR/BK RD-24D BK/RD-35D 4 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A CB2 5 RD-20C RD/WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL GR-17D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D RD RD-20C CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD-20C RD/WH BK-33D BL-44D RD CR22 RD CR17 RD C32-7 BK/WH-34D BK-7D RD-1D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D 3 TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN RD GR RD RD RD RD/WH-CR34 GR/BK-H6WH/RD-26 BRN-GND - + 3 D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D RD 4 WH WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B1 2 1 B KS1 KEY SWITCH RD/WH-TB3D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH RD-27D RD RD RD OR 2 RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START BK/WH-34D RD BRN RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD WH-21D BRN BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD/WH-R16 CR34 BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD 6 RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% WH D28 RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CR34 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 66 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) 6 - 67 BK WH 8 WH-OPTIONS S-60 • S-65 WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R4 + C3 BK-46R RD/WH-TS61 WH/RD-R2 BRN BK BK BK RD RD RD WH WH WH WH/BK-25D D33 1 3 4 7 10 9 2 IGN OR FUEL ON JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) BATTERY GROUND 10 TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 9 8 7 6 5 AUX PWR UNIT START INPUT TACHOMETER START RELAY U1 LS17 (C38) C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 FUNCTION HARNESS WH-CR2 WH-23C RD-24C and lift Push gently TO REMOVE: A C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 R46HRN BK C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 P134TTS RD A +12V POWER L BRN 4 3 133 132 D30 RD-CR19 BK-33C Genie Industries PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 118 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 WH C11-2 2 1 133 132 LIFT SPEED REDUCTION 46R 45 134 134 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 F.H. HORN RELAY POWER GENERATOR OPTION LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) 59 46 #2 F.H. 118 SERVICE HORN RETRACT BOOM LED C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 #2 F.H. 46R 45 134 134 59 46 41 40 39 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 BRN C37-2 OR/BK-41C 40 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 BRN P20BAT RD H6 CE OPTION ONLY BK-CR1 B (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 39 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C26PS WH/RD C5-14 C25TS WH/BK C5-16 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) K OR/RD-118B STEER RIGHT 37 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP STEER LEFT 41 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 36 GLOW PLUG START ENGINE BRAKE 35 34 33 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 27 26 25 RD-CR2 #2 GR/BK-H6- OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C5 BL/WH C32-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 KEYSWITCH POWER 23 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C5 BK-CR5 GR/WH C5-12 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) 22 26 21 IGNITION POWER 21 22 20 +12 VOLT POWER 20 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH RD-H6+ JIB SELECT VALVE 19 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 J BL/BK-L46+ GR-CR5 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C11 BRN-GND PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 I OR/BK-ISM2 RD-TS54 BK/RD-CR4 BK/WH-TS56 BK-TS52 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 15 17 14 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 H BK-ISM3 WH/RD-ALRM D52 RD-TS51 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 13 44 RD/BK-ALARM #1 RD-CR19#86 DRIVE ENABLE 13 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 G WH/RD-L2- JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 RD-CB1 RD-ISM6 WH-KS WH-ISM7 BK C32-4 BK-KS BK-CR5 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL 9 8 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 F WH-HM D29 BRN-<GND> PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 8 7 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 #2 RD-CB1 19 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 7 6 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 F.H. RD-CB2 18 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 5 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C5 GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 5 4 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 #1 GR-TS57 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 3 4 RD/WH-3D PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL RD-24B 3 2 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK C5-5 BK/RD-TS63 BK-22C1 BK/WH-TS63 GR-46D D BK-TS63 WH/RD-6D C1PBU RD C3B-1 1 WH/RD-CR19 RD-27C WH/BK-TS62 BRN WH-TS62 C21IGN WH C5-11 PRIMARY BOOM DOWN R43DLITE2 RD A BRN 2 B BRN RD/WH-CR34 C2B-4 OR/RD 1 GR/BK-133B RD/BK-TS61 BRN C RD/BK-ALARM P134PWR RD-134C BK-22D2 TERMINAL BASE (TB) BL/WH-132B 4 PRIMARY BOOM UP 3 1 RD H6 C C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY OR-LS17 C38-2 C32 RD-CB3 1 RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION U33 PLATFORM OVER LOAD (CE ONLY) D WH-21B RD-TS61 BK/RD-35C RD/WH-R16 C5-18 BK/RD WH/RD-R4 5 C21IGN WH B WH/RD-R2 CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY OR C5-1 8 RD-ISM4 WH-OPTIONS WH C5-4 12 CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY RD-TS52 BRN 7 CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN RD-TS51 CR5 HORN RELAY F.H. C32 BK C7B-1 6 C32 C5 CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION 5 C32 BRN WH RD A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 BRN 2 WH-ISM9 BRN 6 RD CR2 POWER RELAY 4 BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) N F.H. + BRN BK C16-1 BRN C7B-3 WH LS2 C10-2 GR/BK H6 #1 C5 3 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) G F E RD RD D RD/WH GR/BK RD C19JSV GR/WH WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD RD/WH WH/RD 2 WH/RD WH/RD GR WH/RD GR/BK GR/BK-18D + RD D4 RD RD RD A 1 RD-1 - RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD B WH/RD RD RD/BK-2 C BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) H TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE I GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N GR/BK D28 RD GR TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL GR-17D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D BL-44D WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM RD C32-6 C134PWR RD BL/BK-59D RD WH RD-27D 3 RD TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN WH RD-27 WH/RD WH/RD WH/RD CB2 RD-20C 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D BK-33D CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD-20C RD/WH RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D CB3 - + 4 D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD C32-7 BRN-GND WH/RD-26 B1 2 L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 WH WH WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87a R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% 4 R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR BRN RD RD RD TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D14 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR 6 TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH TS61 TS62 TS63 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 68 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) 7 8 6 - 69 BK C5-5 BK WH S-60 • S-65 BK WH NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 BK WH + C3 GLOW PLUG HIGH FUNCTION SPEED STEER RIGHT STEER LEFT (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 35 36 37 39 40 BRN BK WH D33 4 7 10 9 2 START RELAY TACHOMETER U1 START INPUT AUX PWR UNIT GROUND BATTERY TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) IGN OR FUEL ON TEMP OR PRESS FAULT OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 D30 TO REMOVE: A C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 H6 CE ONLY Push gently and lift 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 59 46 41 40 BRN BRN C37-2 Genie Industries GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) 45 46R 118 132 133 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 RETRACT BOOM LED HORN 134 59 46 37 39 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 L WH-CR2 WH/BK-25D START ENGINE 33 34 32 WH C11-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 36 BRAKE 32 ENGINE BK-CR1 OR/BK-41C BK-33C RD-27C BRN RD-24C WH-23C B 35 DRIVE REVERSE 31 +12V DC POWER K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B 33 34 DRIVE FORWARD 30 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 BL/WH C32-3 GR/BK-H6- RD-H6+ P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 31 MOTOR STROKE 29 P20BAT RD BRN J WH-L46+ D52 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP 30 TILT ALARM 28 #1 C5 #2 F.H. 41 29 AUXILARY PUMP 27 C11 GR-CR5 28 OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH 26 C5 #2 F.H. C26PSR WH/RD C5-14 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C25TSR WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 #1 I OR/BK-ISM2 BRN-GND 27 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 + BK/WH-TS56 BK/RD-CR4 RD-TS54 26 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-ISM3 BK-TS52 25 KEY SWITCH POWER C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 G WH/RD-L2RD-ISM4 RD-TS51 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 22 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 P134PWR RD-134C GR/BK-133B GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 21 IGNITION POWER 21 20 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F BK C32-4 WH-ISM7 WH-KS RD-ISM6 RD-CB1 D29 +12V DC POWER F.H. 20 #2 19 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE 19 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 RD-CB1 BRN-<GND> WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 1 GR/BK-TS57 13 14 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 44 15 DRIVE ENABLE 13 17 JIB BOOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 A #1 GR-TS57 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 9 7 8 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 8 4 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 4 5 2 3 BOOM DOWN BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 3 1 D BK/WH-TS63 BK-TS63 WH/RD-TS62 WH/BK-TS62 BK-22C1 BOOM UP BK C7B-1 RD-TS51 RD-TS52 GR/BK H6 BRN WH-TS62 BRN 1 TERMINAL BASE (TB) C RD/WH-R16 C R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD D C5-18 BK/RD BRN RD-CB3 RD-24B C21IGN WH C5-3 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 BRN C21IGN WH 3 CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION RD H6 BL/WH-132B BK-22D2 C2B-5 GR 4 OR C5-1 B GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS WH-21B BRN BK/RD-35C CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION C32 U33 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE ONLY) 5 6 7 8 12 F.H. CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY BRN 1 3 4 CR5 HORN RELAY C5 C32 WH 2 BK-46R BRN WH-ISM9 WH BRN RD BRN A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 RD 6 CR2 POWER RELAY 5 CR1 IGNITION/START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) N FUNCTION HARNESS C5 F.H. BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 BRN C7B-3 C5 #2 F.H. July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) H G F E C GR/BK RD RD RD C19JSV GR/WH GR/BK GR/BK-18D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD/WH + RD-1 - RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD RD D4 A 1 RD RD/BK-2 RD B D9 RD RD D BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) I TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE J GR-17D K TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N 2 RD RD GR RD GR/BK RD-24D BK/RD-35D 4 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A CB2 5 RD-20C RD/WH TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL GR/WH-19D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR-17D GR/BK-18D RD RD-20C CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD-20C RD/WH BK-33D BL-44D RD CR22 RD CR17 RD C32-7 BK/WH-34D BK-7D RD-1D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D 3 TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN RD GR RD RD RD RD/WH-CR34 GR/BK-H6WH/RD-26 BRN-GND - + 4 D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D 2 B1 RD 3 WH WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 1 B KS1 KEY SWITCH RD/WH-TB3D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH RD-27D RD RD RD OR 2 RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START BK/WH-34D RD BRN RD RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD WH-21D BRN BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD/WH-R16 CR34 BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD 6 RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% WH D28 RD LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CR34 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 70 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) 6 - 71 BK WH 8 WH-OPTIONS S-60 • S-65 WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R4 + C3 BK-46R RD/WH-TS61 WH/RD-R2 BRN BK BK BK RD RD RD WH WH WH WH/BK-25D D33 1 3 4 7 10 9 2 IGN OR FUEL ON JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) BATTERY GROUND 10 TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 9 8 7 6 5 AUX PWR UNIT START INPUT TACHOMETER START RELAY U1 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 LS17 (C38) C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 +12V POWER FUNCTION HARNESS WH-CR2 WH-23C RD-24C and lift Push gently TO REMOVE: 133 132 R46HRN BK C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 P134TTS RD A P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 BRN P20BAT RD L BRN 4 3 Genie Industries PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 118 46R 45 134 134 D30 RD-CR19 BK-33C 2 1 133 132 LIFT SPEED REDUCTION HORN RELAY POWER GENERATOR OPTION LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) 59 46 F.H. 118 SERVICE HORN RETRACT BOOM LED C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 #2 F.H. 46R 45 134 134 59 46 41 40 39 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 BRN C37-2 OR/BK-41C 40 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 WH C11-2 BK-CR1 B (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 39 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C26PS WH/RD C5-14 C25TS WH/BK C5-16 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) K OR/RD-118B STEER RIGHT 37 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP STEER LEFT 41 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 36 GLOW PLUG START ENGINE BRAKE 35 34 33 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 27 26 25 RD-CR2 #2 GR/BK-H6- OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C5 F.H. BL/WH C32-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 KEYSWITCH POWER 23 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C5 #2 BK-CR5 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) 22 26 21 IGNITION POWER 21 22 20 +12 VOLT POWER 20 RD-TS52 GR/WH C5-12 JIB SELECT VALVE 19 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH RD-H6+ PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 J BL/BK-L46+ GR-CR5 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C11 BRN-GND PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 15 17 14 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 I OR/BK-ISM2 RD-TS54 BK/RD-CR4 BK/WH-TS56 BK-TS52 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 13 44 RD/BK-ALARM H BK-ISM3 WH/RD-ALRM RD-TS51 D52 RD-CR19#86 DRIVE ENABLE 13 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 G WH/RD-L2- JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 #1 WH/BK-ISM10 RD-CB1 RD-ISM6 WH-KS WH-ISM7 BK C32-4 BK-KS BK-CR5 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL 9 8 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 F WH-HM D29 BRN-<GND> PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 8 7 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 #2 RD-CB1 19 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 7 6 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5 RD-CB2 18 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 5 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 F.H. GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 5 4 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 #1 GR-TS57 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 3 4 RD/WH-3D PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL RD-24B 3 2 C1PBU RD C12-1 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 BK-22C1 D BK-TS63 WH/RD-6D C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 1 WH/RD-CR19 C21IGN WH C5-11 WH/BK-TS62 BRN C1PBU RD C3B-1 BRN PRIMARY BOOM DOWN R43DLITE2 RD A BRN 2 B RD-TS51 WH-TS62 C2B-4 OR/RD 1 6 TERMINAL BASE (TB) BK C7B-1 PRIMARY BOOM UP GR/BK-133B 5 1 P134PWR RD-134C BK-22D2 C BL/WH-132B 4 D 3 RD/WH-CR34 GR-46D OR-LS17 C38-2 C32 RD-CB3 RD H6 RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION C21IGN WH GR/BK-L45 1 RD/BK-TS61 BK C5-5 C RD/BK-ALARM BRN RD-TS61 RD-27C RD/WH-R16 C5-18 BK/RD WH/RD-R4 5 OR C5-1 WH C5-4 C32 B WH/RD-R2 CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY WH-OPTIONS RD-ISM4 BK/RD-35C BRN WH-21B CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN 7 CR5 HORN RELAY F.H. 8 C32 C5 12 C32 6 BRN WH CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION U33 PLATFORM OVER LOAD (CE ONLY) WH-ISM9 BRN RD A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL 7 BRN 4 RD CR2 POWER RELAY 2 BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) N H6 F.H. + BRN BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 GR/BK H6 #1 BRN C7B-3 C5 3 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) G F E RD RD D RD/WH GR/BK WH/RD A RD C19JSV GR/WH WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD WH/RD 2 WH/RD WH/RD GR WH/RD GR/BK GR/BK-18D + RD/WH RD RD D4 RD RD RD-1 - RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD B 1 RD RD/BK-2 C BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) H TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE I GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N GR/BK D28 RD 3 RD-24D BK/RD-35D 4 RD-20C CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL GR-17D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D RD RD-20C CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD/WH BK-33D BL-44D RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH - + D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND WH/RD-26 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D 2 B1 4 WH RD C32-6 C134PWR RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 WH BL/BK-59D RD WH RD-27D WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR GR RD TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN WH RD-27 WH/RD WH/RD WH/RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% 6 RD RD RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D14 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH TS61 TS62 TS63 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 72 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65, CE Models Deutz F3L-2011 Models (after serial number 11879) July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models CWLITE WH TS49 WH Y C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) RD/BK-28 RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) RD LS18 CABLE BK C134PWR RD LS18 JIB JIB OPT. LS18 (CE) C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P24FS WH C9P-2 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129JDA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CHK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 BRN OPTION + P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 C7P P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 C7P CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C4P JIB C9 C7P C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C16DRE BL/RD C4P-1 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36STCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37STC BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 BRN C2P Y U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 * NOTE: WIRE CONNECTS TO JC3-6 FOR STEER ROCKER SWITCH OPTION. C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 TS7 WH 1 TS1 WH 1 P26ESTP BK P24FS WH P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR RD/BK-L4- TS14 RD/WH DRE LED BL/RD TS15 B BL/BK TS15 BL/WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD 1 C134PWR RD LS18 CWLITE BK 11 FOOT SWITCH 12V DC BATTERY 19/18 CONTROL CABLE H1 TILT ALARM Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 73 D39 8 F.S. 7 9 BK C1P-12 C3P C7P C3P 6 C4P BATGRN C7P-3 WH/RD C1P-6 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 3 U13 ALC-500 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOT SWITCH CONNECTOR 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH C1P-C4P PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) BRN J1 CR27 CR30 BRN 5 CWLITE WH TS49 4 BRN BRN DESCRIPTION H1 C7P C9 1 ITEM 2 REV B Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A J3 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Deutz F3L-2011 Models July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) COMPONENT INDEX TS48 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) DLITE RD RD JC2 BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT JC1 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 5 4 4 3 2 + BRN 1 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) L1 DRIVE ENABLE LED 1 1 + BK JIB BOOM CUTOUT BRN 2 + BRN BK BRN BRN C28TTA RD/BK H1- BK WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK P26BAT BK J3-3 TS8 JIB BOOM GR/BK TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS4 TS6 TS7 TS8 DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) 3 4 6 7 D12 1 WH RD BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT P22BAT BK C7P-1 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ RD RD TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL JC1 2 5 1 1 NC NC NC P3 HORN BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE RD GR 3 C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ BK TS15 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 PDLITE RD C35HS BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C129JDA BL C3P-10 WH-JIB C17PRL GR C4P-5 C19JSV GR/WH WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C14PLU OR C4P-2 P24FS WH C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 NO JC2 WH RD 4 RD BRN C133PLA GR/BK D39 C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WH-JIB WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH BK F18 FUSE 10A (WORK LIGHT ONLY) RD WH BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) CR13 3 RD L47 RETRACT BOOM LED BRN 4 2 BRN 6 5 3 BRN 7 RD 5 L48 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPT.) BK 6 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT + BK 6 JIB BOOM CUT OUT RELAY JC3 TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 7 CR13 TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS2 ENGINE START TS6 GLOW PLUG D27 TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM 2 TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) 22 P2 EMERGENCY STOP WH-24 RD RD RD 8 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 74 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Deutz F3L-2011 Models C2P-6 C1P-12 FUSE 10A RD/BK C7P-1 C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 LIGHTS C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C2B-5 C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK BK C27AUX RD C1B-1 ENGINE START C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH WORK LIGHT C2P-12 C2P-11 C1P-8 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C46HRN GR C28TTA RD/BK C2P-5 C7B-1 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH FUSE 10A C34SA BK/WH P22BAT BK C5-2 C5-12 C5-22 RD RD C5-18 C5-14 C5-16 C5-11 F.H. BK R116 OR R21IGN WH RD WH BK/RD C5-5 C21IGN WH C41RPM OR/BK P116HYD RD P134FB WH C46HRN GR P134TTSR RD C28TTA RD/BK C27AUX RD R33STR BK C21IGN WH C21IGN2 WH C25PSR WH/BK C26TSR WH/RD CR23 C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START AUX PUMP RD/BK C2B-6 C1B-12 P22BAT BK C132PLI BL/WH P134PWR GR/BK RD C2B-3 BK H2 CR4 CR23 C21IGN WH P20BAT RD BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUGS COOLANT TEMPERATURE LED COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 75 C7B-4 8 NO M1 FAN _ NC C SW3 IND. + M3 B2 NO PR2 PR2 NO S8 STARTER PR2 NO W STA. PR1 + 12V DC BK C41RPM OR/BK RD EXCT. FB1 7 D1 L43 CR4 NO CR5 CR17 85 87a 87 ALTERNATOR 6 BAT. BAT. B A NO NO TB26 86 CR2 NO NO RD TB25 30 D22 TB21 TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. 15AMP. D13 TB34 TB24 RD CR2 CR1 5 D4 U1 TB35 C3 + TB46 TB134 3MF CB3 TB23 TB41 TB33 TB27 WH D3 D14 CB1 7 U33 TB28 TB133 15AMP. 6 D2 4 GRD TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT 8 C32-8 12 RD RD 3 1 TB22 KS1 D12 D40 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 RD P1 L48 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. 3 H1 L30 Platform Overload Option Only ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 P24FS WH P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 TS6 TS2 2 FS1 RD RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV C Electrical Schematic, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) + Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV C DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 3 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH P26ESTP BK UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 C3B-5 C3P-6 C5TRR WH/BK TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C40LS OR P22LS BK C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK C14PLU OR DOWN UP C15PLD OR/BK C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK C4P-3 C4P-2 C3P-11 C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFROM ROTATE 5 TB5 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH RD BK C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK BK WH WH C26-1 C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C17-2 C38-4 C9-2 C11-1 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 U4 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR GROUND DRIVE FORWARD DRIVE REVERSE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION BRAKE RELEASE MOTOR STROKE STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 76 S-60 • S-65 3 7 2 TB22 CR34 Part No. 77828 4 C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 1 14 TB9 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 14 TB2 6 14 13 LS3 NO NC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS1 NO HC NO 14 TB30 TB36 TB4 TB6 TB3 D30 L1 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 14 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS2 NO NC TB40 R16 10 TB118 D28 13 TB15 CR34 TB134 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 TS14 TS15 4 LEFT TB17 TB14 TB18 R4 5 R14 5 J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 1 C28TTA RD/BK 3 C4P-5 TS57 L46 H3 D9 RD RD L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR27 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS7 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C1P-9 REV A Electrical Schematic, S-60 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C1B-8 C3B-12 BK C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK ENGINE START C27AUX RD C1B-1 C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR D13 TB34 FOOTSW. LOW C2P-7 C3P-12 LIGHTS PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH WORK LIGHT C1P-8 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH FUSE 10A C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD F.H. C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR P22BAT BK BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C5-12 RD RD C5-18 C5-11 C5-16 C5-14 C5-22 WH RD F.H. BK R21IGN WH C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 C2P-12 C2P-11 C1B-12 C2B-6 C21IGN WH R116 OR C5-2 NO DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START RD/BK AUX PUMP C132PLI BL/WH P22BAT BK C1P-12 C7P-1 RD/BK FUSE 10A P134PWR GR/BK P116HYD RD C41RPM OR/BK C21IGN WH P20BAT RD BK BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUGS COOLANT TEMPERATURE LED COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP LEVEL SENSOR TILT ALARM HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. P24FS WH C2P-6 RD C2B-3 C7B-4 BRN 7 HM M2 AUX PUMP REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 77 NO FAN M1 _ NC C FB1 SW3 IND. + M3 PR2 S8 STARTER H2 B2 NO PR2 PR2 NO + 12V DC W PR1 BAT. BAT. BK C41RPM OR/BK RD 8 EXCT. 6 CR4 CR17 85 87a 87 ALTERNATOR D1 STA. FUSE 70A CR19 B A NO NO CR5 CR23 CR23 86 TB33 CR4 NO TB26 TB25 30 D22 TB21 CR2 NO NO RD L43 CR2 CR1 15AMP. TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. 5 TB23 TB41 D3 U1 TB35 C3 + TB46 TB134 3MF CB3 7 U33 TB27 WH D4 8 C32-8 12 TB24 RD 15AMP. 6 D2 4 GRD 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB133 CB1 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT TB28 TB20 RD 3 1 TB22 KS1 L30 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. H1 D12 D40 ENGINE SPEED L48 TS4 TS47 TS48 TS6 TS2 RD RD TS1 P3 2 Platform Overload Option Only 3 FS1 RD P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 P1 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) + - Electrical Schematic, S-60 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 3 4 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 RKOUT 6 4 YOUT 5 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 YOUT 5 PWR 2 XOUT 4 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH P26ESTP BK DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C3P-4 C3P-6 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-5 C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C11-2 C40LS OR C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-2 C3B-9 C3B-8 C3B-7 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK UP DOWN C18JD/PRR GR/BK C4P-3 C4P-2 C3P-11 C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-8 C3P-7 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-6 PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-5 RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 3 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION 6 - 78 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 2 TB22 CR34 14 R14 5 C17JU/PRL GR PLATFROM ROTATE C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 4 6 1 14 21 LS17 NC HO 22 TB4 TB6 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 13 LS3 NO HC 13 14 22 LS2 NO HC NO 14 TB36 TB9 14 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB18 TB3 D30 TB5 TB40 L1 3 C4P-5 RIGHT LEFT TB17 R4 7.5 R2 5 TS14 TS15 5 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC 13 TB15 TB13 CR19 CR34 TB134 R16 10 TB118 D28 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 1 C28TTA RD/BK 4 TS57 L46 H3 D9 RD RD L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR27 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS7 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) 6 - 79 7 BK WH S-60 • S-65 BK C5-5 BK-TS63 BK/RD-TS63 BK WH 8 Part No. 77828 GR/BK-TS57 + C3 ENGINE START GLOW PLUG HIGH FUNCTION SPEED STEER RIGHT STEER LEFT (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 BK WH BRN BK WH NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES D33 4 7 10 9 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 M GROUND BOLT A START RELAY TACHOMETER U1 START INPUT AUX PWR UNIT GROUND BATTERY TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) IGN OR FUEL ON TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 1 3 Push gently and lift 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 59 D30 TO REMOVE: 41 46 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 WH C11-2 Genie Industries GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) 45 46R 118 132 133 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 RETRACT BOOM LED HORN 134 59 46 40 39 37 36 33 32 L WH-CR2 WH/BK-25D BRAKE 32 BRN BRN C37-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 35 DRIVE REVERSE 31 +12V DC POWER ENGINE BK-CR1 OR/BK-41C BK-33C RD-27C BRN RD-24C WH-23C B 34 DRIVE FORWARD 30 P20BAT RD BRN K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B 31 MOTOR STROKE 29 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 BL/WH C32-3 GR/BK-H6- RD-H6+ P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 30 TILT ALARM 28 ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 29 AUXILARY PUMP 27 J WH-L46+ D52 C26PSR WH/RD C5-14 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C5 #2 F.H. #1 C5 #2 F.H. 41 28 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH 26 C25TSR WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 C11 GR-CR5 27 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 #1 I OR/BK-ISM2 BRN-GND 26 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 H6 CE OPTION ONLY + BK/WH-TS56 BK/RD-CR4 RD-TS54 25 KEY SWITCH POWER 23 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-ISM3 BK-TS52 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 G WH/RD-L2RD-ISM4 RD-TS51 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 23 21 IGNITION POWER 21 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 P134PWR RD-134C GR/BK-133B GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 D29 20 19 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE 19 #2 +12V DC POWER 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 F.H. 20 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP 15 17 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F BK C32-4 WH-ISM7 WH-KS RD-ISM6 RD-CB1 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 RD-CB1 BRN-<GND> WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS DRIVE ENABLE 13 A #1 GR-TS57 13 14 JIB BOOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 44 9 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 9 B E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 7 8 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 5 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 8 4 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 4 5 2 3 BOOM DOWN BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 1 3 BOOM UP D BK/WH-TS63 BK-22C1 WH/RD-TS62 R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD TERMINAL BASE (TB) 1 WH/BK-TS62 BRN 1 C21IGN WH BK C7B-1 RD-TS51 RD-TS52 GR/BK H6 BRN WH-TS62 BRN C RD/WH-R16 C WH-21B D RD-24B C21IGN WH C5-3 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 C5-18 BK/RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS BK/RD-35C C2B-5 GR 5 RD H6 BL/WH-132B BK-22D2 CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION BRN RD-CB3 B BRN 4 OR C5-1 5 6 7 8 12 C32 CR5 HORN RELAY CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY BRN 1 3 4 F.H. WH BRN WH 2 BK-46R C5 C32 6 BRN WH-ISM9 RD RD BRN 3 CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) N FUNCTIONS HARNESS C5 F.H. BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 BRN C7B-3 C5 #2 F.H. July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) N M L K J I H G F E D C B A RD RD D4 RD RD TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL RD GR/WH-19D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D RD-20C CB2 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD 5 RD D14 RD RD TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE D13 RD-24D CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START RD RD GR-17D GR/BK-18D RD-20C BK-33D RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD TS56 GLOW PLUG RD HOUR METER 2 BRN WH-21D 2 RD RD/WH-R16 RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH 1 NC 4 RD RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION 1 NC RD RD RD CB3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A RD RD BRN 3 RD-20D RD OR RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 BK-7D RD-1D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH RD RD RD-20C D2 RD RD/WH-CR34 GR/BK-H6WH/RD-26 BRN-GND - RD/WH 3 4 + RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B1 2 1 B WH RD/WH-TB3D KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH RD-27D RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD CB1 RD 2 RD C19JSV GR/WH RD GR-17D GR/BK-18D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD/WH + RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER RD RD RD RD-1 - RD/BK-2 RD RD BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) D9 RD RD TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE TS61 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) 1 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CR34 HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 8 6 - 80 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) 8 6 - 81 BK WH WH-OPTIONS S-60 • S-65 WH-TB21 OPTIONS FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R4 + C3 BK-46R 7 RD/WH-TS61 WH/RD-R2 BRN BK BK BK RD RD RD WH WH WH WH/BK-25D D33 1 3 4 7 10 9 2 IGN OR FUEL ON JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) BATTERY GROUND 10 TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 9 8 7 6 5 AUX PWR UNIT START INPUT TACHOMETER START RELAY U1 LS17 (C38) C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-60 M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 FUNCTION HARNESS WH-CR2 WH-23C RD-24C and lift Push gently TO REMOVE: OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 L BRN 4 3 D30 RD-CR19 BK-33C Genie Industries A C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 BRN C37-2 2 1 133 132 R46HRN BK WH C11-2 OR/BK-41C PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 118 H6 CE OPTION ONLY BK-CR1 B 133 132 LIFT SPEED REDUCTION K OR/RD-118B GR/BK-H6- 118 F.H. BL/WH C32-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 +12V POWER C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 45 #2 F.H. 46R P134TTS RD A #2 HORN RELAY POWER GENERATOR OPTION 134 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C5 F.H. 46R 45 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) 134 59 46 C5 #2 BK-CR5 134 LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) RETRACT BOOM LED SERVICE HORN C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 RD-TS52 GR/WH C5-12 134 59 46 41 40 39 37 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH RD-H6+ BOOM STOWED 40 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP (UNUSED) 39 41 STEER RIGHT 37 36 35 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 BRN P20BAT RD J BL/BK-L46+ GR-CR5 STEER LEFT 34 33 32 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C26PS WH/RD C5-14 C25TS WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C11 BRN-GND HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 36 GLOW PLUG START ENGINE BRAKE 35 34 33 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 27 26 25 24 23 22 I OR/BK-ISM2 RD-TS54 BK/RD-CR4 BK/WH-TS56 BK-TS52 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 26 KEYSWITCH POWER CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) H BK-ISM3 WH/RD-ALRM RD-TS51 D52 RD-CR19#86 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 G WH/RD-L2- +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) 22 22 21 IGNITION POWER 21 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 #1 WH/BK-ISM10 RD-CB1 RD-ISM6 WH-KS WH-ISM7 BK C32-4 BK-KS BK-CR5 20 +12 VOLT POWER 20 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F WH-HM D29 BRN-<GND> JIB SELECT VALVE 19 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C14PLU OR C20-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 RD/BK-ALARM JDALARM BL C3B-10 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 #2 RD-CB1 19 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C5 RD-CB2 18 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 F.H. GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 15 14 13 17 44 9 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 #1 GR-TS57 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL 9 8 PLATFORM LEVEL UP PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 8 7 14 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 7 6 JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 5 4 3 DRIVE ENABLE TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 5 RD/WH-3D 13 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 4 RD-24B 44 PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 3 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 BK-22C1 D BK-TS63 GR-46D C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 1 WH/RD-CR19 WH/RD-6D WH/BK-TS62 BRN WH-TS62 C21IGN WH C5-11 2 R43DLITE2 RD C1PBU RD C12-1 BRN PRIMARY BOOM DOWN BRN C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 3 C1PBU RD C3B-1 RD-TS51 A 6 2 B BK C7B-1 RD/WH-CR34 C2B-4 OR/RD 1 GR/BK-133B 5 TERMINAL BASE (TB) P134PWR RD-134C BK-22D2 PRIMARY BOOM UP BL/WH-132B 4 1 3 C C32 OR-LS17 C38-2 C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY RD-CB3 RD H6 RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION GR/BK-L45 1 D RD-27C RD/WH-R16 C21IGN WH U33 PLATFORM OVER LOAD (CE ONLY) RD/BK-TS61 BK C5-5 C RD/BK-ALARM BRN RD-TS61 6 WH/RD-R4 C5-18 BK/RD OR C5-1 WH C5-4 C32 B WH/RD-R2 CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY WH-OPTIONS RD-ISM4 BK/RD-35C BRN WH-21B CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN 7 CR5 HORN RELAY 4 F.H. 8 C32 C5 CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION 12 C32 5 BRN WH RD BRN 2 WH-ISM9 BRN RD CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) N F.H. + BRN BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 GR/BK H6 #1 BRN C7B-3 C5 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) G F E RD RD D RD/WH WH/RD A RD C19JSV GR/WH WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD WH/RD WH/RD GR/BK-18D + RD/WH RD RD D4 RD RD RD-1 - RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD B 1 RD RD/BK-2 C BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) H TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE I GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N 2 WH/RD WH/RD RD GR-17D CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD RD-20C RD-20C CB2 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH 4 RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D BK-33D CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD/WH RD-20C RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH - + D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND WH/RD-26 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D 2 B1 4 WH RD C32-6 C134PWR RD RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL WH RD-27 WH RD-27D WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR 3 RD WH/RD WH/RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% 6 2 RD RD RD D14 TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR RD TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD WH/RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 82 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models BRN CWLITE WH TS49 C134PWR RD LS18 C2P C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ OPTION C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P24FS WH C9P-2 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129JDA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CHK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) RD LS18 CABLE RD/BK-28 RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT + OPT. FOOT SWITCH P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 C7P CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C16DRE BL/RD C4P-1 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36STCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37STC BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 C7P TS7 WH TS1 WH 1 P26ESTP BK P24FS WH CWLITE BK C4P BRN 19/18 CONTROL CABLE P24FS WH BRN JC1-3 OR RD/BK-L4- TS14 RD/WH DRE LED BL/RD TS15 B BL/BK TS15 BL/WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD 1 C134PWR RD LS18 BRN Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 83 1 LS18 (CE) 12V DC BATTERY H1 TILT ALARM 11 JIB C9 D39 9 BK C1P-12 C3P C7P C3P 6 C4P BATGRN C7P-3 WH/RD C1P-6 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 3 U13 ALC-500 ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 2 DESCRIPTION ITEM PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 J1 C7P 8 F.S. 7 BRN BRN CR27 CR30 BRN 5 CWLITE WH TS49 4 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOTSWITCH CONNECTOR C1P-C4P 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK H1 C7P C9 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A J3 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV B Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) COMPONENT INDEX TS48 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) DLITE RD JC1 7 3 BRN 3 2 + 2 4 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) BRN L1 DRIVE ENABLE 1 3 2 + RD BK BRN BK BRN BRN BK C28TTA RD/BK H1C133PLA GR/BK D39 BK BRN P22BAT BK C7P-1 P26BAT BK J3-3 RD 1 RD TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE 6 1 NC NC NC WH 4 7 D12 1 TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL 3 RD 3 P3 HORN DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) 5 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ BK TS15 PDLITE RD C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C35HS BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C17PRL GR C4P-5 WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 NO JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS4 TS6 TS7 TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 2 WH RD 4 RD C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH F18 FUSE 10A (WORKLIGHT ONLY) RD WH BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 1 + BRN BRN JC1 BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK L47 RETRACT BOOM 6 RD 4 7 5 BK 4 L48 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPT.) BK 5 1 TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 6 5 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT + 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 6 BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE RD JC3 JC2 BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT JC2 TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS6 GLOW PLUG TS2 ENGINE START TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM 2 2 P2 EMERGENCY STOP 2 TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) WH-24 RD RD 8 RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 84 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-60 Perkins 404-22 Models P24FS WH C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 LIGHTS C1P-8 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 REV D Electrical Schematic, S-65 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK BK C27AUX RD C1B-1 ENGINE START C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH WORK LIGHT C2P-12 C2P-11 C1B-12 C2B-6 D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH FUSE 10A C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR C5-2 C5-12 C5-22 RD RD C5-18 C5-14 C5-16 C5-11 F.H. BK R116 OR R21IGN WH RD WH BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH P22BAT BK CR4 P116HYD RD C41RPM OR/BK C21IGN WH P20BAT RD C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START RD/BK AUX PUMP C132PLI BL/WH P22BAT BK C1P-12 P134PWR GR/BK C7P-1 RD/BK FUSE 10A C2P-6 RD C2B-3 C7B-4 BK BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUGS COOLANT TEMPERATURE LED COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP TILT ALARM LEVEL SENSOR HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 H2 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 85 BK C41RPM OR/BK RD 8 NO FAN _ NC C SW3 FB1 IND. AUX PUMP REGULATOR NO + M3 B2 PR2 NO PR2 PR1 S8 STARTER PR2 NO W STA. M1 7 EXCT. 6 + 12V DC 87a 87 85 CR17 ALTERNATOR D1 BAT. BAT. B A NO NO CR5 CR23 CR23 86 TB33 CR4 NO TB26 TB25 30 D22 TB21 CR2 NO NO RD L43 CR2 CR1 15AMP. TB21 C5-3 TB45 OIL TEMP. 5 D13 TB34 TB28 U1 TB35 C3 + TB46 TB134 3MF CB3 TB23 TB41 TB24 RD 15AMP. TB133 CB1 7 U33 TB27 WH D4 8 C32-8 12 D3 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB20 6 D2 4 GRD TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 L30 RD P1 H1 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. L48 D12 D40 ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 TS6 TS2 2 Platform Overload Option Only 3 FS1 RD P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) + - Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV D C28TTA RD/BK DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 YOUT 5 RKOUT 6 4 PWR 3 1 GND 2 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 OUT 5 4 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH P24FS WH 3 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C2B-3 C7B-3 C1B-5 C1B-6 C1B-4 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-3 C31REV WH/BK C29MS RD/WH C30FWD WH C37SCW BL/BK C1B-10 C1B-11 C36STCC BL C3B-6 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C3B-4 PRIMARY BOOM TURNTABLE ROTATE C3B-5 RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK LEFT UP DOWN C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK C3PBF RD/WH C9PER BK/RD C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH BOOM C4B-4 RETRACT EXTEND C118LSR OR/RD J1 F.H. WH WH C4B-1 C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 C38-1 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 PLATFROM LEVEL C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C11-2 C13DE BL/RD C3P-11 C4P-2 C4P-3 UP DOWN C3B-10 C4B-5 C4B-6 RD BK C10-1 C5-20 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH BR RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C24-2 C15-2 C31-2 C14-2 C31-1 C12-2 C15-1 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C17-2 C38-4 C9-2 C11-1 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C14-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 U4 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 WH WH C26-1 C5-21 C32BRK WH/RD C130TA WH/RD C5-23 C29MS RD/WH BK C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD C6TRF WH/RD C5TRR WH/BK C4TRL WH C36SCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR GROUND DRIVE FORWARD DRIVE REVERSE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION BRAKE RELEASE MOTOR STROKE STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM UP JIB VALVE DESCENT ALARM OPTION PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN 8 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. C7P-3 C2P-3 C1P-5 C1P-4 C1P-6 C1P-3 C1P-11 C1P-10 C3P-6 C3P-4 C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-7 C3P-8 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD 3 PLATFROM LEVEL C129JDA BL C17JU/PRL GR C18JD/PRR GR/BK RIGHT PLATFROM ROTATE C129 RD/BK 3 4 LEFT 4 6 - 86 S-60 • S-65 2 TB22 CR34 Part No. 77828 7 BK BK BRN 4 DOWN UP C3P-10 C4P-6 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE C4B-7 TB59 14 H4 6 LS17 NO HC 14 TB4 TB6 1 14 13 LS3 NO NC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS1 NO HC 5 TB2 TS14 TS15 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 TB37 TB36 TB9 14 TB3 D30 TB5 TB40 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 NO 14 TB13 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS2 NO NC 13 TB15 TB118 D28 R4 5 R14 5 C19JSV GR/WH TB17 TB14 TB18 R16 10 TB19 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 CR34 TB134 TB44 L46 H3 DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C19JSV GR/WH D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 RIGHT C4P-7 TS58 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 P26ESTP BK CR13 NC J3 CR30 NO JIB VALVE TS57 L47 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 JC3 JC2 JC1 L1 WH DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 1 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) BRN D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) P24FS WH C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK FOOTSW. LOW C1P-9 C2P-7 C3P-12 LIGHTS C1P-8 C1P-7 C1P-1 C7P-2 C1P-2 C3P-12 C2P-5 C7B-1 REV A Electrical Schematic, S-65 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 FUNCTION ENA. C2B-7 HIGH RPM LOW RPM C45GEN GR/WH C2B-5 C3B-12 C1B-2 C7B-2 RD AUXILIARY PUMP P23BAT WH WH C133PLA BL/WH C28TTA RD/BK RD RD C46HRN GR C1B-8 C3B-12 C2P-10 C2P-9 C34SA BK/WH GLOW PLUG C33STR BK BK C27AUX RD C1B-1 ENGINE START C1B-7 DLITE BL/WH PBOX GND FOOTSW. HIGH WORK LIGHT C2P-12 C2P-11 C1B-12 C2B-6 D14 GR/BK C35RPM BK/RD C45GEN GR/WH FUSE 10A C34SA BK/WH C26TSR WH/RD C25PSR WH/BK C21IGN2 WH C21IGN WH R33STR BK C27AUX RD F.H. C27AUX RD C28TTA RD/BK P134TTSR RD C46HRN GR BK/RD C5-5 P134FB WH C21IGN WH P22BAT BK CR4 P116HYD RD C5-12 RD RD C5-18 C5-11 C5-16 C5-14 C5-22 WH RD F.H. BK R21IGN WH R116 OR C5-2 C5-4 C5-1 BRN Q3 L29 SW3 NO L29 SW2 CR23 C41RPM OR/BK C21IGN WH P20BAT RD NO DRIVE LIGHT GLOW PLUG ENGINE START RD/BK AUX PUMP C132PLI BL/WH P22BAT BK C1P-12 P134PWR GR/BK C7P-1 RD/BK FUSE 10A C2P-6 RD C2B-3 C7B-4 BK BRN BRN HIGH IDLE RELAY HIGH RPM SOLENOID GENERATOR OPTION DRIVE LIGHT OPTION WORK LIGHTS OPTION GLOW PLUGS COOLANT TEMPERATURE LED COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH POWER RELAY FUEL SOLENOID HOUR METER IGN./START RELAY STARTER MOTOR SPEED REDUCTION RELAY AUXILIARY POWER RELAY AUXILIARY PUMP LEVEL SENSOR TILT ALARM HORN RELAY HORN FLASHING BEACONS OPTION HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH (OPTION) COOLING FAN (OPTION) NOTES: 1 CE AND PLATFORM OVERLOAD OPTION ONLY. HM M2 REGULATOR Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 - 6 - 87 BK C41RPM OR/BK RD 8 NO FAN M1 _ NC C FB1 IND. + M3 PR2 NO S8 STARTER AUX PUMP H2 B2 PR2 NO PR2 PR1 - BAT. W CR19 EXCT. SW3 7 ALTERNATOR D1 BAT. + 12V DC 87a 87 85 CR17 6 STA. FUSE 70A B A NO NO CR5 CR23 CR4 NO TB26 TB25 86 TB21 CR2 NO NO RD 5 30 D22 OIL TEMP. CR2 CR1 15AMP. TB21 C5-3 TB45 L43 U1 TB35 C3 + TB46 TB134 3MF CB3 WH D13 TB34 TB24 RD 15AMP. TB23 TB41 TB33 TB27 D2 D3 1 START RELAY 2 TACHOMETER 3 START INPUT IGNITION/ 4 AUX. ON START 5 GROUND MODULE 6 BATTERY 7 KEY PWR. 8 KEY BYPASS 9 IGN./FUEL ON 10 ENG. FAULT TB133 CB1 7 U33 TB28 TB20 6 D4 8 C32-8 12 4 GRD TS4 TS47 TS48 TS54 TS56 TS52 TS51 5 4 PLAT 3 1 TB22 KS1 L30 RD H1 L30 TB132 RD RD 15AMP. L48 D12 D40 ENGINE SPEED RD RD TS1 P3 TS6 TS2 2 Platform Overload Option Only 3 FS1 RD P25FS RD P24FS WH C9P-3 C9P-2 RD-(FS) WH-(FS) BK-(FS) C9P-1 BK P2 C22LS BK C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK 1 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A TB134 P1 CB2 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) + Electrical Schematic, S-65 REV A DRIVE MODE CDE3 BL/RD CDE2 BL/BK LEFT BL WH OR BRN BK RD OR BRN YEL OR BRN 15 8 16 7 2 1 10 9 3 12 11 1 2 14 13 5 4 6 DRIVE ENABLE 3 BL CDE1 BL/WH RIGHT 7 4 YOUT 5 RKOUT 6 PWR 3 GND 2 1 7 6 PWR 2 XOUT 4 YOUT 5 GND 1 7 6 4 OUT 5 PWR 3 1 GND 2 BRN P24FS WH 3 4 5 15 16 19 20 18 17 11 10 9 6 7 8 14 13 12 1 3 4 C1P-10 C1P-11 C1P-3 C1P-6 C1P-5 C1P-4 C2P-3 C7P-3 C4TRL WH C6TRF WH/RD C36STCC BL C37SCW BL/BK C29MS RD/WH C32BRK WH/RD C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C41RPM OR/BK BATGND C3B-4 C3B-6 C1B-10 C1B-11 C1B-3 C1B-6 C1B-5 C1B-4 C2B-3 C7B-3 TURNTABLE ROTATE C3B-5 C3P-4 C4P-2 C3P-11 PRIMARY BOOM BOOM C4B-4 WH C4B-1 C11-2 J1 F.H. WH C15PLD OR/BK C14PLU OR C59CNK BL/BK P22LS BK C40LS OR C13DE BL/RD C118LSR OR/RD RETRACT EXTEND C7PBE BK C8PBR BK/WH C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH C2PBD RD/BK C1PBU RD DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT C5TRR WH/BK C3P-6 C3P-5 C3P-1 C3P-2 C3P-3 C3P-9 C3P-7 C3P-8 C4P-4 C4P-1 C2P-2 P134 RD PLATFROM LEVEL C4P-3 C3B-2 C3B-1 C3B-3 C3B-9 C3B-7 C3B-8 C38-1 TB5 OR/RD BL/RD C37-3 C3B-11 C2B-2 BK RD C4B-2 C4B-3 C4B-5 C4B-6 PLATFROM LEVEL C3B-10 PLATFROM ROTATE RD BK C10-1 C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C30FWD WH C130TA WH/RD C32BRK WH/RD C29MS RD/WH C37SCW BL/BK C36SCC BL C4TRL WH C5TRR WH/BK C6TRF WH/RD C1PBU RD C2PBD RD/BK RD BK C28-1 C25-1 BK RD C26-2 C28-2 C25-2 C31-1 C15-1 C14-1 C12-2 C31-2 C15-2 C14-2 C24-2 C12-1 C13-2 C30-2 C13-1 C30-1 C16-2 C29-2 C16-1 C11-1 C9-2 C38-4 C17-2 C10-2 C17-1 C29-1 C24-1 C7PBE BK WH BL/BK C37-4 C23-1 C21-1 C20-1 C22-2 C23-2 C21-2 C20-2 C38-2 C22-1 BR F.H. OR WH C8PBR BK/WH C37-2 BR C9PER BK/RD C3PBF RD/WH BK WH WH C26-1 C5-20 C5-23 C5-24 RD C38-3 BK C37-1 C9-1 BK BK RD C14PLU OR C15PLD OR/BK C18JD/PRR GR/BK C17JU/PRL GR 3 7 U4 NOTES: 1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION. 3 ROCKER STEER OPTION ONLY. PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM LEVEL UP LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH LS5-CABLE TENSION LED LS2-PRIMARY BOOM UP DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS1-PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND DRIVE LIMIT SWITCH LS3-DRIVE ENABLE LIMIT SWITCH LS17-BOOM UP/DOWN SPEED REDUCTION LIMIT SWITCH BOOM RETRACT BOOM EXTEND LS5 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM FLOW CONTROL PRIMARY BOOM DOWN PRIMARY BOOM UP TURNTABLE ROTATE FLOW CONTROL TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT STEER LEFT STEER RIGHT MOTOR STROKE BRAKE RELEASE TRAVEL ALARM OPTION DRIVE REVERSE DRIVE FORWARD GROUND 8 DESCENT ALARM OPTION JIB VALVE 6 - 88 S-60 • S-65 Part No. 77828 2 TB22 CR34 P24FS WH P26ESTP BK UP DOWN UP DOWN C18JD/PRR GR/BK C129JDA BL RIGHT LEFT C129 RD/BK BK BK BRN 4 14 TB30 TB31 TB32 TB29 H4 TB59 LS17 NO HC 14 TB4 TB6 1 14 13 LS3 NO HC 13 21 LS17 NC HO 22 22 LS2 NO HC NO 14 R2 TS14 TS15 6 21 LS5 NC 13 LS5 13 R4 TB36 TB9 14 7.5 TB37 TB2 TB14 TB3 D30 TB1 TB7 TB8 LS1 NO HC TB18 TB13 5 C4B-7 TB17 C4P-6 C17JU/PRL GR C19JSV GR/WH D28 TB40 R14 5 C3P-10 C4P-5 PLATFROM ROTATE DOWN JIB UP BOOM LEFT C4P-7 TB19 13 TB15 R16 10 TB118 CR19 CR34 TB134 TB44 TS62 TS61 TS63 TS59 1 C28TTA RD/BK 3 5 TS58 L46 H3 RIGHT JIB VALVE C19JSV GR/WH D9 RD RD J1 J1 J1 J1 J3 CR30 NO 4 TS57 L47 J2 U13 JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD CE LIFT/ DRIVE OPTION D27 2 CR13 NC JC3 JC2 JC1 L1 WH DRIVE & STEERING PRI UP/DN & TT ROTATE PRIMARY EXT/RET P24FS WH 3 TS9 TS8 TS7 CR27 NC CR13 P26ESTP BK C41RPM OR/BK P24FS WH P26ESTP BK P22LS BK P134 RD C28TTA RD/BK C41RPM OR/BK P26ESTP BK A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) BRN D29 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Electrical Schematic, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) 6 - 89 7 BK C5-5 BK WH S-60 • S-65 BK-TS63 BK/RD-TS63 BK WH 8 Part No. 77828 GR/BK-TS57 + C3 BRAKE ENGINE START GLOW PLUG HIGH FUNCTION SPEED STEER RIGHT STEER LEFT (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 32 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 BK WH BRN BK WH NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES D33 4 7 10 9 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OR-LS17 C38-2 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 R46HRN BK C118BSR OR/RD C4B-4 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 C59CNK WH-LS5 C37-4 C134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 C134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 P134TTSR RD A Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 M GROUND BOLT A START RELAY TACHOMETER U1 START INPUT AUX PWR UNIT GROUND BATTERY TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) IGN OR FUEL ON TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 1 3 Push gently and lift 45 46R 118 132 133 134 134 59 D30 TO REMOVE: 41 46 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C46HRN GR C2B-5 C36STCC BL C1B-10 C36STCC BL C24-1 C37STC BL/BK C1B-11 C37STC BL/BK C25-1 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C35HS BK/RD C1B-9 WH C11-2 Genie Industries GENERATOR OPTION HORN RELAY POWER LIFT SPEED REDUCTION PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (2) 45 46R 118 132 133 PLAT. OVERLOAD LIM. SW. +12V (1) 134 RETRACT BOOM LED HORN 134 59 46 40 39 37 36 33 32 L WH-CR2 WH/BK-25D 35 DRIVE REVERSE 31 BRN BRN C37-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 34 DRIVE FORWARD 30 +12V DC POWER ENGINE BK-CR1 OR/BK-41C BK-33C RD-27C BRN RD-24C WH-23C B 31 MOTOR STROKE 29 P20BAT RD BRN K OR-CR34 OR/RD-118B 30 TILT ALARM 28 C37 GR/WH C5-12 BK-CR5 OR/RD-FH C38-3 BL/WH C32-3 GR/BK-H6- RD-H6+ P134FB WH-FH RD-KS 29 AUXILARY PUMP 27 C26PSR WH/RD C5-14 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C27AUX RD PR1 C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C28TTA RD/BK B C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C30FWD WH C5-21 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH LS5 J WH-L46+ D52 ALTERNATOR PULSE PICKUP 28 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH 26 C25TSR WH/BK C5-16 RD-CR2 C5 #2 F.H. #1 C5 #2 F.H. 41 27 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 C11 GR-CR5 26 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 #1 I OR/BK-ISM2 BRN-GND 25 KEY SWITCH POWER H6 CE OPTION ONLY + BK/WH-TS56 BK/RD-CR4 RD-TS54 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (2) 22 23 C22LS17 BK C10-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22BAT BK C9-2 P23BAT WH C7B-2 H WH/RD-ALRM BK-ISM3 BK-TS52 22 +12V DC TO PLATFORM (1) 22 23 21 IGNITION POWER 21 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C21IGN2 WH C5-11 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH LS1 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 +12V DC POWER TO PLATFORM C7 G WH/RD-L2RD-ISM4 RD-TS51 D29 20 19 JIB BOOM SELECT VALVE 19 #2 +12V DC POWER 18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 F.H. 20 15 17 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP 15 17 P134PWR RD-134C GR/BK-133B GR/BK-L45 WH/BK-ISM10 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 C1PBU RD C3B-1 C1PBU RD C12-1 C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 RD/BK-ALARM C13DRE BL/RD C4B-1 C13DRE BL/RD C10-1 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C17JU GR C22-1 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 F BK C32-4 WH-ISM7 WH-KS RD-ISM6 RD-CB1 DRIVE ENABLE 13 A C5 GR/WH-TS57 RD-CB2 RD-CB1 BRN-<GND> WH-HM BK-CR5 BK-KS 13 14 JIB BOOM DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 B #1 GR-TS57 9 BOOM EXT/RET FUNCTION CTRL 9 44 7 8 BOOM EXTEND BOOM RETRACT 7 6 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 8 4 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 4 5 2 3 BOOM DOWN BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL 2 3 1 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK-22C1 BOOM UP D BK/WH-TS63 BRN WH/RD-TS62 R43DLITE1 RD R43DLITE2 RD TERMINAL BASE (TB) 1 WH/BK-TS62 BRN C21IGN WH BK C7B-1 RD-TS51 RD-TS52 GR/BK H6 BRN WH-TS62 6 1 WH-21B C RD/WH-R16 C C5-18 BK/RD D RD-24B C21IGN WH C5-3 RD-TS61 RD/BK-ALARM RD/BK-TS61 4 CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY GR-46D RD-CB3 OPTIONS BK/RD-35C C2B-5 GR 5 RD H6 BL/WH-132B BK-22D2 CR22 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION BRN RD-CB3 B BRN OR C5-1 5 6 7 8 12 C32 CR5 HORN RELAY CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY BRN 1 3 4 F.H. WH 2 BK-46R C5 C32 WH BRN RD BRN 3 BRN WH-ISM9 RD CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV B Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) N FUNCTIONS HARNESS C5 F.H. BK C16-1 WH LS2 C10-2 BRN C7B-3 C5 #2 F.H. July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) N M L K J I H G F E D C B A RD D28 GR/WH-19D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D RD-24D BK/RD-35D RD-20D CB2 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A RD-20C 5 RD RD-20D D14 RD RD TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE D13 RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A TS52 ENGINE START RD RD GR-17D GR/BK-18D RD CB3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A BK/WH-34D RD TS56 GLOW PLUG RD 4 RD RD 2 HOUR METER 2 BRN WH-21D 1 NC RD RD/WH-R16 RD/WH-TS61 RD/WH-R16 OR-LS17 BRN BRN P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH 1 RD CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION BRN NC 3 TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN RD-20C BK-33D BL-44D RD CR22 RD CR17 RD RD RD RD RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% GR RD RD-20C RD/WH RD/WH OR RD RD BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 BK-7D RD-1D WH-4D WH/BK-5D WH/RD-6D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD RD/WH-CR34 GR/BK-H6WH/RD-26 BRN-GND - + 3 4 D2 RD RD/BK-2D BRN L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM BL/BK-59D L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D RD-134D2 BK-22D1 B1 2 1 B KS1 KEY SWITCH WH RD/WH-TB3D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD WH RD-27 OR-LS17 DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR WH RD-27D RD RD RD/WH RD C19JSV GR/WH GR/BK RD WH-23 TS59 PLATFORM LEVEL GR RD WH 2 RD D4 RD RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR GR-17D RD RD RD DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% GR/BK GR/BK-18D RD WH-4 WH/BK-5 WH/RD-6 RD RD/WH + RD D3 TS51 AUXILIARY POWER RD RD RD RD-1 - RD/BK-2 RD RD BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) GR/BK D9 RD RD TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE TS61 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) 1 NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 CR34 HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R4 R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 TS61 TS62 TS63 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 6 7 8 6 - 90 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (before serial number 11880) July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) 8 6 - 91 BK WH WH-OPTIONS S-60 • S-65 WH-TB21 OPTIONS NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES FUSE 10A (DRIVE LIGHT ONLY) Part No. 77828 7 RD/WH-R16 WH/RD-R4 + C3 BK-46R RD/WH-TS61 WH/RD-R2 BRN BK BK BK RD RD RD WH WH WH WH/BK-25D D33 1 3 4 7 10 9 2 IGN OR FUEL ON JUMP TO 7 (GAS ONLY) TO KEY SW (DIESEL ONLY) BATTERY GROUND 10 TEMP OR PRESS FAULT 9 8 7 6 5 AUX PWR UNIT START INPUT TACHOMETER START RELAY U1 LS17 (C38) C11 (LS2) C9 (LS3) Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-65 M GROUND BOLT 12/24 Volt IGNITON/START MODULE P/N 56057 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OR/RD-LS17 C38-3 FUNCTION HARNESS WH-CR2 WH-23C RD-24C and lift Push gently TO REMOVE: A C133PLA BL/WH C3B-12 C132PLI BL/WH C1B-12 C118LSR OR/RD C4B-4 R46HRN BK C45GEN GR/WH C2B-7 P134TTS RD A +12V POWER L BRN 4 3 133 132 D30 RD-CR19 BK-33C Genie Industries PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARM PLATFORM OVERLOAD LS 118 P134PWR RD-LS17 C38-1 P134PWR BK-LS5 C37-3 BRN C37-2 2 1 133 132 LIFT SPEED REDUCTION 46R 45 134 134 P134PWR GR/BK C2B-6 C59CNK BL/BK-LS5 C37-4 C59CNK BL/BK C3B-11 F.H. HORN RELAY POWER GENERATOR OPTION LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (2) LOAD WEIGHING LIM. SW. +12V (1) 59 46 F.H. 118 SERVICE HORN RETRACT BOOM LED C46HRN GR C2B-5 C41RPM OR/BK C5-2 C41RPM OR/BK C2B-3 C40LS1 OR C10-2 C40LS1 OR C2B-2 C39LP BL/RD C2B-1 C37SCW BL/BK C25-1 C37SCW BL/BK C1B-11 C36SCC BL C24-1 C36SCC BL C1B-10 C35RPM BK/RD C1B-9 C34SA BK/WH C5-22 C34SA BK/WH C1B-8 #2 F.H. 46R 45 134 134 59 46 41 40 39 C32BRK WH/RD C5-23 C33STR BK C1B-7 WH C11-2 OR/BK-41C 40 C31REV WH/BK C5-20 C32BRK WH/RD C1B-6 BRN P20BAT RD H6 CE OPTION ONLY BK-CR1 B (UNUSED) BOOM STOWED 39 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 C31REV WH/BK C1B-5 C30FWD WH C5-21 C30FWD WH C1B-4 C29MS RD/WH C5-24 C29MS RD/WH C1B-3 C28TTA RD/BK B C28TTA RD/BK C1B-2 C27AUX RD PR1 C27AUX RD C1B-1 C26PS WH/RD C5-14 C25TS WH/BK C5-16 CABLE TENSION LIMIT SWITCH C37 (LS5) K OR/RD-118B STEER RIGHT 37 ALTERNATOR PULS PICKUP STEER LEFT 41 HIGH FUNCTION SPEED 36 GLOW PLUG START ENGINE BRAKE 35 34 33 32 PROPEL REVERSE 31 30 MOTOR STROKE 29 PROPEL FORWARD 29 TILT ALARM 28 30 28 AUXILARY PUMP 27 27 26 25 RD-CR2 #2 GR/BK-H6- OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 25 24 P23BAT WH C7B-2 C5 BL/WH C32-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER POWER 24 23 22 P22BAT BK C9-2 P22BAT BK C11-1 P22LS17 BK C38-4 C21IGN2 WH C5-3 BOOM EXTEND LIMIT SWITCH C11 (LS1) 18/19 #2 C1 & C2 C5 ENGINE OR/RD-FH C38-3 KEYSWITCH POWER 23 P20BAT RD P20BAT RD C21IGN WH CR2 C5 #2 BK-CR5 +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (2) 22 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH +12 VOLT TO PLATFORM (1) 22 26 21 IGNITION POWER 21 22 20 +12 VOLT POWER 20 RD-TS52 GR/WH C5-12 JIB SELECT VALVE 19 C18JD GR/BK C23-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4B-7 C37 RD-KS P134FB WH-FH RD-H6+ PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT/JIB DOWN 18 C18JD GR/BK C4B-6 C17JU GR C22-1 C17JU GR C4B-5 C15PLD OR/BK C21-1 J BL/BK-L46+ GR-CR5 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT/JIB UP C14PLU OR C20-1 C15PLD OR/BK C4B-3 C11 BRN-GND PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN 15 17 14 C14PLU OR C4B-2 C13DE BL/RD C10-1 C13DE BL/RD C4B-1 18/19 #1 C3 & C4 I OR/BK-ISM2 RD-TS54 BK/RD-CR4 BK/WH-TS56 BK-TS52 PLATFORM LEVEL UP 14 13 44 RD/BK-ALARM H BK-ISM3 WH/RD-ALRM RD-TS51 D52 RD-CR19#86 DRIVE ENABLE 13 C9PER BK/RD C30-1 JDALARM BL C3B-10 G WH/RD-L2- JIB DOWN DESCENT ALARM 44 9 C8PBR BK/WH C17-1 C9PER BK/RD C3B-9 #1 WH/BK-ISM10 RD-CB1 RD-ISM6 WH-KS WH-ISM7 BK C32-4 BK-KS BK-CR5 PRIM. BOOM EXT/RET FUNC. CTRL 9 8 C7PBE RD-LS5 C37-1 C7PBE BK C3B-7 C8PBR BK/WH C3B-8 +12 VOLT POWER TO PLATFORM C7 F WH-HM D29 BRN-<GND> PRIMARY BOOM RETRACT 8 7 C6TRF WH/RD C31-1 F.H. RD-CB1 19 PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND 7 6 C5TRR WH/BK C14-1 C6TRF WH/RD C3B-6 #2 RD-CB2 18 TURNTABLE ROTATE FUNCTION CTRL 6 5 C4TRL WH C15-1 C5TRR WH/BK C3B-5 C5 GR/WH-TS57 GR/BK-TS57 15 17 TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT 5 4 C3PBF RD/WH C29-1 C4TRL WH C3B-4 #1 GR-TS57 TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT 3 4 RD/WH-3D PRIMARY BOOM FUNCTION CONTROL RD-24B 3 C2PBD RD/BK C13-1 C3PBF RD/WH C3B-3 E OR/BK-TS59 OR-TS59 BL-TS58 BK/RD-TS63 BK/WH-TS63 BK-22C1 D BK-TS63 GR-46D 2 1 WH/RD-CR19 WH/RD-6D WH/BK-TS62 BRN WH-TS62 C21IGN WH C5-11 PRIMARY BOOM DOWN R43DLITE2 RD C1PBU RD C12-1 BRN 2 BRN C2PBD RD/BK C3B-2 RD-TS51 C1PBU RD C3B-1 6 A BK C7B-1 RD/WH-CR34 B GR/BK-133B 5 RD/BK-TS61 C2B-4 OR/RD 1 P134PWR RD-134C BK-22D2 TERMINAL BASE (TB) BL/WH-132B 4 PRIMARY BOOM UP 3 1 RD H6 C C32 OR-LS17 C38-2 C32 CONNECTOR PLUG ANSI/CSA ONLY RD-CB3 GR/BK-L45 1 RD/WH-TS61 R43DLITE1 RD CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER OPTION U33 PLATFORM OVER LOAD (CE ONLY) D RD-27C RD/WH-R16 C21IGN WH C RD/BK-ALARM BK C5-5 RD-TS61 BRN WH/RD-R4 C5-18 BK/RD OR C5-1 WH C5-4 C32 B WH/RD-R2 CR4 HIGH RPM SOLENOID RELAY CR34 PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAY WH-OPTIONS RD-ISM4 BK/RD-35C BRN WH-21B CR19 SWING SPEED SELECT RELAY BRN 7 CR5 HORN RELAY 6 F.H. 8 C32 C5 12 C32 5 BRN WH CR23 DRIVE LIGHT OPTION 2 WH-ISM9 BRN RD BRN 4 RD CR2 POWER RELAY A GROUND HARNESS TO SWITCH PANEL BK-ISM1 CR1 IGNITION START RELAY Section 6 • Schematics July 2005 REV A Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) N F.H. + BRN BK C16-1 BRN C7B-3 WH LS2 C10-2 GR/BK H6 #1 C5 3 July 2005 REV A Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) G F E RD RD D RD/WH GR/BK RD C19JSV GR/WH WH-4 WH/BK-5 RD RD/WH WH/RD 2 WH/RD WH/RD GR WH/RD GR/BK GR/BK-18D + RD D4 RD RD RD A 1 RD-1 - RD TS51 AUXILIARY POWER D3 RD RD B WH/RD RD RD/BK-2 C BASE BOX HARNESS (TO TERMINAL STRIP) H TS57 PLATFORM ROTATE I GR-17D J TS62 TURNTABLE ROTATE K D9 L TS61 BOOM UP/DOWN M L45 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) N GR/BK D28 RD 3 RD-24D BK/RD-35D 4 CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS 15A CB2 RD-20C RD-20C 5 RD RD RD RD RD/WH TS59 PLATFORM GR/WH-19D LEVEL GR-17D RD-20D OR/BK-15D RD OR-14D GR/BK-18D RD RD-20C CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS 15A CB3 RD/WH BK-33D BL-44D RD CR22 RD CR17 BK/WH-34D RD C32-7 WH-4D WH/BK-5D RD/WH-CR34#87a BK-7D RD-1D TS63 BOOM EXTEND/ RETRACT BK/RD-9D BK/WH-8D RD/WH - + 4 D2 RD WH-23 RD/WH RD/BK-2D GR/BK-H6- BRN BRN-GND WH/RD-26 L46 + LOWER/ RETRACT BOOM L2 CHECK ENGINE WH-21D WH-23D RD C32-6 C134PWR RD 2 B1 B RD 3 KS1 KEY SWITCH 1 RD-134D2 BK-22D1 WH RD-27D WH BL/BK-59D RD WH WH/RD CR19#87 WH/RD CR34#87 WH/RD CR19#87a DALE RH-25 25W 7.5 ohm 1% R4 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR R2 TURNTABLE ROTATE RESISTOR GR RD TS58 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN WH RD-27 WH/RD WH/RD WH/RD RD RD-20D RD-24D CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENGINE 15A BK/WH-34D RD BRN WH-21D TS52 ENGINE START RD DALE RH-25 25W 10 ohm 1% DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% R16 PRIMARY BOOM UPPER ZONE RESISTOR BRN RD RD RD TS54 FUNCTION ENABLE 2 D14 2 D13 1 NC HOUR METER 1 NC RD P1 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH RD R14 BOOM UP/DOWN RESISTOR 6 TS56 GLOW PLUG DALE RH-25 25W 5 ohm 1% RD RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 LABEL CB1 CB2 CB3 CR1 CR2 CR4 CR5 CR17 CR22 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 15A CIRCUIT BREAKER, OPTIONS, 15A IGNITION / START RELAY IGNITION POWER RELAY HIGH IDLE RELAY HORN RELAY HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER FAN RELAY DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION) HM KS1 L2 L46 L45 P1 R2 R4 HOUR METER KEY SWITCH CHECK ENGINE LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED (CE OPTION) EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 7.5 OHMS R14 R16 TS51 TS52 TS54 TS56 TS57 TS58 TS59 SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 5 OHMS SPEED LIMITING RESISTOR 10 OHMS AUXILIARY POWER TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH TS61 TS62 TS63 PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH 7 8 6 - 92 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models (after serial number 11879) July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models BRN BRN BRN CWLITE WH TS49 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C32BRK WH/RD J2-19 C40LS OR C2P-2 C40LS OR J2-4 P24FS WH C9P-2 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P22BAT BK C7P-1 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C14PLU OR C4P-2 C129JDA BL C3P-10 TS8 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C59CHK BL/BK C3P-11 L47+ WH JIB DESCRIPTION ITEM BK C134PWR RD LS18 C4P(BR) C3P(GR) C2P(BK) C1P(GY) GR/BK C133TTA C3P-12 GR/BK-L4- (CE) F.S. RD/BK-28 RD/BK-L48- (NON-CE) C134PWR RD C2P-6 RD-TILT OPTION FOOT SWITCH C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 BRN + OPT. LS18 (CE) JIB 12V DC BATTERY P26BAT BK C9-1 P2 C7P P25FS RD C9-3 TS2 C7P P24FS WH C9-2 TS4 C4P CDLITE OR/RD C2P-4 C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C46HRN GR C2P-5 C118LSR OR/RD C4P-4 C6TRF WH/RD C3P-6 C8PBR BK/WH C3P-8 C16DRE BL/RD C4P-1 C7PBE BK C3P-7 C40LSS OR C2P-2 C9PER BK/RD C3P-9 C41RPM OR/BK C2P-3 C30FWD WH C1P-4 C1PBU RD C3P-1 C31REV WH/BK C1P-5 C2PBD RD/BK C3P-2 C36STCC BL C1P-10 C3PBF RD/WH C3P-3 C37STC BL/BK C1P-11 C5TRR WH/BK C3P-5 C32BRK WH/RD C1P-6 C4TRL WH C3P-4 C29MS RD/WH C1P-3 C35RPM BK/RD C1P-9 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C33STR BK C1P-7 C27AUX RD C1P-1 C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 C3P ALC-500 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD INPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD OUTPUT CONNECTOR CONTROL BOARD POWER CONNECTOR CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) CONTROL RELAY (CE OPTION) LOAD SENSE LIMIT SWITCH U13 J1 J2 J3 CR27 CR30 LS18 2 C19JSV GR/WH TS7 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 BRN JC3 BRN GND RD-E-STOP C134PWR RD-H1+ 1 TS7 WH 1 TS1 WH CWLITE BK 11 P26ESTP BK P24FS WH P24FS WH JC1-3 OR DRE LED BL/RD TS15 B BL/BK TS15 BL/WH JC3-4 BL * JC3-2 BRN JC3-3 OR JC3-5 WH JC2-2 BRN JC1-5 YEL JC2-3 OR JC2-5 BK JC1-2 BRN JC2-4 RD 1 TS14 RD/WH RD/BK-L4- BRN J3 C134PWR RD LS18 BRN 19/18 CONTROL CABLE H1 TILT ALARM 3 BK C1P-12 C3P C7P C9 D39 9 CR27 CR30 BRN C2P 6 C4P BATGRN C7P-3 WH/RD C1P-6 C1P C28TTA RD/BK C1P-2 Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 93 TILT ALARM 12V DC PLATFORM POWER CONNECTOR FOOTSWITCH CONNECTOR C1P-C4P 48 PIN CONNECTOR BLOCK H1 C7P C9 1 5 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO SWITCH PANEL) CE LIFT/DRIVE OPTION J2 J1 C7P 8 RD LS18 CABLE 7 CWLITE WH TS49 4 REV B Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-65 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A U13 ALC-500 3 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Perkins 404-22 Models July 2005 REV B Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 PLATFORM CONTROL HARNESS (TO CONTROL BOX) COMPONENT INDEX TS48 DRIVE LIGHTS/ WORK LIGHTS (OPTION) DLITE RD RD JC3 JC2 BOOM UP/DOWN & TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT/RIGHT JC1 7 7 BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT 6 BRN 2 + 4 L4 PLATFORM OVERLOAD (CE OPTION) 3 2 L1 DRIVE ENABLE BRN BRN 1 1 BRN 1 + BK BRN 2 + BRN BK BRN BRN BK C28TTA RD/BK H1C133PLA GR/BK D39 BK BRN WH DRIVE/STEER PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK DRIVE ENABLE LED PLATFORM OVERLOAD LED LOWER/RETRACT BOOM LED BOOM TILTED LED EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON HORN SWITCH AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH HI/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCH GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH TS9 TS14 TS15 TS47 TS48 PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) DRIVE LIGHT/WORK LIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION) TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE GR/BK TS8 JIB BOOM TS1 AUXILIARY PUMP TS14 HIGH/LOW (2WD/4WD) TS6 GLOW PLUG 1 4 6 1 TS2 ENGINE START TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM 2 2 P2 EMERGENCY STOP 2 TS47 GENERATOR (OPTION) WH-24 RD 3 D12 1 D27 RD BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT P22BAT BK C7P-1 P26BAT BK J3-3 P23BAT WH C7P-2 P26BAT BK C9-1 RD-H1+ C134PWR RD L48+ C134PWR RD L4+ RD TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL JC1 JC3 L1 L4 L47 L48 P2 P3 TS1 TS2 TS4 TS6 TS7 TS8 2 5 NC NC NC P3 HORN BOOM PROPORTIONAL JOYSTICK: BOOM UP/DOWN , TURNTABLE ROTATE 7 RD NO JC2 RD GR 3 JIB BOOM CUTOUT RELAY WH RD 4 BK TS15 WH PDLITE RD C45GEN GR/WH C2P-7 C35HS BK/RD C1P-9 P24FS WH C9-2 C33STR BK C1P-7 P25FS RD C9-3 C34SA BK/WH C1P-8 C29MS RD/WH J1-8 WH CR30 C27AUX RD C1P-1 WH-JIB C129JDA BL C3P-10 C17PRL GR C4P-5 C19JSV GR/WH WH CR27 C19JSV GR/WH C4P-7 C18PRR GR/BK C4P-6 P24FS WH C14PLU OR C4P-2 C15PLD OR/BK C4P-3 C46HRN GR C2P-5 RD RD C134PWR RD E-STOP C134PWR RD E-STOP BL/RD-DE3 J1-16 BL-DE1 J1-6 BL/BK-DE2 J1-7 YL J1-3 OR J1-9 BRN J1-10 WH-JIB WLITE WH DLITE OR/RD C2P-4 BK J1-2 RD J1-1 OR J1-11 BRN J1-12 C59CNK BL/BK C3P-11 WLITE WH F18 FUSE 10A (WORKLIGHT ONLY) BL J1-5 (ROCKER SWITCH OPTION ONLY) WH J1-4 BL J1-5 OR J1-13 BRN J1-14 BK CR13 JIB BOOM CUTOUT 3 RD L47 RETRACT BOOM 6 RD 4 7 5 BK 4 L48 TILT ALARM LED (ANSI/CSA OPT.) BK 5 3 TS15 DRIVE ENABLE 6 5 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE & STEER LEFT/RIGHT + CR13 8 RD RD NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTION WIRES Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 94 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-65 Perkins 404-22 Models July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV D Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models N M L K BRAKE/2 SPEED MANIFOLD 0.025 in JJ I H G F M T2 1.7 E TURNTABLE ROTATE (2.8 gpm / 10.6 L/min) BOOM EXTENSION CYLINDER (7 gpm / 26.5 L/min) MEDIUM PRESSURE FILTER 51 psi 3.5 bar 0.64 mm J AUXILIARY PUMP MM D C B L PRIMARY BOOM LIFT CYLINDER (8 gpm / 30.3 L/min) PLATFORM LEVEL CYLINDERS A KK BRAKE TEST 2SPEED S1 PR1 ACCUMULATOR 1000 psi 69 bar PP RET EXT AUX 2 OO V2 310 psi 21.4 bar V1 SW1 SW2 P2 P1 JIB SELECT MANIFOLD MASTER ACCUM PL1 PL2 J2 V2 V1 PR2 PR1 C GG H G HH 2400 psi 165.5 bar A PRESS FUNCTION PUMP F E I PTEST L 2 Y S P J X W 15 3 D 3000 psi 207 bar 9 JIB BOOM CYLINDER (S-65) 30 psi 30 psi 2.1 bar 2.1 bar B 3750 psi 259 bar E PR1 PR2 FF 0.030 in 0.76 mm 51 psi 3.5 bar B PR2 1 J1 HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION HIGH PRESSURE FILTER LL PLATFORM ROTATE RR CP II R QQ SLAVE NN A V N K O R 0.6 gpm 2.27 L/min U M T Q Z AA DRIVE PUMP 3.5 gpm 13.2 L/min CC BB DD 0.1 gpm 0.38 L/min 30 psi 2.1 bar EE 4 TANK RESERVOIR 6 25 psi 1.7 bar 3 8 SWV ST1 ST2 2 4 5 LS TEST FUNCTION MANIFOLD RETURN FILTER 1 7 5 HYDRAULIC ROTARY COUPLER 6A 6B 6C 8C 8B 8A TEST RIGHT REAR M4 3 1 A B 2A 2C 2B 4 7 5 6 LEFT TRACTION MANIFOLD STEER CYLINDERS RIGHT A B LEFT UU CDR SS M2 TT RIGHT TEST HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION 50% 280 psi 19.3 bar 0.070 in 1.78 mm OIL COOLER RETURN FILTER VV 50% M1 CDL WW XX IN A OUT B B M3 SWV TANK FUNCTION MANIFOLD 2 T 800 psi 55 bar OSCILLATE CYLINDERS A LEFT REAR 7 OSCILLATE VALVE HYDRAULIC ROTARY COUPLER OIL COOLER OPTION 8 OSCILLATE AXLE Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 95 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics REV D Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models N M L K BRAKE/2 SPEED MANIFOLD 0.025 in JJ I H G F M AUXILIARY PUMP 1.7 T2 E TURNTABLE ROTATE (2.8 gpm / 10.6 L/min) BOOM EXTENSION CYLINDER (7 gpm / 26.5 L/min) MEDIUM PRESSURE FILTER 51 psi 3.5 bar 0.64 mm J MM D C B L PRIMARY BOOM LIFT CYLINDER (8 gpm / 30.3 L/min) PLATFORM LEVEL CYLINDERS A KK TEST 2SPEED BRAKE PR1 PR2 PR1 FF 0.030 in 0.76 mm S1 51 psi 3.5 bar B PR2 ACCUMULATOR 1000 psi 69 bar PP RET EXT AUX 310 psi 21.4 bar 2 OO V2 V1 SW1 SW2 P2 P1 JIB SELECT MANIFOLD MASTER ACCUM PL1 PL2 J2 V2 V1 PR2 PR1 C H G HH 2400 psi 165.5 bar GG A PRESS FUNCTION PUMP F E I PTEST L 2 Y S P J X W 15 3 D 3000 psi 207 bar 9 JIB BOOM CYLINDER (S-65) 30 psi 30 psi 2.1 bar 2.1 bar B 3750 psi 259 bar E 1 J1 HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION HIGH PRESSURE FILTER LL PLATFORM ROTATE RR CP II R QQ SLAVE NN A V N K O R 0.6 gpm 2.27 L/min U M T Q Z AA DRIVE PUMP 3.5 gpm 13.2 L/min CC BB DD 0.1 gpm 0.38 L/min 30 psi 2.1 bar EE 4 TANK 25 psi 1.7 bar RESERVOIR 6 8 3 SWV ST1 ST2 2 4 5 LS TEST FUNCTION MANIFOLD RETURN FILTER 1 7 5 HYDRAULIC ROTARY COUPLER 8B 8C 6B 6C 6A 8A TEST RIGHT REAR SS M7 3 1 A B 2A 5 LEFT STEER CYLINDERS RIGHT A VV CDR M6 UU B LEFT RIGHT TEST 50% HYDRAULIC GENERATOR OPTION 50% 280 psi 19.3 bar 0.040 in 1 mm 0.040 in 1 mm AE WW AB XX 50% 50% AD TRACTION MANIFOLD OIL COOLER 50% 50% YY ZZ M3 M4 B AF B M2 IN A OUT B 7 SWV TANK FUNCTION MANIFOLD 2 800 psi 55 bar A AG M1 RETURN FILTER AC 0.040 in 1 mm CDL A 4 7 RIGHT FRONT M8 M5 LEFT REAR 2B 6 TT A B 2C OSCILLATE CYLINDERS HYDRAULIC ROTARY COUPLER LEFT FRONT OIL COOLER OPTION 8 T OSCILLATE VALVE OSCILLATE AXLE Part No. 77828 S-60 • S-65 6 - 96 July 2005 Section 6 • Schematics Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models California Proposition 65 WARNING The exhaust from this product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Phone 425.881.1800 Toll Free USA and Canada 800.536.1800 Fax 425.883.3475 Genie Australia Pty Ltd. Phone +61 7 3375 1660 Fax +61 7 3375 1002 Genie Scandinavia Phone +46 31 575100 Fax +46 31 579020 Genie France Phone +33 (0)2 37 26 09 99 Fax +33 (0)2 37 26 09 98 Genie Iberica Phone +34 93 579 5042 Fax +34 93 579 5059 Genie Germany Phone +49 (0)4202 88520 Fax +49 (0)4202 8852-20 Genie U.K. Phone +44 (0)1476 584333 Fax +44 (0)1476 584334 Genie Mexico City Phone +52 55 5666 5242 Fax +52 55 5666 3241 Genie China Phone +86 21 53852570 Fax +86 21 53852569 Genie Malaysia Phone +65 98 480 775 Fax +65 67 533 544 Genie Japan Phone +81 3 3453 6082 Fax +81 3 3453 6083 Genie Korea Phone +82 25 587 267 Fax +82 25 583 910 Genie Brasil Phone +55 11 41 665 755 Fax +55 11 41 665 754 Genie Holland Phone +31 183 581 102 Fax +31 183 581 566 Distributed By: Genie North America